FR2760306A1 - ASSEMBLIES CONSISTING OF TV SETS AND / OR OTHER TV, HDTV AND / OR TVTHD SCREENS WITH MEMORIES ASSOCIATED WITH AUDIOVISUAL DEVICES EQUIPPED WITH TVCOM TRANSMITTERS AND / OR RECEIVERS AND WITH PERITEVISION SYSTEMS - Google Patents

Abstract

The invention concerns assemblies consisting of colour television receiver sets designed for world intercommunication and with multiple functions and/or other audio-visual appliances equipped with high definition and/or very high definition digital and/or analog television screen with memory combined with audio-visual appliances equipped with TVCOM wave transmitters and/or receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology television environment systems designed for UNICOM. The inventive concepts and inventions are characterised in that they also include the complex MIKROTELEC technology concerning the additions or novel creations and improvements of the inventions described by Antoine MIKRUT in the French patents n<o> 7725774 publication 2 401 589 and n<o> 8712986 publication 2 620 888 applicable in particular in all state-of-the-art industries and fields and used in all places of recreation, residence as well as in vehicles on land, at sea and in the air. Said inventions provides the solution to problems encountered by users, in front of their (very high definition) colour television receiver set, equipped with MIKROTELEC wave-transceivers with their pre-programmed and/or programmable software in micromodules or microcomputers with remote control functions, and also equipped with television environment multipin connections connected to the audio-visual appliances themselves provided with MIKROTELEC wave-transceivers...

Description

SETS CONSISTING OF ETIOU TV SETS OTHER TV SCREENS, ETIOU HDTV TVTHD WITH MEMORIES ASSOCIATED WITH AUDIOVISUAL DEVICES EQUIPPED WITH ETIOU TRANSMITTERS TVCOM WAVES RECEIVERS
AND WITH PERITELEVISION SYSTEMS IN MIKROTELEC TECHNOLOGIES PLANNED FOR UNICOM.

Present inventions and inventive concepts being remarkable, due to the complexities of technologies
MikroTélec applicable in particular in all advanced fields and usable in all places of leisure, habitat and also in land, sea and air vehicles, in that they relate to the variants of the embodiments taken as examples and described below , which allow the solutions of the problems encountered by the users, when they are in front of their receiving station of
Television (Very High Definition - TVTHD) in colors, equipped with Wave Transceivers
Mikrotelec (EROM) pre-programmed and / or programmable with remote control functions. and also equipped with multi-pin SCART sockets connected with the audiovisual devices themselves fitted with Mikrotelec Wave Transceivers (EROM) and also equipped with multi-pin SCART sockets to solve the problems observed when the user has the cable television network and satellite television networks, telephone networks, terrestrial telecommunications networks, satellite telecommunications networks and others and when each user can have in hand his small box (EROM) Transceiver of Waves Mikrotelec constituting, among other things, a remote control equipped with a small TVTHD screen also allowing telephone and / or videophone functions with display of color images and others; given the growing number of television signal set-top boxes, satellite television receivers, cable television and terrestrial pay-TV and other networks, which the user is faced with real problems problems which can therefore be solved according to one of the methods, in particular of applications of MIKROTELEC technologies of the latest generations, implemented in the present inventive concepts and inventions, where the audiovisual devices are described which will also allow all to be easily explored. the possibilities available on all world television networks in all standards and on all other networks accessible to all users of each "UNIVERSAL SERVER SET""UNISERVER" and "UNITVCOM" Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of devices -Audiovisual together with a television set make it possible to train in particular SCART systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring
Information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing Instant access and destocking, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected to each other, locally, by cables and multi-pin television sockets and, to distance, by all the traditional or other transmission networks, In one of the preferred embodiments of each set consisting of color television receivers and other audiovisual devices provided with micro-modules linked together by means of multi-pin SCART sockets accessible from the outside and a multi-axis cable also provided with multi-pin sockets at each of its ends, said audiovisual devices thus equipped and defined make it possible to provide a certain number of solutions and advantages resulting from and offered to from the present inventive concepts and invention in which it has been provided, according to the new MIKROTELEC technology, the production of a "set consisting of said audiovisual devices "allowing the reception of transmissions, signals and audiovisual and / or other information, from various sources, their processing and conversions into logical signals by converters, their storage and / or their instantaneous or deferred restitution in them displaying on the scanning television screen and / or on one or more fractions of said screen, as well as the sending of information broadcasts, control signals and command signals or said signals which have been processed, to the prior, in the link interfaces equipped with micro-modules comprising analog-to-logic converters and logic-to-analog converters and synchronous clocks, said micro-modules allow the elimination of redundancies or excess of signals and audiovisual information transmitted in repetition as well as the elimination interference then said signals are broadcast or transmitted "simultaneously" for example: to one and / or several users and / or "deferred", for example, in the case of
TVPHON or VIDEOPHON where users can give orders from their remote control box (20) (EROM) that they can hold in their hands on their table or in their pocket, in the case of using the " free hand "etc ... said transmissions can also be made by telephone and / or telecommunications networks allowing in particular a very large flow of signal transmissions by cable links, cable television networks or terrestrial television networks and other television and / or telecommunications networks by geostationary satellites allowing reception and transmission also "simultaneously" and / or "delayed" of television signals transmitting both in logical signals, television images of very high quality. high definition "," high definition "," medium definition "and" low definition "with all the audiovisual information including Teletext that can be stored provisionally irement or definitively in the memories provided for the "simultaneous" storage of several programs or multiple storages and / or the restitution of information from the vitrified metal washers, allowing searches, selections and instantaneous access using engines pulsed electro-magnetic equipped with electronic controls, movements and / or rotations controlled by said micro-modules and / or possibly destocking controlled and piloted by signals obtained from the synchronous clock and / or from other memories usable with said audiovisual devices linked together, and also signals from telecommunications networks transmitting Internet, Teletel-Minitel as well as signals relating to secure means of payment for audiovisual and / or other transactions, from the microphone -preprogrammable module to process payment conditions with a card controlled by said micro- module or microcomputer, produced using MIKROTELEC technology allowing payment validation and order transmission by the wave transceiver, contained in the remote control unit (20) on which the user can enter orders by codes, manually and sound orders produced directly and / or transmitted by a generator of sound signals, for example from said secure audio payment, said remote control unit (20) may include a small scanning television screen with the means manual and / or sound controls, local and / or remote (retransmission), provided for communications and intercommunications, at world level, contemporary and future, processed by said audiovisual devices including their interfaces with the generators of synchronous clocks, switches sequential semiconductors integrated in said micro-modules provided with generator symbol associated with the symbol comparator the receipts with the pre-programmed symbols and also comprising the interfaces allowing the storage and restitution of audiovisual programs from the memories associated with the micro-modules as well as the interfaces also controlled by the signals obtained from the clocks synchronous with the scanning of television lines on which the images and / or videograms are formed in parallel with the audiograms and the information intended for storage in the aforementioned memories as well as the information intended for printing, the aforesaid wave transceiver can be plugged in or integrated into a keyboard traditional equipped with any pointing device, said wave transceiver with its integrated power supply and its autonomous power supply makes it possible to add to said keyboard a multitude of interactive functions programmable and / or preprogrammed in said wave transceiver.

According to another variant embodiment of an assembly made up of color television receivers in which are integrated all the audiovisual devices provided with internal micro-modules or microcomputers connected to each other by multi-pin sockets which allow a certain amount to be provided. number of solutions and advantages resulting from and proposed from the present inventive concepts and invention in which it has been provided, according to the new MIKROTELEC technology, the realization of a "set made up of said audiovisual devices" allowing the reception of broadcasts , signals and audiovisual information eVou others from various sources, their processing and conversion into logical signals by converters, their storage and / or their instantaneous or deferred restitution by displaying them on the television scanning screen and / or on a or several fractions of said screen, as well as sending information broadcasts, control signals and command signals or said signals have been processed beforehand in the link interfaces equipped with micro-modules comprising analog-to-logic converters and logic-to-analog converters and synchronous clocks; said micro-modules allow the elimination of redundancies as well as the elimination of interference then said signals are broadcast or transmitted simultaneously, for example to several thousand users and / or deferred, for example, in the case of TVPHON or VIDEOPHON, etc. , by telephone and / or telecommunication networks allowing in particular a very high speed, cable links, television networks or microwave networks and television and / or telecommunication networks by geostationary satellites allowing receptions and transmissions also in simultaneous and / or delayed television signals transmitting fols in logic signals, television images of very high definition "," high definition "," medium definition "and" low definition "with all the audiovisual information including Teletext which can be stored temporarily or definitively in the memories provided for the simultaneous storage of several their programs or multiple storages and / or restitutions of information from vitrified metal washers, allowing searches, selections and instant access using pulsed electromagnetic motors equipped with electronic controls, movements and / or rotations controlled by said micro-modules and / or possibly destocking controlled and driven by the signals obtained from the synchronous clock and / or from other memories usable with said audiovisual devices linked together, and also the signals from telecommunication networks transmitting Internet, Teletel-Minitel as well as signals concerning secure means of payment, from the wave transceiver contained in the remote control box (20) on which the user can perform entering codes and orders, for example from said secure payment, said remote control unit (20) may include a small screen at b television scanning with manual and / or voice, local and / or remote control means (retransmission), provided for communications and intercommunications, worldwide, contemporary and future, processed by said audiovisual devices including their interfaces with the generators of the synchronous clocks, the sequential semiconductor switches integrated in the said preprogrammed micro-modules allowing the storage and the restitution of the audiovisual programs from the memories associated with the micro-modules and interfaces also controlled by the signals obtained from the clocks synchronous with the scans of television lines on which the images and / or videograms are formed in parallel with the audiograms and the information intended for storage in the aforesaid memories as well as the information intended for printing.

In another variant embodiment according to the present inventive concepts and invention applied to reporting vehicles and television program transmission controls, powered by high energy density accumulators improved from the applicant's invention, published under n 2350704 and supplemented by electronically controlled motors by micro-modules or microcomputers designed to be produced using MIKROTELEC technology
Said television program transmission controls are carried out using assemblies made up of color television receivers making it possible to display said television programs transmitted and / or in the course of transmission and also controlled by means of audiovisual devices powered by said aforementioned (miniature) accumulators with high energy density ensuring, on the one hand, the integrated power supplies for the wave transceivers constituting a remote control and, on the other hand, the autonomous power supply (protected from interference) of each of the audiovisual devices provided with micro-modules linked together by multi-pin pnses and multi-axial cable which make it possible to provide a certain number of solutions and advantages resulting from and proposed from the present inventive concepts and invention in which it has been provided , according to the new MIKROTELEC technology, the realization of a set made up of said audiovisual devices perm being the reception of broadcasts, signals and audiovisual and / or other information from various sources, their processing and conversions into logical signals by converters, their instant or deferred storage and / or restitution by displaying them on the scanning screen television and / or on one or more fractions of said screen, as well as the sending of information broadcasts, control signals and command signals where said signals have previously been processed in the connection interfaces equipped with microphones -modules comprising analog-to-logic converters and logic-to-analog converters and synchronous clocks, said micromodules allow the elimination of redundancies as well as the suppression of interference then said signals are broadcast or transmitted simultaneously, for example. to several thousand users and / or deferred, for example, in the case of TVPHON or VIDEOPHON etc., by telephone and / or telecommunications networks allowing in particular a very high speed, cable links, television networks or Hertzian networks and television and / or telecommunications networks by geostationary satellites allowing reception and transmission, also simultaneously and / or delayed, of television signals transmitting both logical signals and very high definition television images " , "high-definition", "medium definition" and "low definition" with all the audiovisual information including Teletext which can be stored temporarily or permanently in the memories provided for the simultaneous storage of several programs or multiple storages and / or restitutions of information from vitrified metal washers, allowing searches, selections and instantaneous access using pulsed electromagnetic motors equipped with electronic controls, movements and / or rotations controlled by said micro-modules or micro-computers and / or possibly destocking controlled and driven by the signals obtained at from the synchronous clock and / or from other memories that can be used with said audiovisual devices linked together, and also signals from telecommunication networks transmitting the Internet,
Télétel-Minitel as well as the signals concerning the means of secure payment, from the wave transceiver contained in the remote control unit (20) on which the user can enter codes and orders, for example of said secure payment, said remote control unit (20) may include a small scanning television screen with manual and / or voice, local and / or remote control means (retransmission), provided for communications and intercommunications, at world level, contemporary and future, processed by said audiovisual devices comprising their interfaces with the generators of synchronous clocks, sequential semiconductor switches integrated in said preprogrammed micro-modules allowing the storage and playback of audiovisual programs from the memories associated with audits micromodules and interfaces also controlled by signals obtained from synchronous clocks to the scans of television lines on which the Evou Images of the videograms are formed in parallel with the audiograms and the information intended for storage in the aforesaid memories as well as the information intended for printing.

In another preferred embodiment, these audiovisual devices are interconnected by modules reduced to miniature works or sub-miniature works of the internal multi-pin SCART sockets assembled in a single box or cabinet / body to form an assembly consisting of '' a set of audiovisual devices and / or to form a set consisting of several sets of audiovisual devices each containing at least one television camera which may be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone and with automatic or controlled functions by the user from the remote control (20), said internal camera and orientable by said impulse electromagnetic motors provided with electronic controls, tracking movements and / or rotations in azimuth and in elevation controlled by said micro-modules or micro computers, designed to be housed behind a viewing window of said camera, located on the front face, for example, above the screen (3) and also making it possible to take photos and reproduce them on said screen, as well as the control of the editing of video sequences, also comprising a document and photograph analyzer, and allowing them to be photographed by wave transceiver scanning performing the functions of photocopier or scanner and comprising the audio power amplifiers associated with "sound reproducers" produced by molding and / or otherwise, according to the applicant's invention published ne2133490 and completed according to the present inventive concepts and invention allowing stereophonic or quadraphonic reproduction in association with the audio sound power amplifiers integrated in the left and right corners, new television receivers slightly to the side, above and / or below the screen having a format close to 64136th quotient 1.77777 (the first models of which were presented by the applicant at the 64th LEPINE CONCOURS in 1973) in said television receiver or in the monitor equipped with a scanning television screen, said box or body containing all the devices, circuits and functions established with various electronic circuits and micro-modules, provided in the arrangements described to produce in particular each of the audiovisual devices equipped with static and / or dynamic memories or memories driven by said reversible electromagnetic motor with electronic controls by programmable micro-modules allowing in particular the positioning controls of the memory medium and / or of reading and printing heads as well as almost instantaneous access to signals and audiovisual information and / or video sequences, presented according to the figures illustrated on the drawing boards appended to this descriptive text in which one can cite as an example a "set up" forming the universal server designated "UNISERVER" associated with an ec ran with television scanning allowing the whole range of definitions, cited above, usable among other furniture, in housing and / or professional firms, offices and offices or even the constituted set designated as the applicant and author of the present inventive concepts and inventions designated in contract terms UNITVCOM (Universal-Television-Communication and / or TELECOMmunication) or UNISERVER (universal server for television signals and other audiovisual information) or even television receivers or other scanning screens television sets associated with other audiovisual devices which each include their housing or body, box or shielding possibly equipped with their autonomous power supply and their mains power supply and their essential integrated power supply which are intended for use in housing or others; Said audiovisual devices are designed to be connected to each other by the multicoaxial cable and the multi-pin SCART sockets accessible from the outside and / or by Wave Transceiver, provided in particular for their remote controls powered by the integrated power supply. and the autonomous power supply with the devices and the means allowing the users to observe the results of their actions on the small screen of the box (20) as well as the information and the images of the television channels simultaneously received on said small screen and / or on the screen of the television receiver, or even on a secondary screen of any audiovisual device forming part of the assembly made up according to the present inventive concepts and inventions and those described in the French patents published on November 26 1982 under the ne2401589 and ne2620888 published on March 23, 1990. as well as the inventions of the applicant published under the numbers 2133490, 2258755, 2281024, 2339305, 2369694, 2325237 and 2350704, improved and completed according to the present inventive concepts and inventions constituting MIKROTELEC technologies of new generations of audiovisual and other devices,
The assembly formed according to the present inventive concepts and invention can be used, in particular in various industries and various fields mentioned below: Microcomputer television apparatus, apparatus for recording and transmitting sound and images with their remote control; calculating machines; apparatus for processing information and television signals; audiovisual apparatus with cables and wires for the transmission of information, television signals and other audiovisual signals; audiovisual apparatus and instruments for television studios, for apparatus and
Instruments, for Lighting Fixtures, for Vehicles and Locomotion Appliances, for Watchmaking and
Chronometric instruments; audiovisual apparatus for games with programmed video microcomputers, for telecommunications and computer terminals; electrical apparatus and instruments including radio, borderless satellite television; audiovisual equipment for SCART; electrical devices and all apparatus, instruments, materials and products or objects, included in this field, audiovisual microcomputers; audio-visual signal and information storage devices, scientific, nautical, geodetic, electrical, including radio, photographic, cinematographic, optical, weighing, measuring, signaling, control (inspection), emergency devices and instruments (rescue) and teaching; apparatus for recording, transmission and reproduction of sound and / or images; magnetic recording media; media for recordings by engraving, media for optical and acoustic discs; automatic vending machines and mechanisms for coin-operated apparatus; data processing apparatus and computers; automatic apparatus triggered by the introduction of a coin or token; talking machines; cash registers, calculating machines; fire extinguishers; electrical and / or electronic apparatus; audiovisual apparatus with their microcomputers for television receivers, video recorders and other audiovisual apparatus for use in housing or elsewhere; electric and / or electronic apparatus for scientific apparatus and instruments; electric and / or electronic apparatus being audiovisual apparatus for scientific instruments; electric and / or electronic apparatus for nautical apparatus and instruments; electric and / or electronic apparatus being audiovisual apparatus for nautical instruments; electric and / or electronic apparatus for surveying apparatus and instruments; electric and / or electronic apparatus being audiovisual apparatus for surveying instruments; electric and / or electronic apparatus being audiovisual apparatus and electric and / or electronic geodetic instruments; electric and / or electronic audiovisual devices, including the radio; electric and / or electronic apparatus as audiovisual apparatus with wireless remote control (part of the TSF); electric and / or electronic apparatus as audiovisual apparatus known as wireless television (part of the TSF); electric and / or electronic apparatus being audiovisual apparatus for wireless facsimile transmission (part of the TSF); electric and / or electronic apparatus as audiovisual apparatus for processing and transmitting wireless signals (part of the TSF); electric and / or electronic apparatus being cordless telephone audiovisual apparatus (part of TSF); electrical and / or electronic audiovisual equipment associated with wave transceivers intended for the wireless transmission domain (part of the
TSF); electric and / or electronic audiovisual apparatus in the field of photographic apparatus whether or not associated with wireless remote control; electric audiovisual apparatus eVou electronic in the field of cinematographic apparatus; electric and / or electronic audiovisual apparatus with transmission by optical cables; electric and / or electronic audiovisual apparatus with transmissions and links by multicoaxial cable; electric and / or electronic audiovisual apparatus with transmissions and links by multi-axial cable fitted with multi-pin SCART sockets; audiovisual electric and / or electronic weighing apparatus; audiovisual electrical and / or electronic measuring devices audiovisual electrical and / or electronic signaling devices, audiovisual electrical and / or electronic control and / or inspection devices; emergency and / or life-saving electric and / or electronic audiovisual apparatus; electric audiovisual apparatus and / or </ R video signals; electric and / or electronic audiovisual apparatus associated with the computer for the control and commands of fire extinguishers; each of all the audiovisual devices are associated with their microcomputer called microcomputer or microphone and remote control with designated basic programs or software; electrical and / or electronic audiovisual devices fitted with microcomputer or micro-module called "MICRO" For controls or observations and remote control of surgical, medical, dental and veterinary devices, for limbs, eyes, teeth and other natural organs and / or artificial; electrical and / or electronic audiovisual control and observation devices equipped with a microphone and remote control by wave transceiver also comprising orthopedic articles, suture material, whether or not associated with audiovisual devices comprising at least one computer with micro- computer and with their programs or software and remote control; electric and / or electronic audiovisual devices associated with a computer or microcomputer and remote control with programs or software that can be associated with each of the devices mentioned in this field for these types of microphone and remote control; Audiovisual control and observation devices installed in vehicles transporting firearms, in particular defensive weapons; audiovisual apparatus with their microcomputers for controls and observations and for remote control with programs or software for management of ammunition and projectiles; audiovisual apparatus with their microcomputers for the control and remote control of explosive substances; audiovisual apparatus with their microcomputers with programs or software for controlling and remote control of the unfolding of fireworks; apparatus for testing in the field of precious metals and their alloys; games associated with audiovisual apparatus comprising a microcomputer and remote control with basic programs and software designated for these types of microphone and remote control taken in combination or together with audiovisual apparatus such as television receivers with their microcomputers or microcomputers basic software program modules relating to the reception and processing of television signals or other apparatus; video games and toys associated with audiovisual devices comprising a microcomputer and remote control with basic programs and software designated for these microphone and remote control taken in combination or together with audiovisual devices such as television signal receivers, or video recorders comprising the television receiver with the micro-module or microcomputer programmed in basic software and other aforementioned devices; audiovisual apparatus for recreation, gymnastics and / or sports associated with microcomputers and remote control with the aforesaid basic programs and software in combination or together with other audiovisual apparatus for displaying and presenting signals and information on a screen such as television receivers or the like; audiovisual apparatus for games, game shows, entertainment and decoration by animation using microcomputers and remote control with basic programs and software compns for these types of microphone and remote control equipment in combination or together with all other products and compns equipment in said field, and with audiovisual devices comprising a microcomputer or micro-modules with basic programs or software for displaying and presenting signals and information on a screen such as color television receivers having them or others methods of presenting information using microcomputer integrated into the aforesaid audiovisual apparatus, surgical, medical, dental and veterinary instruments and apparatus, including artificial limbs, eyes and teeth; orthopedic articles, suture material, whether or not associated with audiovisual devices comprising at least one Computer with microcomputer and with their programs or software and remote control and all other natural or artificial materials included in this field, Installation of lighting, heating, steam production, cooking, cooling, drying, ventilation, water supply and sanitary installations; lighting apparatus, heating apparatus, production apparatus; steam apparatus, cooking apparatus, refrigeration apparatus, drying apparatus, ventilation apparatus water supply apparatus, sanitary apparatus; all these products being able to be connected to audiovisual electrical and / or electronic devices associated with a computer or microcomputer and remote control with the aforementioned programs or software; all other devices belonging to this domain
Vehicles; apparatus for locomotion by land, air or water; vehicles comprising the audiovisual devices mentioned with the control and remote control means also mentioned; apparatus for locomotion or transport by land, air or water comprising audiovisual apparatus with their microcomputers, the control and remote control means mentioned in this field; vehicles and apparatus for locomotion, transport and leisure comprising audiovisual devices with their microcomputers programmed in the aforementioned software with the means of control and observation and remote control also mentioned, as well as all other products, materials forming part of these fields,
Fire arms; ammunition and projectiles; explosive substances; fireworks; apparatus for ammunition and projectiles; apparatus for explosive substances; apparatus for fireworks; firearms on board vehicles comprising audiovisual devices with their microcomputers with programs or software for the controls and observations associated with the remote control, Precious metals and their alloys and objects in these materials or coated therewith (except cutlery, forks and spoons ); jewelry, precious stones; horological and other chronometric instruments; apparatus for manufacturing in the field of precious metals and their alloys and articles made of these materials or coated therewith; apparatus for the treatment of precious metals and their alloys, and articles manufactured in these materials or coated therewith by these metals, products and instruments alone or associated with computer or microcomputer and remote control which can be associated with each of the aforesaid apparatus; apparatus for jewelry, precious stones, instruments, control products, alone or associated with computer or microcomputer and remote control which can be associated with each of the aforesaid apparatus; audiovisual apparatus for watchmaking among other materials, products, devices or apparatus belonging to this field; electronic timepieces controlled by a microcomputer or micro-module which can be associated with other chronometric instruments comprising audiovisual devices, in particular for use in homes and elsewhere; Pictures, isinglass for paper or household purposes, prints, ink ribbons for computer printers, address printing machines, printing blankets not of textile materials, printing blocks, printed matter, portable printing presses ( office articulates), printed matter, earth globes, gluten (glue) for stationery or household, pots for painting, gummed canvas for stationery, erasers, erasers (glues) for stationery or household, graphic representations, office scrapers, engraving boards, engravings, paper, cardboard and goods made from these materials, not included in the other aforesaid goods, printed matter; articles for bookbinding; photographs; stationery store; adhesives (sticky materials) for stationery or household purposes; material for artists; paint brushes; typewriters and office requisites (except furniture); instructional and teaching material (except apparatus); plastic materials for packaging, playing cards; block letters; clichés; Games toys; gymnastic and sporting articles not included in the aforesaid fields, decorations for Christmas trees
Telecommunications; news and information agencies; radio, telegraph or telephone communications; telescription; transmission of messages; telegrams; televisions; press and information agencies with computer or microcomputer and remote control with basic programs and software that can be associated with each of the aforementioned devices, materials, products and specialties, press and information agencies with or without computers or microcomputer, microphone and remote control with basic programs and software, designated in the contract term "MIKROTELEC"; communications by computer or microcomputer terminals or "MICRO" and remote control with basic programs and software; radio communications, by computer or microcomputer terminals and remote control with basic programs and software for its microphone and remote control; telegraphic communications by computer or microcomputer terminals and remote control with basic programs and software; telephone communications by computer or microcomputer terminals and remote control with basic programs and software for these types of microphone and remote control; telescription by computer or microcomputer terminals and remote control with basic programs and software for these types of microphone and remote control; transmission of messages, by computer or microcomputer terminals and remote control with basic programs and software; telegrams, by computer or microcomputer terminals and remote control with basic programs and software for these types of microphone and remote control; transmission of information and television signals, by telephone networks by means of microcomputing, in other words telecommunications microcomputer with basic programs and software also in combination or together with audiovisual apparatus and other equipment, instruments included in the initial deposit ; telecommunications by computer terminals, interactive and interactive re-insertable optical discs; write-once optical disc players and rewritable discs for interactive game shows
We know the difficulties encountered in this field, around international networks which are extremely slow when they transmit for example Internet - Teletel (Minitel) and other difficulties which have arisen since the launch of the first geostationary satellites emitting at low power emissions which are picked up by "Reception centers" which include multitudes of receiver-converters (heads), placed in front of various antennas sometimes up to 6m in diameter or by rudimentary installations which did not allow the easy operation of simultaneous treatments such as that: memorization of broadcast and received programs.

The problems generated by these enormous reception antennas, oriented using very powerful jacks, do not allow easy and rigorous pointing to geostationary satellites broadcasting television, telecommunications or other broadcasts,
The drawbacks caused by the catch in the wind and the play produced in the ball joints, the fixing gears and the rotations of these antennas are all causes of poor quality reception and instability of the images, in particular at the level of the signals carrying the air. clock synchronous with the line frequency and corresponding to any multiple of this frequency.

These multiple problems also lead to erratic reception (loss of signal, loss of information and / or loss of ticks or clock periods), and causes interference on the images received with all kinds of visible or invisible defects, on the screen.

Likewise, the difficulties engendered by computer systems or by those designated mini-computing associated with traditional networks where everything has been very difficult to use in offices, offices and / or in offices, and unusable in housing.

In addition, in these systems, often rudimentary, the MIKROTELEC technology of the audiovisual devices of the first generations has not been fully respected for their reproduction even with regard to the safety devices intended for use in housing and there is a proliferation the number of decoders of different types at each user, then the non-existence of signal converters for the transmissions received into logical (binary) signals which can be used by said micro-modules or video microcomputers.

We know that we have already proposed since 1973 (Antoine MIKRUT with his licensees and with AIFF and
FNAFI who helped him organize the presentations of audiovisual devices during the INOVA exhibitions in 1975, 1976 and 1977 and during the LEPINE Competitions of 1973, 1975 and 1977 where he was awarded each time)
During these Exhibitions of Inventions in Paris, the models of MIKROTELEC audiovisual devices produced using its MIKROTELEC technologies, of the first and second generation, where the connection interfaces were located inside the television; which necessarily entailed that the number of outdoor games that could be connected to the said television was limited to those that had been planned by the manufacturer licensed from Antoine MIKRUT having acquired the first MIKROTELEC technology prior to August 24, 1977, used during the construction of the interface and the television receiver for these first two generations;
The presence, inside models of television receivers produced according to the first MIKROTELEC technologies, of the clock and the interface presented a slight difficulty of invisible synchronization between this clock and that providing the clock ticks of the scan. line could be the cause of a certain number of drawbacks and in particular of a risk of slight almost invisible moire pattern on the image provided by the television receiver of said first generations.

Thus after August 24, 1977, the fact that the link interface was both integrated in the third generation of television receivers and in other audiovisual devices, therefore located inside them, resulted in necessarily that the number of games or audiovisual devices designated external organs> that could be connected to said television receiver and to other audiovisual devices equipped with the multi-pin SCART socket, became unlimited for all licensed manufacturers who have acquired the license for the third generation of the technology
MIKROTELEC.

This third generation of audiovisual devices provided for in patent no.2,401,589 filed on August 24, 1977, by Antoine MIKRUT, made it possible to constitute sets made up of audiovisual devices equipped with its multi-pin SCART sockets accessible from the outside and connected by a multicoaxial cable fitted with complementary multi-pin SCART sockets at each of its ends and allowing the screen of a television receiver to be used as a support for viewing games, for example a simulated tennis game in which two partners take part who examine the result of their actions on the game boxes by observing the television screen thus transformed to act as a computer terminal which, moreover, enables reception, for example. Teletext, Internet, Teletel and Minitel which could be called UNINETER or UNITVCOM or even UNISERVER, as well as receiving and transmitting then processing and exploiting information and audiovisual signals on said scanning television screen
Said television receivers forming part of each set consisting of audiovisual devices produced according to MIKROTELEC technology which allow such use include at least one multi-pin television socket allowing multi-axial cable connections to various other audiovisual devices and game boxes and include internally, interfaces installed as was the case for those already installed in television or VCR receivers ... etc., having this internal interface,
These television receivers ensure the sending of information from the multi-pin SCART socket to other external audiovisual devices and game boxes on the screen of the television receiver or other screen (called monitor), by the logic and analog video modules in the case of the television receiver.

Such an interface designed to be installed in television receivers and all other new generation audiovisual devices as soon as they are in a box / body, shielding the autonomous box comprises, according to the present inventive concepts and invention of a on the one hand, a power supply from the electrical network and an integrated power supply or an autonomous power supply and an integrated power supply and on the other hand their MICRamodules or Micro-computers or MICRO-controllers and a synchronous clock, the frequency of which is adapted to allow the transfer information on the cathode ray tube and / or the television screen which may constitute a computer terminal, said screen itself comprising a clock generator synchronous with the scanning of lines in television mode, having a frequency corresponding to a time line scan of 64 microseconds used by the main television standards NTSC - PAL - SECAM and others which are tro uvent at conventional frequencies ranging from 15.6 kilohertz to 15.8 kilohertz, So for these three television standards, these scanning-line frequencies are always the same at 100 hertz pres
The tears and deformations in the horizontal direction seen on a TV screen, harmful for these three main television standards when viewing or displaying on the screen thin and colored vertical lines are apparent and present the same defects in the eyes of the user,
These three main television standards use a line return time corresponding to approximately 5 to 10 microseconds, taken over the total duration of each successive line which has a duration close to 64 microseconds,
The present inventive concepts and invention make it possible to propose an assembly forming a receiver and TRANSMITTER and UNIVERSAL SERVER made up of audiovisual devices.
MIKROTELEC of the latest generations, equipped with memories in Vitrified Metal Washers with instant access and / or similar memories with MIKROTELEC-Multisource-Wave-Transceivers (EROM) connected, locally, by multi-pin SCART sockets and remotely by all devices. television signal transmission networks, networks transmitting both "very high definition", "high definition", "medium definition" and "low definition" television images with all of the teletext audiovisual information, as well as signals from telecommunication networks transmitting Internet, and Teletel / Minitel provided for worldwide communications by said audiovisual devices designed in compatibility with MIKROTELEC technologies making it possible to transmit, in particular at higher rates, the information, images and signals obtained from synchronous clock ticks on any frequency,
According to these inventive concepts and invention such a frequency can be regenerated from a synchronous clock generator contained in the micro-module allowing storage in memories and / or restitutions from said memories driven by the pulsed electromagnetic motors. provided with electronic controls, movements and / or rotations controlled by said micro-modules, in the form of logic (digital) signals converted by means of converters of analog signals into logic signals from television signals coming from transmitters of all standards, Said logic signals make it possible to regenerate the images in any format and in a desired number of lines obtained by programming the aforementioned micro-modules, which can be used on a television scanning screen and / or by other storage means in electronic memory or in memory by printing a stream or beams from a reading transceiver o u registration of said memories in vitrified metal washers or other
The present inventive concepts and invention also provide for the MICRO-modules with the programs for correcting tears and deformations in the horizontal direction seen on a TV screen, harmful for these three famous television standards, when viewing or displaying on the screen of thin and colored vertical lines which are apparent and have the same defects which may be observed by users; Said standards use a line return time corresponding substantially to 5 to 10 microseconds, taken over the total duration of a line which is around 64 microseconds. The correction of these faults can be carried out line by line. line and field by field, The multiplication of lines by image is obtained by successive readings of the memory using the clock synchronous with the scanning of lines;
The present inventive concepts and invention aim to provide improvements in the reception of broadcasts from various sources, as well as the sending of broadcasts, commands and orders broadcast, for example, by cable networks, television networks or microwave networks and eVou pay-TV networks for telecommunication by geostationary satellites, by integrating the electronic MICRO-module for reception and transmission which allows the processing of audiovisual signals in an external unit (10) located as close as possible to the antenna (19), for example on the back of it, which can be oriented in azimuth and in elevation using the MlCRO-programmable modules for powering the motors that can be rotated in the desired direction, according to the state of the sequential switches, carried by these MICRO-control modules and those of the motor power supply, according to the signals of the order transmitted by the single coaxial cable from the bo remote control box (20) and via the television receiver (1) and / or the transceiver (21), see the applicant's invention published under number 2 401 589, allowing the transmission of signals in a bidirectional manner as well as the signals for displaying all the parameters on the screen (3), and / or in one of the fractions of the complete scan of the screen (3) when said screen is a scanning screen television and includes line returns and field returns and a MICRO-computer or MICROcontroller allowing scanning commands using the synchronous clock, and other parameters such as for example, sound level, video level by which one also refines the pointing with precision in azimuth and / or in elevation by the supply of the motors dosed from the control modules and also the display on the screen (3) of the programs, the channels, the various curves or graphs as well as the exact positions of the antenna (19) etc.

According to another part of the present inventive concepts and invention, the external member (10) is connected by a single coaxial cable directly to the television receiver (1) and / or to the external member (9) containing at least one signal demodulator. television signals and possibly one or more television signal modulators which is connected to the television receiver (1) by a multi-axial cable fitted with a multi-pin SCART socket (5) at each of its ends to be plugged into the socket multi-pin SCART (4) carried by the television receiver (1).

The external member (10) located near the television antenna is electrically powered by the single coaxial cable from one or the other television signal receiver and comprises its micromodules, microcomputer or microcomputer. controller with all the antenna control circuits (19) which are provided for the reception and transmission of television signals and / or other audiovisual signals, on the one hand, said micro-modules or micro-computer and micro -controller with positioning and orientation circuits, position memorization and assignment circuits and, on the other hand, micro-modules or microcomputer and microcontroller with all reception and channel memorization circuits from the remote control box (20) as well as those of the transformation of the signals received in "hyper-frequency" in signals "high-frequency" and "frequency-intermediate" (15), transmitted by a single coaxial cable to the receiver station television (1) or a ux other receivers transmitting television signals, and / or possibly to the external unit (9) which may include all the modules ensuring the functions of the external unit (10) as well as an independent power supply from another "mains plug" (2).

In the case of another variant embodiment provided, where the external member (9) is not integrated into the television receiver (1), it is connected to it by a multi-axial cable fitted with a multi-pin SCART socket. (5), which cooperates with the multi-pin SCART (4) carried by the television receiver (1) in which it can be plugged.

The external unit (9) comprises an integrated power supply, a remote control and pet include an independent electrical power supply from the socket (2) (mains), by applying the elements and circuits provided in particular to power the receiver station of television (1) itself which supplies power to the external component (10) which can also be provided with an integrated power supply and remote control circuits in the event that the single coaxial cable is connected to it.

One of the aims provided for according to the present inventive concepts and invention is to use television signal receivers which can also receive, decode and process coded or encrypted logical or analog signals and send them back via the link interface associated with each multi-pin SCART socket on the video audio or other modules of the television receiver (1) fitted with micro modules or microcomputers (called micro) so that one can observe on the screen (3) television images in better definition or in high definition or even very high definition television images that can be recorded or memorized with the synchronous clock on an external device (22) (recorder equipped with vitrified metal washers allowing instant access to n '' any image stored on said recording audiovisual device) or video recorder (also referred to as audiovisual device receiving television signals for the instal individual or collective lation possibly using the already existing cable, thus avoiding the difficulty of exchanging existing cables.

The present inventive concepts and invention therefore relate to a new industrial product constituted by an assembly formed by a television receiver (1) and external components connected by cables provided with multi-pin sockets to the television receiver (1). , characterized in that the television receiver (1) carries at least one multi-pin SCART socket (4) in which is inserted a multi-pin SCART socket (5) carried by the ends of the multicoaxial cable which is connected by a socket complementary multi-pin SCART (4) to the external component (9), the television receiver (1) is also equipped with a coaxial base (E) allowing connection to an antenna (19) which includes an external component ( 10) which is connected by a single coaxial cable to the television receiver (1) by a coaxial plug (F) and that the external member (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna (19) is supplied electrically to from the television receiver (1) which is galvanically isolated from the mains by its power supply transformer and from the socket (2) and that the "earth" pin (T) of the pnse (2) and its "earth link" (T) located in the mains lead, fitted with a multi-pin SCART socket which cooperates with a mains socket (EDF network) fitted with a filter carried by the television receiver (1) making it possible to switch off interference and various parasites coming from the electrical network, while the socket and the "earth" pin (T) of this mains socket (EDF network) are connected to the frame of the television receiver (1) and constitute the general mass which communicates to the main mass of the coaxial base (E) ensuring good ground contact to the coaxial plugs (F) carried by the single coaxial cable and communicating through the coaxial sockets complementary to the main mass of the external member (10) and consequently of the antenna (19) which is at the mass (4) so that the assembly is put "to the ground" (T) and constitutes a "surge arrester" if the antenna (19) is struck by lightning and that all external components (for example) (9,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,21,22) which can be connected by multicoaxial cables with multi-pin plugs at their ends, to the telephone set (12 ) and to the modulator-demodulator (13) so that if the external telecommunication cable brings any positive or negative potential (lightning) or other, it can be passed by the main mass to the general mass of the television receiver (1 ) and by the "earth" pin m of the socket (2) provided for the power supply of the television set, while the sensor-receiver of transmissions coming from any geostationary satellite is equipped with an amplifier low noise factor and at least one local synchronous clock generator of fixed frequency which can be circulated used or switched off by the sequential switches, from the remote control box (20) which also allows the functions of the telephone and the videophone through the transceiver (21) and the single coaxial cable allowing to establish with respect to the received high-frequency (hyper-frequency), any intermediate frequency containing all the basic television, broadcasting or telecommunications signals, encoded or not (encrypted and / or decrypted), logical and / or analog relating to the production of high definition television images and others observed on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1) and or printed using commands by micrmodules or video microcomputers, controlled by the synchronous clock in quasi-photographic quality on paper or transparencies, by the printer (18) or printed on any media (weather charts or others) as well as commentary and / or signal information "at dio "corresponding to programs broadcast in several languages, simultaneously and which can be selected from the remote control box (20) and the desired language will be called up by one of the keys of this box which includes other keys allowing the selection of polarity waves received by the antenna (19) oriented towards a geostationary satellite transmitting on any polarity and making it possible to actuate the motor integrated in the external organ (10) equipped with a hyper-frequency receiver-sensor, located at the closer to the antenna (19) and to control the electronic module which ensures by a motor the positioning of any point on the geostationary circle from east to west (X) or vice versa, as well as the positioning motor in elevation, either from North to South (Y), moreover the television receiver (1), according to the invention and the inventive concepts, is equipped with at least one wave transmitter receiver which can be equipped, in particular with microphone s monophonic or stereophonic as well as a color television camera, miniature with automatic focus and which can be used for several uses, as well as a receiver-transmitter of waves to transmit or receive several frequencies simultaneously. This can transmit basic television signals corresponding to the "audio" information in monophonic or stereophonic, in several languages simultaneously, so that several viewers will be able to see the same program on the screen (3) of the receiver station. television (1) but listen to the language selected by each of them, by means of an individual wave receiver equipped with a language selector, which can be placed, for example, in a headset and / or in a stereophonic earpiece .

The present inventive concepts and invention aim to use one or more multi-pin and complementary sockets, as well as multi-axial connection cables allowing the transmission of signals to the external components and the television receiver (1), simultaneously or sequentially, controlled by electronic switches, known as "sequential switches" (slow or fast switching), allowing mixing (inlay) as well as the use of pairs of pnses equipped with connecting cables which allow the transmission of television signals, coming from 'an antenna equipped with a transceiver which receives the signals at hyper-frequency and which transforms and transmits HF (high-frequency) and / or Fl (intermediate-frequency) signals which contain all the "basic information" of television, from a geostationary satellite to which it is directed via a remote control box which is part of the 'together with the external organ and which ensures the controls of the antenna the orientation, the positioning in azimuth and in elevation in relation to the geostationary circle (located around 36,000 km above the equator) and to the site of the user, which also allows the selection of distinct channels and their memorization by assignment to an orbital position, corresponding to any chosen satellite. This position is translated into an electrical and / or binary value recognized by the external device, the computer, the television receiver (1) itself and / or the remote control unit, moreover, the video module is sent to the video module. of the station receiving signals emitted by the external device.

Another subject of the present inventive concepts and invention is a television receiver (1) characterized in that it is part of an assembly as defined above. It should be noted that the television receiver set (1), according to the invention and the inventive concepts, comprises a multi-pin socket allowing all the aforementioned functions but that these functions are not necessarily all used simultaneously, that is to say that , for example, the external device may include an independent power supply in which case, the complementary socket associated with the external device and cooperating with the multi-pin socket of the television receiver (1) will not use the possibility of electrical power supply. from the television receiver (1). Likewise, if the external device is an information storage device, the pins of the complementary socket, which are associated with those of the multipin pin, which correspond to the sending of signals to the video module of the television receiver. (1), will not be used.

In a preferred embodiment, the signals sent by the television receiver station (1) to the external device comprise signals obtained from the clock ticks of the line synchronization of the television receiver station (1), said signals being used by the external device to constitute a clock synchronous with that of the line scanning, the complementary socket constitutes, associated or not with the external device to which it is connected, at least one switch for at least one module of the receiving station (1), the multi-pin socket has at least one pin ensuring the transfer of video signals from the television receiver (1) to the external device, in the case where the television receiver (1) is a "color receiving station", the multi-pin socket has at least one pin for coded or uncoded, analog or logic signals relating to the production of each of the three basic colors of the receiving station r television (1), the general mass of the television receiver (1) is connected to the main mass of the complementary socket, the main mass of the complementary pnse is constituted by the socket of said socket. In the case where the complementary pnse and / or the associated external device makes it possible to control, by the logic signals, the sequential switches for certain micro-modules associated with the circuits installed in the video modules of the television receiver (1), setting off-circuit of said modules can be permanent or sequential. if the external device sends information to the video module of the television receiver station (1), the connection by the multipin pnse can control the permanent switches by means of logic signals switching off and / or switching on the "high frequency" modules and "intermediate-frequency" of the television receiver (1), which avoids, for the image obtained, the reproduction of interference originating from the reception of television signals, in particular of high-frequency and / or hyper-frequency, in the case of mixing images or videograms (window overlays) in the windows of the main screen or, on the contrary, the external device receives information from the broadcasts picked up by the television receiver (1) during receptions information and line scans that do not correspond to images visible on the screen, The external organ converts the received logic signals into basic red television signals e green and blue, using synchronous clocks and storage and / or restitution memories, installed in the micro-modules and by a generator, making it possible to regenerate the signals corresponding to the points and / or to the image elements and in video signals on each of said scan lines of the screen, during the time relating to the scans of the lines on which the image elements and the information to be made visible are regenerated, in the logical and / or analog values positive to from the sub-zero level displayed on said screen, therefore from the black level corresponding to the logic state (logic signal) 0, while the logic state of the synchronization of the first element of said lines is regenerated and represented by the logic state (logic signal) - 1.

The switch controlled using the logic signals by the multi-pin SCART socket associated with the complementary multi-pin SCART socket switches off and / or on, in particular, the "high-frequency" and / or "hyper-frequency modules. "and" intermediate-frequencies "of the television receiver (1), only for one of the fractions of the period of a complete scan of the screen, in which windows can be displayed constituting the mixtures of the Images of provenance various as well as other information displays
The external device can advantageously be an interface which comprises at least one synchronous clock signal generator which constitutes a synchronous clock with the clock of the line synchronization of the television receiver (1) by multiplying the received clock frequency. of the television receiver (1), The high-frequency clock thus obtained makes it possible to generate video signals corresponding to very high definition images.

The external device connected to the complementary socket can receive information, either by a wired electrical connection, or by means of a wave receiver When the external device comprises a wave receiver, said receiver can be associated with a transmitter-box operated by a user
This remote control transceiver can receive, memorize and transmit a large series of commands and information in the form of signals transmitted locally by waves coming from remote control circuits made using MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation
These personalized remote control units for the formed assembly, described in the patent published on 11.26.1982 under the n "2 401 589 allow the intervention of one or more users simultaneously and / or deferred, by a single and single remote control unit allowing the activation and / or deactivation by the sequential switches of any module located in the television receiver station (i) and / or in any external device (9,10,11,12, 13,14,15,16,17.18,21,22 and others)
The external device can receive and / or send information on the telephone network and / or the cable network via a modulator-demodulator.

The external organ can thus receive information from a set of memories supplied by various devices and can send this information on the cathode ray tube of the television receiver station (1) eVou on any display screen which can thus constitute a display console forming a computer terminal.

According to another boasting of the achievements of the "UNIVERSAL SERVER ENSEMBLE""UNISERVER" and "UNITVCOM" Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisource constituting audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to train in particular the SCART systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the color television signal processing system, in a device for receiving such signals such as e.g. television receiver, control monitor or the like
The present inventive concepts and invention relate to a system for processing color television signals, in particular of the logical or analog type, applied to a receiving device such as a color television receiver, a control monitor or the like, this system comprising means for generating subcarriers for the chrominance signals and the carrier of the luminance signal
The systems produced according to MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, intended for the processing of chrominance and luminance signals, of the logic or analog type, are based on the use of two color sub-carriers respectively of 4.406 and 4.25 MHz which transmit alternately the DR chrominance signals of one line and the DB chrominance signals of the next line The sub-carriers are frequency modulated, To this end the chrominance signals are applied to a modulator stage, by means of an electronic switch, Before being mixed with the luminance and synchronization signals, the chrominance signals are applied to a band limiter filter, reducing the background noise, of the anti-bell curve type, then the signals are transmitted to the receiving device, for example using a cable
The receiver device comprises an encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, in particular for television signals provided for pay-TV, necessarily equipped with bell filters, with a bifurcation between a channel delayed by a line duration and a direct channel, and a permutator driven by a flip-flop synchronized by the line synchronization signals to direct the chrominance information received on a subcarrier channel of the information DR and a subcarrier channel of the information Ds. and a gatekeeper closing the subcarrier channels in the absence of color difference signals from the identification lines and correcting an off-timed operation of the flip-flop
Matrix and video circuits reconstitute from the composite video signal E e color difference signals DR = (E'R-E'Y) and DB = (E'B-E'Y) supplied by the encoder. decoder, encryptor-decryptor including television signals provided for pay-TV, the three color signals E'B. E'R and E'v required for modulation of the picture tube
These known systems have a certain number of drawbacks. Thus, there is a lack of definition of the colors resulting from the fact that the transmission bandwidth of the chrominance information is about 300 kHz, therefore very low, which is very insufficient. for a suitable color definition and does not allow the transmission of one or more coded binary words On the other hand, in these systems the chrominance signals are subjected to a relatively large number of operations which causes each time a loss information, Thus the line memories used in the encoder-decoder. encryptor-decryptor, in particular for television signals intended for pay-TV, cause such information losses and a reduction in vertical definition and chrominance is observed, because each item of information is only transmitted during one line out of two
The present inventive concepts and invention aim to remedy the above drawbacks
For this, the present invention relates to a system for processing color television signals, in particular of the logic or analog type, comprising a transmitter device such as a color television camera, of chrominance subcarrier signals and of a luminance signal to a receiving device such as a color television receiver, a control monitor or the like, the receiving device comprising an encoder-decoder, encryption-decryptor in particular television signals provided for pay-TV, signals video received; the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, of the receiving device being characterized in that it comprises first and second tuned circuits each receiving a chrominance subcarrier signal, the first tuned circuit being connected to a discriminator producing the difference signal of color (E'R-E'Y) while the second tuned circuit is connected to another discriminator producing the color difference signal (E'B-E'y), and a third tuned circuit receiving the information signal luminance E'y and connected to a discriminator supplying the DC component of the luminance signal, the output signals of the first, second and third discriminators being applied to a matrixing circuit to supply the color signals E'R.

E'v and Nib, the three discriminators being synchronized at each start of the line on the same clock signal;
According to another characteristic of the invention, the clock signal is derived from the clock receiving the output signals from the line and frame time bases of the control circuit of the picture tube,
According to yet another characteristic of the invention, the clock signal is the high frequency signal derived from the general clock of the transmitting device;
The invention will be better understood, and other objects, features, details and advantages thereof will become more clearly apparent from the explanatory description on the drawing boards nos. 2 to 5 and in Figures 6 to 11 with reference to the schematic drawings. appended given only by way of example illustrating several embodiments of the invention.

According to another variant of the "UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY" and UNITVCOM Emitters-Receivers-of-Wave-Multisource embodiments made up of audiovisual devices designed and produced according to MIKROTELEC technologies, provided with memories for storing and / or restoring information to from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and destocking, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected to each other, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all the traditional or other transmission networks, in one of the embodiments, the inventive concepts and invention relate to the generators of audio-video signals and more particularly to a coder-decoder of audiovisual signals and / or encrypted television signals and / or unencrypted, coded and / or uncoded, analog and / or logic, which is characterized by the fact that it includes the interfaces of the link sounds and impedance adapters supplied by the video-source signals connected comprising the synchronization signal regenerator and to a television signal modulation identifier, a micro-module or microcomputer circuit supplied by a time base obtained from the signals from synchronous clock ticks of line synchronization and whose inputs of signals regenerated and / or obtained from synchronous clock ticks are respectively connected to the link interface circuits as well as to the signal extractor synchronization and the modulation identifier, a first modulator-demodulator whose inputs are respectively connected to an output of the identifier and to an output of the micro-module or mivo-computer whose outputs are connected to the link interface and to the impedance adapters of each output, the micro-modules or mivo-computer include means for programming the functions,
The assembly formed of coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, provided in particular for pay television, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the modulation / demodulation signal, the input of which is connected to an output of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, the output of which is connected to a first input of a second modulator-demodulator, a second input of which is connected through the connection interfaces and impedance adapters to the input for supplying audiovisual signals, the output of the modulator being connected through a filter to an output adapter for the audiovisual signal;
The present inventive concepts and invention provide an alternative embodiment of a coder-decoder, encryption-decryptor of television signals or audiovisual signals, in particular provided for pay television as well as a digitizer of television signals.

The present inventive concepts and invention have also provided for the embodiments of programmable line analyzers, the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular provided for pay television comprises a link interface with the impedance adapter. supplied by a source video signal connected to a synchronization signal extractor and to a signal modulation identifier, a micro-module or microcomputer circuit integrated or not supplied by the generator of the signals obtained from the synchronous clock and a synchronization time base and whose two inputs are respectively connected to the outputs of the circuits of the link interfaces comprising the extractor of synchronization signals and to the modulation identifier, a first modulator-demodulator whose two inputs are respectively connected to an output of the identifier and to an output of the circuit of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, its output e being connected to a link interface with the impedance adapter, the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not comprising means for programming functions,
The encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular intended for television or other programs broadcast with the secure toll means generated from the aforementioned micro-modules, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the signal of modulation-demodulation whose input is connected to an output of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer circuit or not, is whose output is connected to a first input of a second modulator-demodulator whose second input is connected through a link interface with the impedance adapter at the input for supplying audio signals, the output of the modulator being connected through a filter to an audio signal output adapter;
By way of examples of encoder-decoders, encryptors-decryptors, in particular of digital, (logical) and / or analog television signals
The modulations-demodulations of the audiovisual signals are provided in micro-modules or microcomputers and can be carried out by rearranging the base spectrum around a determined modulation frequency, fixed or modifiable, the frequencies being able to be obtained from a synchronous clock and formed a time base or according to another programming mode, in the case of an application associated with a transmission of television and / or audiovisual signals comprising the line and / or frame frequency or even a multiple or under -multiple of this,
The television and / or audiovisual signals could be digitized by an analog-to-digital converter, allowing from its outputs to have television signals in purely logical (and / or binary) form at its output, modulated-demodulated, by mixing the bits, for example, then reconverted by a logic / analog converter into so-called analog signals applicable to audiovisual devices by means of multi-pin SCART pins produced using 3rd generation MIKROTELEC technology, Patent No. '' elsewhere be applied to audiovisual signals
The modulation-demodulation of television or audiovisual signals can be carried out in several ways.

Another variant embodiment of a coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals comprising or associated with their computer or integrated or not integrated micro-modules or microcomputers, according to the inventive concept and the invention, supplemented by elements constituting said encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, as well as the example of a basic program that can be loaded into said audiovisual device comprising a computer or micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, as well as the elements constituting the analyzer of television signals and pre-prepared television scanning lines,
The examples of samples and signals represented by levels of electrical voltages generated and / or transmitted by the micro-modules and / or micro-circuits implanted in said audio-visual devices; said signals being able to be read, displayed or observed on the display screen of a logic analyzer or an oscilloscope at different times during the operation of the logic signal generators present on the interconnections of the MICRO-computer or MICRO-module called
MlCROandTELEControl designated in MIKROTELEC contract terms and on each base circuit at the multi-pin SCART sockets (20 and 148 pins, forming 168 pins + general ground or earth)
The presence of said logic signals is noted only by way of example on 148 pins mentioned above and represented by the signs 0 and 1 as represented in the tables of the description;
The samples of these generated logic signals transmitted or received in parallel or in series by the wired links and the interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are mentioned in the description by way of indicative example and not- limiting, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with the synchronous clock designed according to the MIKROTELEC technology.

The value samples of signals and / or binary words decanted in hexadecimal used for programming functions both remotely and locally of programmable audiovisual devices of the latest generations and comprising their micro-modules or microcomputers or
MlCRO and TELECommand associated, said in contract terms MIKROTELEC, intended for use in housing;
Encoder-decoder system, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, this system allows efficient operation at a lower cost on all audio and video signals of logical or analog television signals, but can also be adapted to all standards by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memories (EROM) of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not
System for analyzing lines, frames, color television images; this system makes it possible to display the complete content of a line of a frame of a predetermined television image by means of selectors which also display on the screen of the television receiver in color or others, The advantages of a Such variant of the system are numerous in addition to its low cost in programming and its ease of implementation, no adjustment or connections other than those provided by the multi-pin SCART socket is required during simple use; The possibility of using this system for all standards, by simple programming of the functions integrated in the components mounted on the surface known as CMS, and / or in the memories of micro-modules or microcomputers produced using MIKROTELEC technology, in particular for definitions greater than 1000 lines, but also for definitions lower by another programming mode (MIKROTELEC software);
This system is perfectly suited to meet the immediate and future needs of means for controlling the coding and decoding and / or encryption and decryption of logical and / or analog television signals transmitted to according to the most diverse standards and / or definitions. , by simple programming of said micro-modules, without reaching an excessive cost, but by allowing an efficient analysis of the content of a precise line, of a precise frame or of a precise image obtained from the ticks of the synchronous clock to line scans therefore allowing such an analysis in comparison with the order transmitted, for example, with a video source comprising said standard order, etc., transmitted by one of the aforementioned means)
Encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor system, in particular for color television signals; This system allows efficient operation at low cost on all standard audio and video signals, so-called 525 and 625 lines, but can also be adapted to other standards (including D2MAC) by simple modifications of the input stage. extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memory (EROM) of the micro-module or microcomputer.

According to another variant of the embodiments of the “UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY” “UNISERVER” and “UNITVCOM” Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Perite-TV systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by multi-pin SCART cables and pnses and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks;
The present inventive concepts and invention provided for the realization of high density electric energy accumulators, with the possibility of instantaneous recharging in a minimum of time, intended for propulsion, traction, braking, for example motor vehicles of the industry
Maritime or aeronautical field, or public works machine tools, mainly intended for supplying mobile or portable audiovisual devices, comprising a motor for driving storage devices or other memories not requiring a motor and / or for supply vehicles intended for viewing and mobile video, report vans and others, mobile, land, sea or air.

The aim of the invention is to provide an accumulator with a high density of electrical energy, capable of reaching up to 500 Wh per kilogram, intended to promote electric traction.

Accumulator designed with a conductive structure to pass current of a thousand or ten thousand amperes in a relatively short time; For example, transformation of the kinetic energy of the mass of a moving machine, collected and transformed in the form of electricity and charged in a very short time in this accumulator, with a large quantity of ampere hours, sufficient for extend the autonomy of electrically propelled vehicles.

Note that to propel a machine of 1000 kg, comfortably, we need an available energy of about 50 Kwh, to be able to quickly reach the necessary acceleration speed after starting to reach propulsion speeds in a few seconds at a hundred km / h.

The weight of the combustion engine currently in use with all its necessary accessories is approximately 250 to 320 kg.

With an electric motor and its power supply battery with all the electronic controls, we would obtain for the same weight, a range of 600 km, which is absolutely comparable to the performance of vehicles equipped with combustion engine with considerable advantages such as:
- the cleanliness
- low noise
- non-pollution
- the quality of acceleration when starting
- electronic control at all levels
- the safety of the driver
- a low price for the same mileage
The aim of this invention is to satisfy such constraints.

Firstly:
By the availability in these accumulators, of a range of 200 km for an accumulator weight of a hundred kilos, for average vehicles (the most used).

On the other hand,
The transformation of kinetic energy into electrical energy with its accumulation in these same accumulators.

It should be noted that each element can be charged separately or all together by electronic switching, "all or nothing", coming from the transformer of kinetic energy into electrical energy via the charger (34) of the accumulator (37 ) of the energy thus recovered.

The accumulator is equipped with an electronic control which perceives the information relating to itself and which determines its potential state.

If the electronic control determines that the accumulator level is full, (which is rarely the case), the energy is used as engine brakes and the excess is dissipated into the air.

If the electronic control determines that the accumulator level is at -90%; The electrical energy is directed to the accumulator (37), through its electrodes, positive or negative, through a charging rectifier (40);
Note that the electronic control receives information as soon as there is a deceleration to a predetermined level.

After these, the electronic control commands a system for overspeeding the rotor supporting the permanent magnets of the vehicle engine;
The motor is coupled, by the two-way transmission member, see the invention of the applicant published under the ne2325237,
The engine brake operates by overspeeding the rotor after simulating downshifting on traditional vehicles.

The rotor (19) is requested by the start of a multiplier system (17) provided during deceleration, but as it is driven to overspeed at this time, it generates a very sufficient current to charge its own accumulator.

The stator windings (53) are simultaneously switched to the charger (34)
The system is absolutely reversible.

When the motor acts as a generator, the gap in the air gap is automatically reduced between the rotor (19) supporting the magnets (20) and the stator (53) supporting the coils, which have become generators of a very high current. , at this moment.

The use of kinetic energy is obvious in the first place.

Secondly, when the brake is used, the electronic system controls the overspeed member (2) of the rotor (19) supporting the permanent magnets (20); The so-called "speed maintenance" transmission of the rotor (19) supporting the exciter magnets or the like is obtained by decelerating the kinetic energy of the mass of the vehicle.

Therefore, a generation of a strong current at constant voltage, is intended for the charge of the accumulator (37,14,23).

It should be noted that the coils (16) of the generator (18) are placed electronically at least once in parallel.

The generator is fitted with other windings (1,3,4,6) capable of supplying sufficient current at a constant voltage by placing them in parallel or in series by means of an electronic switch.

It should be noted that for a speed of one meter per second, the generator still supplies a very strong current, thanks to the "speed maintenance" system and to the automatic reduction of the air gap between the rotor (19) and the stator ( 53).

When the engine plays its own role of propellant, all these principles are suppnmmes, except the sequential electronic system, recovering the voltages of return, of discharge, of winding.

The structure of each of the electrochemical elements of the accumulator is ball, sphere or micro-bars of round shape, preferably, and allows a traditional electrolyte to pass through to immerse all the active elements.

The electrodes are composed of bundles of conductive wires, trees, steel, electromagnetic iron or other metal, nickel-plated and protected by a second metal not corrosive to acid or other substance representing the electrolyte.

The beam making up each of the electrodes must be electromagnetic, except for the anticorrosive metal.

Each of the electrodes will receive a cap (5) also electromagnetic on which will be a coil (26) which will aim to create an electro-magnetic field sufficient to attract the micro-balls (8) of each element which are composed of electromagnetic iron in the center and active material all around, with a large spherical surface:
S = 4 P R2 = P D2
Note that, if the diameter of the balls or spheres of the active materials is smaller, in the same volume of the accumulator element, the greater the surface area of the active material, and the more a large quantity of electricity is generated electro- chemically.

It is therefore possible, with this process, to store considerable quantities of electricity; Given that the electrode (6), at the time of charging behaves like an electromagnet (11) and attracts all of the beads or microspheres or other elements comprising the active material on itself and thus ensures a very compact collection of these,
The balls (8) will have a core, a permanent magnet, with an appropriate negative or positive active material, around.

The interest of the permanent magnet core is to be able to apply to electromagnetic electrodes, a pulsed or alternating current which will cause the loosening and the rotation of these balls of 180 ", at the moment of strong load; Since each ball has two poles: South and North.

The electromagnetic field is sometimes one or the other, turned and attracted by the electromagnetic electrode (4) and (13), corresponding.

With the rotation of these balls, the load homogeneity is better distributed. With such an element, we will obtain a voltage of about 2 volts at an unlimited number of amperes per hour. (300 watts hour per kilogram) without problem of precision in the manufacture which is intended for a wide distribution.

For all electric vehicles, built previously, the autonomy is at least tnplé for the same weight of accumulator. To obtain the necessary current, it is the volume and the quantity of active balls which will vanish according to the desired ampere hour.

The inventive concepts and invention of this alternative embodiment will be better understood with the drawing boards No. 6 and Figures 12 to 14.

According to another boasting of the achievements of the "UNIVERSAL SERVER ENSEMBLE""UNISERVER" and "UNITVCOM" Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to train in particular the SCART systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the video preamplification system for color television receivers intended to supply, from a video signal issuing from a detection stage and carrying information and color images, a so-called luminance signal, amplified in a adjustable ratio and a separate chrominance sub-carrier signal; The invention also relates to a module comprising the device;
To ensure image contrast and color saturation conforming to those of images transmitted by television broadcasting networks, the total gain, from the signal received by the antenna to the light modulation control electrodes of the screen tube, must be independent of
The instantaneous amplitude of the light parameters,
For this purpose, the gain of the receiver is controlled before detection so that the amplitude of a reference signal after detection is practically constant, then the amplifications on the luminance channel and on the chrominance channel are adjusted in a balanced manner. so that the matrixing of the components resulting from these two channels re-establishes primary color components conforming to those accepted by the broadcast networks,
The synchronization signals are generally chosen as the reference signal to control the gain of the receiver before detection, and to do this, the original level of the modulation being the level during the synchronization pulse, a correct voltage sample is taken. after a Synchronization Pulse where the modulation is said to be at the black level;
The amplification on the luminance channel determines the contrast, that is to say the luminance ratios respectively of the light (or white) and dark (or black) parts of the image and this amplification of the luminance channel must be able to be adjusted to the liking of the viewer, This contrast control is generally obtained by a potentiometer which attenuates in an adjustable manner the luminance signal at a chosen point of the amplification channel;
Furthermore, the chrominance components, which are in the form of a coding of a subcarrier at the separation of the luminance and chrominance channels, must be amplified after demodulation in a ratio proportional to the amplification ratio of the luminance channel so that the components of primaries, obtained by matrixing the luminance signal and the chrominance components are balanced and that the color rendering is correct, This amplification of the chrominance components, known as the color saturation control, is usually dosed by a potentiometer mechanically coupled to the contrast adjustment potentiometer, while a second potentiometer forming an amplification factor allows correction by the viewer,
These known arrangements have the drawback of interposing in the transmission channels attenuation potentiometers, the sliding contacts of which can introduce interference on these transmission channels; Moreover, the mechanical coupling of the luminance and chrominance potentiometers cannot ensure with precision the proportionality of the amplifications in the two channels.

It is conventional to have on the luminance channel a resonant circuit or trap at the frequency of the subcarrier to stop the components on the luminance signal at the subcarrier frequency,
This makes it possible to reduce in the image the sub-carrier residues which affect the latter by a moiré,
However, when the image is in black and white, and therefore there is no subcarrier, the presence of this trap annoyingly disturbs the video bandwidth.
Conventionally, this trap door is eliminated when the receiver is set to receive a channel transmitting only in black and white, by coupling the channel change command and the trap door elimination command; However, the reception in black and white of a channel capable of transmitting color programs remains affected by the presence of the hatch,
To remedy the various drawbacks mentioned above, the invention proposes a device for video preamplification of a color television receiver characterized in that it comprises, from an input terminal receiving the detected video signal, on the one hand a signal path comprising in succession an amplifier stage with adjustable amplification of the so-called self-phase-shifting push-pull type driven by said video signal detected through a bandwidth corrector network and adapted to deliver at a first output an amplified signal homologous to said detected signal and on a second an integrated signal proportional to the average excursion of said amplified signal, a separator stage with an input receiving said amplified signal and two separate signal outputs, a first output being connected to a line memory, output assigned to a signal of luminance, and the second output being connected to an anti-resonant circuit and assigned to a chrominance subcarrier signal, a c resonant circuit or trap receiving said delayed luminance signal and adapted to stop the components of said luminance signal at the subcarrier frequency in response to a subcarrier presence signal, and a buffer stage downstream of said trap and adapted reproducing said luminance signal on a low impedance, and on the other hand a gain control channel comprising a memory sampler adapted to keep a sample of said detected video signal, said sample being taken in response to a brief pulse occurring at a determined time of the line periodicity, and a gain control amplifier (outputting a gain control voltage) as a function of said stored sample;
A push-pull amplifier is a device which comprises two similar amplifying elements coupled which receive on their control inputs respectively similar signals in phase opposition so that the coupling of the amplifying elements cancels out even order distortions,
A self-phase push-pull amplifier is a derivative device which is driven by a signal on one input, the coupling between the amplifying elements transferring to the second input a signal similar to the driving signal but in phase opposition with this driving signal. ; The arrangement of an amplifier of this kind with adjustable amplification makes it possible to amplify the video signal detected without great distortion and in an adjustable ratio without the interposition of a potentiometer on the signal path; Moreover, while this amplified signal without distortion is transmitted by the first output to the signal path, the integrated signal appearing on the second output constitutes a reference of the average value of the luminance after adjustable amplification, this reference being intended to control the amplification of the chrominance components to ensure correct restoration of the primary components after matrixing with the luminance signal; Finally, the provision of the hatch put into service only when a chrominance subcarrier is present in the detected video signal allows efficient rejection of the subcarrier residues when they exist, while the bandwidth does not exist. is not altered by the trap when the subcarrier is absent
According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, the adjustable amplification amplifier stage comprises two similar transistors whose emitters are connected and connected through a common resistor to an adjustable voltage source, the first of the two transistors receiving on its base , said video signal detected and delivering by its collector said integrated signal developed on a resistance-capacitor integrator network, while the second transistor receiving on its base a bias voltage common to the two transistors delivers through its collector said amplified signal, developed on a resistance. The voltage developed on the resistance common to the two emitters by the sum of the emitter currents as a function of the detected video voltage applied to the base of the first transistor ensures the symmetrical drive of the second transistor; The adjustable voltage source inserted in the common power supply of the transmitters, together with the common polarization of the two bases allows to move the operating point of the two transistors, which makes possible an adjustable amplification of the whole stage without insertion an attenuator potentiometer in the signal path;
According to a preferred arrangement of the invention, said adjustable voltage source controlling the amplification rate of the transistor stage is constituted by an adjustable resistor decoupled by a capacitor and crossed by the sum of the emitter currents of the two transistors,
This arrangement is particularly economical; The separator stage is preferably formed by a transistor receiving on its base said amplified signal, its emitter being connected to ground by a resistor on which said luminance signal develops, while its collector receives a supply voltage across a bell-shaped anti-resonant circuit on which develops said subcarrier signal, Thus the separate luminance signal develops on the emitter resistor with an amplitude substantially equal to that of said amplified signal for all the different frequencies of the subcarrier carrier, while the presence in the collector of a bell circuit (so named because of the shape of its bandwidth curve determined by the characteristics of the signal at transmission) and on which the sub-signal develops chrominance carrier, reduces the amplitude of luminance signals at the subcarrier frequency;
According to an advantageous arrangement of the inventive concepts and invention, said trap door is connected to ground through a switching diode, said diode establishing a short circuit, in response to a positive signal of the presence of a subcarrier; In the absence of this signal, the diode is in the blocked state, and the hatch is inactive; the positive subcarrier presence signal turns the diode on, thereby establishing the ground shunt of the luminance components at the subcarrier frequency.

Advantageously, the aforementioned memory sampler comprises a transistor mounted as a switch with an off state and a saturation state between said input terminal and a memory capacitor, said transistor passing from the off state to the saturation state in response. to a brief pulse deviated by differentiating the leading edge of a rectangular line sync signal, thus the memory capacitor charges to the instantaneous voltage of the video signal detected during the transistor's brief transition to the saturation state in response to the control pulse, and keeps this voltage in memory until the next pulse; The video voltage is thus sampled just after the line synchronization pulse, while it is at the black level. This voltage can be used, suitably amplified, to control the gain of the stages of the television receiver upstream of the detection, so that the detected signal level remains constant regardless of the content of the image
According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, a module consisting of electronic components resting on an insulating support and connected by conductors cut from a sheet of metal plated on said insulating support comprises a device according to the invention, This embodiment so-called printed circuit, or so-called hybrid circuit, facilitates assembly, avoids wiring errors and allows quick and easy adjustment and troubleshooting of the receiver.

The characteristics and advantages of the invention will moreover emerge from the description in the diagram of the Drawing Board N "7, appended and FIG. 15; which relates to a color television set suitable for the transmission system of logic or analog signals,
According to another variant of the embodiments of the “UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY” “UNISERVER” and “UNITVCOM” Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Perite-TV systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as another variant of the possibilities of the set which concerns the total integration into micro-circuits of 'a color television via its diverter.

This embodiment according to a variant of the present inventive concepts and invention has, first of all, a new operation. voltage and current transformer and auto-transformer, frequency converter and generator, horizontal and vertical scanning device, regulator of output voltages, currents and frequencies, it is equipped with a cathode image surface control system and control thereof according to xy coordinates, and possibility of displacement as desired by the impact of the small or large scan on the screen of the cathoscope controlled by this device.

The shielding which is the object of cooler and support of the assembly is an original idea which gives a considerable advantage to the invention.

All the microcircuits can be plugged into their support, at a standardized pitch, for example: 2.54 mm.

The diverter unit weighs less than 2 kilos and has all the integrated elements of a traditional chassis with all the HP, MF components. Video, line transformer, Vertical scanning, encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, Transcoder, Video amplifier, sound output and total shielding consisting of the deflector and the shielding of the tube itself.

The same diverter is applicable to tubes 15cm to 100cm diagonally, in color or black and white.

This deflector can perform a scan of 300 lines at several thousand lines per frame, and 25 frames at 500 frames or more, per second,
Obviously this integrated deflector comprising its support-shielding-radiator avoids any parasitic radiation, from a traditional television set, The radiation given off by a television set, a traditional monitor has led to the realization of this total and revolutionary integration, beneficial to all in the near future .

According to another variant of the embodiments of the “UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY” “UNISERVER” and “UNITVCOM” Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Perite-TV systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the New reactive impedance structure and application to a coupling circuit
The present inventive concepts and invention have an advantageous embodiment relating to a new reactive impedance structure produced as a monoplane structure.
Flat electrical circuits have already been produced comprising resistors obtained by depositing a metal layer of dimensions (thickness of the layer, length and width of the deposit) chosen so as to obtain the desired ohmic value.
An aim of the present invention is to achieve, in a monoplane structure and in reduced dimensions, a reactive impedance which can be used in inductive circuits operating at high frequency and very high frequency (from 20 MHz and beyond), in particular , we seek to achieve circuits comprising transformers, auto-transformers, lines, resonant circuits, etc ...

Another object of the invention is to achieve a reactive impedance monoplane of simple and inexpensive manufacture, and allowing perfect reproducibility, essential in the case of mass production,
Another object of the invention is to produce a reactive impedance exhibiting parasitic capacitances with respect to its environment, which are perfectly measurable and adjustable;
Another object of the invention is to provide a coupling circuit comprising at least two impedances according to the invention;
The subject of the invention is a reactive impedance of a monoplane structure comprising a metal deposit on a support characterized in that the deposit is in the form of a flat metal strip of rectangular section, the design of which presents a periodic succession of patterns.
According to a preferred embodiment, the pattern is a niche
Other particulars and advantages of the invention will emerge from the description given on the drawing boards 9 to 11, in one of the embodiments of a variant of the invention, given by way of illustration and in no way limiting with reference to drawing appended with figures 17 to 20.

According to another variant of the embodiments of the “UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY” “UNISERVER” and “UNITVCOM” Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Peritélevision systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks.

In another variant embodiment according to the present inventive concepts and invention provided for the processing of logic and / or analog signals applied separately and / or with a manufacturing process of sound producers or reproducers, in plastic material molded by injection or compression and / or other materials made with a metal case, possibly non-magnetic.

In known devices of this type, the membranes are formed from paper and glued to metal carcasses, which makes centering very difficult and the membranes wear out very quickly.

In one of the variant embodiments according to the present inventive concepts and invention provided for the processing of logic and / or analog signals applied separately and / or with a method of manufacturing sound producers or sound reproducers, in injection-molded plastic or compression and / or other materials of the most diverse power and frequency by electromagnetic vibrations generated by an inductance, called a voice coil, carried by the support of said coil welded or glued integral with the membrane, the main element of said coil sound producer, the membrane itself welded and / or integral with the ngide edge illustrated on plate 12, figure 21 indicated at point (1) and in the case of a circular membrane at point (6), the centers of which are provided to receive said voice coil with its support shown detached in Figure 21.

Another embodiment and design according to the present inventive concepts and invention provided for the processing of logic and / or analog signals applied separately and / or with the present method of manufacturing sound producers or sound reproducers, in injection molded plastic or compression and / or other materials, achievable with their membrane for the powers and frequencies reproduced, the most diverse, generated by said membrane driven by mechanical vibrations, of the plastic membrane with predetermined rigidity during molding with respect to its edge rigid and fixed, while in the center of the membrane, at the location of the voice coil is (are) welded the arm (s) of which the other end of the arm supporting the voice coil and its support is driven the electromotive force generated in the space of the housing of the coil constituting the air gap, located between the iron (4) and the permanent magnet (3) in figure 22 ; Said voice coil constitutes the inductance with an impedance (Z) shown in the electric diagram at point (5); the orders and controls of musical and / or other sound productions are provided by the logic and / or analog signals transmitted in particular in series and / or possibly in parallel in the form of multiplexing of the various signals from micro-modules or microcomputers pre-programmed and / or programmable.

The support (2) of the producer or sound reproducer can also be made of plastic or metal and it can be slightly flexible or covered with a soft material allowing suspension and / or elimination of parasitic vibrations harmful to the proper functioning of the producers or sound reproducers, produced according to the present inventive concepts and invention.

The present invention relates to a manufacturing process in plastic material of sound producer or sound reproducer, of any power or frequency by electromagnetic or mechanical vibrations (The rigidity of the plastic material determines the acoustic frequencies, the diameter and the thicknesses determine the powers).

The advantages of these inventive concepts and invention are the acceleration of the production of Producers and / or sound reproducers, in plastic material, molded by injection and / or compression (or possibly another material) allowing the productions or reproductions of high musical fidelity or a choice of rigidity of the membrane by mixing stabilizer in the plastic material which has been predetermined before molding, in particular of the membrane and the elements welded or attached, either by a secure and durable bonding or by welding as well as the obvious advantages provided by automatic centering during the assembly of sound producers and reproducers.

The other advantages of the present inventive concepts and invention will be apparent from plate 12, drawings and illustrations in Figures 21 and 22.

The means of implementation to achieve this result according to the inventive concepts and invention are as follows: as illustrated on plate 12, FIGS. 21: - membrane with the rigid edge (1) represented with the HP symbol, completed by the electrical diagram of the device of the impedance Z of analog inputs as well as L = multiplexed logic inputs of the analog converter of said impedance Z made up of Z moving coils of Producers and / or sound reproducers, in plastic, injection molded and / or compression (or possibly another material) allowing productions or reproductions of high musical fidelity or a choice of rigidity of the membrane by mixing stabilizer in the plastic material having been predetermined before molding, in particular of the membrane and the elements welded or attached, either by a secure and durable bonding or by welding as well as the obvious advantages provided by automatic centering when m aage of sound producers and reproducers, according to the drawing in figure 22 where the plastic or metal support at point (2) is illustrated with the vents of the producer and / or sound reproducer with permanent magnet and iron forming the space called the air gap and the housing or housing of the voice coil forming the space for the movements of said voice coil constituting the impedance and the inductance drives the electromotive force in said gap space and also constitutes the heat dissipation through the front and rear openings of said housing of the voice coil associated with its support welded to said membrane of the producer and / or sound reproducer controlled either by analog signals or by logic (binary) signals multiplexed and transmitted by the coaxial cable and multiplied by the demultiplexer associated with the logic converter / analog fixed directly on the support (2) and connected to at least one terminal of said voice coil constituting the inductance and the impedance e Z, generator of the electromotive force of said producer and sound reproducer, illustrated by figures 21 and 22
According to said inventive concepts and invention, said reproducing or sound reproducing apparatus, from logic signals on the one hand and on the other hand, from analog signals in the event that it is connected directly to an analog audio amplifier.

This device can be used in all cases where a sound system must be provided, and particularly when it is a question of producing sound of precise frequencies, also of radio-television, high-fidelity, telephony and audio-visual, usable in all kinds of industries.

The invention will be better understood and other objects, details and advantages thereof will appear in accordance with the principles of the present inventive concepts and invention, given by way of example only, with reference to the drawings of the attached plate 12 and to the figures. 21 and 22.

According to another variant of the embodiments of the “UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY” “UNISERVER” and “UNITVCOM” Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Perite-TV systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the color, analog and / or logic television signal processing system, comprising a encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding),
The present inventive concepts and invention relate to a method and a system for processing color television signals;
The invention is characterized in that it comprises an encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6) suitable for inserting encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) signals into the information part to be transmit to a recording device, the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device comprising, among other things, an input means (61), a read only memory (62),
The invention finds application in the field of video recorders,
Method and system for processing color, analog and / or logic television signals comprising an encryption and / or decryption device (coding / decoding),
The present invention relates to a method of processing color television signals, in particular analog and / or logic, with a view to their application to a receiving device such as a recording device, for example a magnetic tape cassette. and a system for implementing such a method
It is known that recordings, for example on a magnetic tape, are easy to copy,
A person in possession of the recording. eg rented. can make one or more copies. without this being verifiable, On the other hand, the person can replace the magnetic tape containing the original recording with a copy without the owner of the original recording realizing this act of substitution
The present invention aims to provide a solution to this problem
To this end. the method according to the present invention is characterized in that one inserts encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) signals in the information part of the chrominance (DR) and (DB) and luminance signals Y a transmit to the recording device. which is not intended for viewing during reproduction
According to an advantageous characteristic of the invention. at least part of the identification signal intended to ensure the correct operation of the routing switch of the chrominance signals (DR) and (De) in the recording device is replaced in the information to be transmitted. of the type of logical and / or analog television signals, by a signal having a frequency outside the pass frequency band provided in the recording device, so that a second recording made from the first recording gives rise to poor quality reproduction
According to another characteristic of the invention, the aforementioned encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) signals constitute a code allowing identification of the first recording as an original recording.
According to yet another advantageous characteristic of the method according to the present invention. a synchronization signal is provided in each sequence of the chrominance signals and of the luminance signal and this signal is composed of a burst of signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock signals having a frequency outside the pass frequency band corresponding signal paths in the receiving device. so that the synchronism of the synchronization and luminance signals is no longer ensured in a second recording constituting a copy of a first recording and in the reproductions made from these recordings of copies
The system for implementing the method proposed by the invention is characterized in that it comprises means for entering encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) codes such as a keyboard. means adapted to produce from the code a number of bursts of signals obtained by programming from the appropriate synchronous clock signals and means for inserting these bursts in place of a part of information normally transmitted to the receiving device.

* The invention will be better understood and other objects, characteristics, details and advantages thereof will appear more clearly during the explanatory description, in the attached plates 13 and 14, which will also refer to FIGS. 23 to 26 given only by way of example illustrating one embodiment of the invention.

According to another variant of the embodiments of the “UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY” “UNISERVER” and “UNITVCOM” Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Peritélevision systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the chrominance information decoding processing system in the system of logical color television signals and / or analog.

The inventive concepts and the invention also relate to a device for decoding chrominance information in the system of logical and / or analog color television signals, and in particular a device entering a color television receiver;
A device of this type usually comprises, from an input anti-resonant circuit, called a "bell" circuit, tuned to the average frequency of the chrominance sub-carriers, a bifurcation between a channel delayed by a duration of and a direct channel, a permutator controlled by a rocker synchronized in half period by the line synchronization signals and directing in symmetrical alternation the direct channel and the delayed channel on a blue subcarrier channel and a subcarrier channel red, each of the subcarrier channels comprising an adjustable amplitude limiter and a modulation extractor delivering a respective so-called color difference signal, a gatekeeper closing the subcarrier channels in the absence of suitable color difference signals issued from so-called identification lines and correcting an out-of-time operation of said flip-flop, a matrixing circuit reconstituting a green difference signal from the signals of difference of blue and red, a mixer tnplet receiving a common luminance signal and said distinct color difference signals to form color component signals, and a triple! level-aligned amplifiers by sampling driving three respective color control electrodes of a trichromatic picture tube in response to said respective color component signals
The role of the various elements of a chrominance information decoding device derives directly from the characteristics of the coded signals transmitted in the system of logical and / or analog television signals, as well as from the conditions recognized as essential to obtain a reliable decoding and is indeed ; Thus the so-called "bell" circuit corrects the bandwidth of the sub-carriers distorted on transmission to improve protection against noise, the bifurcation between the direct channel and the delayed channel allows the reconstitution of the missing sub-carrier each time. line, the permutator and its associated rocker switch to separate channels the blue and red sub-carriers arriving alternately from the direct and delayed channels, the gatekeeper controls the correction of the routing of the sub-carriers and blocks the chrominance channel if these sub-carriers are non-existent, too weak or badly routed, the amplitude limiters preceding the modulation extractors eliminate the parasitic amplitude modulation of the sub-carriers and adjust the amplitude to a level such that the luminance-chrominance ratio is respected, that the luminance chrominance ratio is respected, the explicit matrixing of a green difference signal transmitted implicitly, the mixers reconstitute the c components from the separately transmitted luminance and chrominance parameters, and level aligned amplifiers provide the color picture tube with the color components with suitable amplitude and black level output by sampling the signal level during step transmission black;
In devices made using MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, the door entry unit is opened after each frame synchronization signal, to allow subcarrier signals called identification lines emitted during the frame black level to pass and which announce that color are emitted during the next frame; These identification lines are routed and demodulated; If these identification lines give rise to color difference signals of suitable amplitude and polarity, proof of the existence at a sufficient level and the correct routing of the sub-carriers, the gatekeeper remains open for the next frame. , if not, it closes again before the end of the black weft by emitting an impulse which changes the step of the rocker of the permutator; If the closing of the gatekeeper is the result of a sub-carrier routing error, the flip-flop is then correctly synchronized for the frames which will follow;
This arrangement has the following drawbacks: On the one hand, each frame following a routing error is presented in black and white and on average once in two the first frame of a color transmission is also presented in black and white; On the other hand, the systematic opening of the gatekeeper at each frame allows, when the identification lines are not present at a sufficient amplitude, a noise whose sequelae can affect the chrominance channel and somewhat disturb the image, Furthermore, usually, the gatekeeper only acts on the sub-carrier channels, so that the specific noises of the modulation extractors, with the gatekeeper closed, can amplify up to the image;
To remedy these drawbacks, the invention proposes a device for decoding chrominance information in the system of logical and / or analog television signals, characterized by a gatekeeper sensitive to a particular frequency of a subcarrier of a line d. 'determined color identification, controlling on the one hand the opening of a pair of doors of said modulation extractors and the opening of a pair of output short-circuit members of said extractors, and on the other hand emitting in the direction of said flip-flop a full period synchronization signal,
Thus the door entry unit is only opened if the identification lines are present in the signal, but each time these lines are present, This opening taking place in response to a determined color identification line, the synchronization signal of full period is in reference to this line and ensures the synchronization of the flip-flop with the correct phase for the frame immediately following the identification lines; The correct functioning of the chrominance channel is therefore ensured for all the frames comprising the identification lines.
On the other hand, when the identification lines are missing, the chrominance channel is permanently blocked, both for the noises coming from the video channel stopped at the bifurcation door, as the internal noises of the permutator stopped at the extractor doors. modulation, and internal noise from these extractors short-circuited by the short-circuit devices,
Advantageously, in a receiver equipped with an electronically controlled subcarrier hatch on the luminance channel, the doorphone sends to this hatch an activation signal;
The applicant's invention published under No. 2258755 decnt such a trap, intended to stop the components at subcarrier frequency on the luminance channel. Thus the trap is only in action to stop the subcarriers on the luminance channel only when these sub-carriers exist, and the bandwidth of the luminance channel is fully restored when the sub-carriers are absent
Preferably, said gatekeeper is branched off to the "bell" input circuit through a door opened by a frame erase signal, the gatekeeper connected upstream of the bifurcation gate. can thus be activated only by the particular frequency of an identification line of color determined to the exclusion of this same frequency appearing on lines constituting the frame proper
According to a preferred arrangement the doorman comprises sene. downstream of the door opened by the frame erasure signal. a first narrow-band amplifier circuit tuned to the extreme deflection frequency of a particular color identification line, a second amplifier circuit tuned to the half-line frequency and excited by an output signal from said first amplifier above d 'a determined level, and a third aperiodic amplifier delivering negative pulses in response to the positive peaks of the output signal of said second amplifier, said negative pulses being on the one hand sent through a diode to said flip-flop so that this flip-flop is in a state determined on receipt of these negative pulses, and on the other hand detected so that the potential of a control line is positive for at least one frame duration
Preferably, the aforementioned control line is connected to the third amplifier by a capacitor. and at the cathode of a diode whose anode is superimposed with a frame erasure signal in a direction canceling the opening amplitude,
The applicant's invention published under the ne2258755 describes a luminance weighted voltage source, or average value of the luminance signal, the subcarrier amplitude at the input of the modulation extractors being linked to the average value of the signal of luminance, the luminance / chrominance ratio defining the saturation of the colors is thus controlled; In addition, the amplitude limiters being closed during the frame erase signal, the identification lines do not reach the modulation extractors.
According to a preferred arrangement of the invention, the device comprises a matrixing circuit consisting of three color difference current modulating transistors, respectively blue, red and green, and a network of resistors connecting the emitters of said transistors. modulators with a branch common to the three difference currents, the blue and red difference modulator transistors being driven on the basis by the color difference voltages from said modulation extractors, while the base of the current difference modulator transistor green is maintained at a substantially invariable voltage,
The blue and red difference current modulator transistors are mounted as emitter followers and together with the green difference current modulator constitute a differential amplifier thanks to the common branch of the emitter resistance network. current difference signals through three sources of equivalent impedance, which balances the color components regardless of their respective amplitudes
The correct relationships between color difference signals are obtained with a resistance network comprising a first resistor of value R between ground and emitter of the green difference current modulator transistor, a second resistor of value 1.5 R between the emitters of the green and red difference current transistors, a third resistor of value 4.7 R between the emitters of the green and blue difference current modulator transistors, a programmable resistor between 0.7 and 1.7 R being placed between blue difference current modulator transistor ground and emitter;
Preferably, the collectors of these color difference current modulator transistors are supplied with a luminance voltage through an individual load resistor, the color component voltages being taken from the collectors of said modulator transistors. The luminance and color difference mixture is thus performed to give the component color signals under similar precise conditions for the three components
According to a preferred arrangement of the invention, a level-aligned amplifier tnplet by sampling comprises three amplifiers each constituted by a first voltage amplifier transistor driven on its base and through a capacitor by a second separator transistor mounted as an emitter follower and receiving on its base a respective voltage of color component, a third transistor with its emitter connected to the base of said transistor socket and its collector connected to a common capacitor charged to a reference voltage being put into a state of saturation temporarily in response to a positive pulse received on its base and derived from the trailing edge of a line synchronization pulse, Thus the capacitor for connection to the first transistor is charged to the reference voltage held by the common capacitor through the third saturated transistor, when the signal transmitted by the second transistor is at the black level corresponding to the start of the level d e black line following the line synchronization pulse
Advantageously, the aforementioned reference voltage is an adjusted fraction of the high voltage supplying the collector of the first transistor of each amplifier of the triplet through a load resistor, Thus the reference voltage defining the black level for the base of the amplifier transistor is in relation with the origin of the voltages applied to the control electrodes of the picture tube and defining the black level for them
The characteristics and advantages of the present inventive concepts and invention will moreover emerge from the description which will follow and by way of example with reference to the accompanying drawings 15 to 18 in which the figures from 27 to 30 can be seen.

According to another variant of the embodiments of the "UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY"
"UNISERVER" and "UNITVCOM" Transmitters-Receivers-of-Wave-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to train in particular the systems of
SCART, designed and produced using "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing
instant access and clearance, and / or from other memories that can be used with audiovisual devices linked together, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely,
by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the processing system of
color television signals, in particular logic and / or analog;
The present inventive concepts and the invention also relate to a system for processing color television signals, in particular of the logic and / or analog type, with a view to their application to a receiving device such as a color television receiver. , a video tape recorder or the like, this system comprising means for generating sub-carriers for the chrominance signals and for the carrier of the luminance signal,
It is well known that the systems produced according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, intended for the processing of chrominance and luminance signals, of the type of logical and / or analog television signals, are based on the use of two sub- color carriers of 4.406 and 4.25 MHz respectively which carefully transmit the chrominance signals (DR) of one line and the chrominance signals (DB) of the next line, The sub-carriers are frequency modulated, To this end the chrominance signals are applied to a modulator stage, by means of an electronic switch; Before being mixed with the luminance and synchronization signals,
the chrominance signals are applied to a band limiter filter, reducing round noise, such as
with anti-bell curve, Then the signals are transmitted to the receiving device, for example using a
cable;
The receiving device comprises an encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular signals
television sets intended for pay-TV, necessarily equipped with bell filters, a
bifurcation between a delayed channel of a line duration and a direct channel, and a switch controlled by
a flip-flop synchronized by the line synchronization signals for routing the received chrominance information to an information subcarrier channel (DR) and an information subcarrier channel (DB)
These known systems have a number of drawbacks; Thus, there is a lack of definition of the colors coming from the fan that the transmission bandwidth of chrominance information is about 300 KHZ, therefore very low, which is very insufficient for a suitable color definition and does not allow the transmission of one or more coded binary words;
On the other hand, in these systems the chrominance signals are subjected to a relatively large number of operations, which each time causes a loss of information.
The object of the present invention is to overcome these drawbacks
To achieve this goal, the processing system according to the present invention is characterized in that the generating means of the chrominance sub-carriers and of the luminance carrier comprise three synchronous clock signal generators, at least of which the signal generators d The synchronous clock chrominance subcarriers are adapted to produce frequencies representing a multiple of the color difference subcarrier frequencies of blue and red, color television standards, to broaden the transmission bandwidth of information to also allow the transmission of binary words, the synchronous clock signal generators being synchronized on the same high frequency clock signal.

According to an advantageous characteristic of the present inventive concepts and of the invention, the system comprises a generator of synchronous and high frequency clock signals forming a general clock and producing said clock signal and in that the line synchronization signals , frame, half-line and the clock signals for the synchronization of the aforementioned synchronous clock signal generators are derived from the general clock signal by frequency division
According to another advantageous characteristic, the DC supply voltages of the system are derived from the general clock by means of a device comprising a frequency divider of the clock signal and a frequency-voltage converter.
According to yet another characteristic of the invention, the DC voltage supply voltage for the aforementioned synchronous clock signal generators is obtained with the aid of the frequency divider of the clock signal and of an amplifier, saturated. , at full speed, which is supplied by the stabilized voltage produced by a digital-to-analog converter from a binary digit
The invention will be better understood and other objects, characteristics, details and advantages thereof will emerge more clearly from the explanatory description of FIGS. 31 and 32 on the accompanying drawing boards, given only by way of example illustrating a embodiment of the invention.

According to another variant of the embodiments of the “UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY” “UNISERVER” and “UNITVCOM” Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Peritélevision systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks comprising a memory driven by the reversible electromagnetic motor with electronic controls installed in the aforementioned micro-modules, said movable armature motor with permanent magnets and fixed inductor powered by direct current, More part hereby, the invention relates to a reversible type of such a motor as well as the means for supplying the latter with direct current.
A large number of motors are already known using, for example, a rotor unit with permanent magnets (to suppnmer the mechanical current collectors on the rotor shaft) and a wound stator; For example, electric motors at frequencies of 50 or 60 hertz are of this type and, as their definition indicates, the speed of rotation of these motors depends on the frequency of the alternating current supplying the stator, so the speed variation on these motors poses problems for which the known and used solutions (frequency variations) require complicated and expensive control means; On the other hand, under extreme operating conditions, the permanent magnets used, if they are not of very high quality, tend to demagnetize due to the use of alternating current for the power supply. ;
The object of the present invention is mainly to provide a motor without a collector which does not have the aforementioned drawbacks, in particular thanks to the use of direct current for supplying the inductor;
More precisely, the invention relates to a device forming a reversible electric motor of the type comprising at least one magnetic moving unit forming an armature, moving relative to a system of coils forming an inductor, characterized in that it comprises means for sequentially supplying power. the coils of said system from direct current pulses applied to said coils in a predetermined succession, the constant polarity of said pulses making it possible to avoid demagnetization of said movable block;
The motor according to the principle of the invention defined above can indifferently be with rotary displacement or even with linear displacement and alternating movement, as will be seen below.
Other important characteristics of the invention consist in improving the efficiency and the torque of these motors by virtue of improvements relating to the supply conditions of the coils of the inductor, by pulses of a frequency such as electrical resonance are created in the windings of said inductor,
According to another aspect of the invention, the speed variation can be obtained by vanishing the duty cycle of the supply pulses
In addition, according to another important feature of these inventive concepts and invention, it is possible, in the case of rotary motors, to obtain a very high speed of rotation by carrying out a rigid embedding of the magnets in the mass of the rotor by means of a coating. of the latter in a synthetic resin material (constituting said rotor) preferably reinforced with glass fibers,
The use of high performance magnets is not even necessary in this case since the shrinking prevents the magnets from disintegrating under the effect of a high centrifugal force,
Finally, another important characteristic of the invention resides in the fact that the system is perfectly reversible and can also operate well in general; This makes it possible to provide for the use of the principle of the invention for the production of a braking system (for example a truck retarder), which does not operate by using eddy currents, as is the case with most systems. known devices, In fact, eddy-current retarders have the well-known defect of heating up quickly, resulting in a risk of abrupt demagnetization (resulting in the immediate and dangerous stopping of the operation of the retarder) when the Curie point of the elements magnetics used is achieved; On the contrary, with a retarder using the operation as a generator of the device according to the invention, the heat is not produced in the device itself (but for example in external load resistors) hence safe operation during very long periods of use;
The invention will be better understood and other aims, details and advantages thereof will appear better on reading the following description of several embodiments of a device in accordance with the principle of the invention, given only to by way of example, made with reference to the drawings of the attached plates 21 and 22 and to Figures 33 to 36.

According to another boasting of the achievements of the "UNIVERSAL SERVER ENSEMBLE""UNISERVER" and "UNlTVCOM" Transceivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to train in particular the systems of
SCART, designed and produced using "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for
storage and / or restitution of information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing
instant access and storage, and / or from other memories that can be used with audiovisual devices connected to each other, locally, by cables and multi-pin plugs and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the system for processing color television signals, in particular logic and / Qu analog;
According to another variant of the embodiments of the present inventive concepts and the subject of the invention is also a system for processing color television signals, in particular of the logic and / or analog type, coming from a shooting device of their application. to a receiving device such as a recording device or computer;
The present inventive concepts and invention aim to provide a processing system capable of performing this function.
To this end, the processing system according to the invention is characterized in that it comprises for each chrominance or color difference signal (DR) and (De) and the luminance signal (E'y) an analog converter -numénque, which is associated with a noise elimination device to eliminate interference and background noise
According to an advantageous characteristic of the present inventive concepts and invention, the interference elimination device comprises two memories intended respectively for the storage of the frame which has just been established and the previous frame and a processing unit such as a microcomputer. or a micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not to perform, according to a routine stored in a read-only memory, a comparison of the two successive frames and the elimination of non-identical elements representative of interference, which are contained in the two frames
According to another advantageous characteristic of the present inventive concepts and invention, the
processing system comprises a generator of synchronous clock signals and high frequency signals such as of the order of 100 MHz, performing the function of a general clock and in that all line and field synchronization frequencies and the signals for timing the operation of the analog-to-digital converters and the noise eliminator are derived from the clock signal by dividing the frequencies
The present inventive concepts and invention will be better understood and other objects, characteristics, details and advantages will emerge more clearly from the explanatory description which will be made with reference to Figure 37 on the attached drawing board 23 given solely by way of illustration. example illustrating in the form of a block diagram one of the embodiments of the invention.

According to another variant of the embodiments of the “UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY” “UNISERVER” and “UNITVCOM” Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Peritélevision systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected between - them, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the color television signal processing system, in particular of the logical television signal type and / or analog.

The present inventive concepts and invention relate to a system for processing color television signals, in particular of the logical and / or analog television signal type, originating from a transmitter device, with a view to their application to a receiver device such as a color television receiver, control monitor or the like, of the logic and / or analog type;
It is well known that the systems produced according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, intended for the processing of chrominance and luminance signals, of the logic and / or analog type, are based on the use of two color sub-carriers respectively. 4.406 and 4.25 MHz which alternately transmit the chrominance signals (DR of one line and the chrominance signals (DB of the next line; The sub-carriers are frequency modulated, For this purpose, the chrominance signals are applied to a modulator stage, by means of an electronic switch
Before being mixed with the luminance and synchronization signals, the chrominance signals are applied to a band limiter filter, reducing the background noise, of the anti-bell curve type, Then the signals are transmitted to the receiving device for example using a cable
The receiver device comprises a decoder necessarily equipped with bell filters, a bifurcation between a delayed path of a line duration and a direct path, and a switch driven by a flip-flop synchronized by the line synchronization signals for routing the received chrominance information to an information subcarrier (DR) channel and an information subcarrier (DB) channel.

However, these systems have a certain number of drawbacks, Thus, there is a lack of definition of colors resulting from the fact that the bandwidth of transmission of the chrominance information is about 300 KHZ, therefore very low, which is very insufficient. for a suitable definition of colors and does not allow the transmission of one or more coded binary words, On the other hand, in these systems produced according to MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, the chrominance signals are subjected to a number of '' relatively large operations, which each time causes a loss of information
With a view to solving the above problems, a system for processing chrominance and luminance signals originating, for example, from a color television camera which can be provided with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone, has already been proposed.
Such a processing system comprises means for generating chrominance subcarriers and the luminance carrier formed by three synchronous clock signal generators of which at least the synchronous clock signal generators of the chrominance subcarriers are suitable. to produce frequencies representing a multiple of the chrominance subcarrier frequencies of the logical and / or analog television signal system, to widen the width of the information transmission band and also to allow the transmission of binary words, the generators of synchronous clock signals being synchronized on the same high frequency clock signal; There is thus available at the output terminals of the device for processing a carrier signal frequency modulated by the luminance signal E'y and subcarriers frequency modulated by the color difference signals (DR and (DB ( commonly called chrominance subcarrier signals) and capable of being transmitted in parallel on corresponding channels to a receiving device;
However, it is not possible to simultaneously transmit the video signals available at the output of the transmitter device, in particular the signals of chrominance sub-carriers (DR and (DB to the receiver device of the logic and / or analog type, Indeed, such a receiver device is designed to receive a composite video signal containing the luminance information (Ey), the color difference signal (DR) OR (DB). transmitted sequentially, and frequency modulated, and the synchronization pulses of line and frame containing the color identification signals;
The object of the present invention is to resolve the above problem by proposing a circuit for converting the mode of simultaneous transmission into mode of sequential transmission of the video signals to the receiving device,
For this, the present invention relates to a system for processing color television signals, in particular of the logic and / or analog type, comprising a transmitter device connected to the output of a shooting device such as a television camera in color which can be fitted with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone, and transmitting in parallel to corresponding output terminals a carrier signal frequency modulated by the luminance signal (E'y) and subcarriers frequency modulated by the difference signals (DR) and (DB), and a receiving device such as a color television receiver, control monitor or the like of the logic and / or analog type, receiving from the transmitter device a composite video signal for viewing images colors, characterized in that it comprises a circuit connected between the transmitting device and the receiving device for the conversion, the line frequency of the transmission mode para It sets in sequential transmission mode the chrominance sub-carrier signals (DR) and (De), so as to thus alternatively pass at the output of the conversion circuit the video signal (DR) for the duration of a line, then the video signal (DB) for the duration of the following line, the output of the conversion circuit being connected to a mixer receiving the luminance signal and also the synchronization signals to form the composite video signal,
According to one characteristic of the invention, the conversion circuit comprises two processing channels,
One for processing the chrominance subcarrier (DR) signal, the other for processing the chrominance subcarrier (DB) signal, each of the processing channels comprising a switching element actuated by a device. control at the line frequency, the common outputs of the two switching elements being connected to the mixer,
According to another advantageous characteristic of the invention, the control member is a latch whose input receives the line synchronization signals and whose direct output is connected to the control input of one of the switching elements. while the complemented output of this flip-flop is connected to the control input of the other switching element
The invention will be better understood, and other characteristic objects, details and advantages thereof will emerge more clearly from the explanatory description which follows, made with reference to the accompanying schematic drawings on plates 24 to 27 given solely by way of illustration. example illustrating several embodiments of the invention in Figures 38 to 43.

According to another variant of the embodiments of the "UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY"
"UNISERVER" and "UNITVCOM" Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to train in particular the SCART systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for
storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with the devices
audiovisuals linked together, locally, by cables and multi-pin television sockets and, remotely,
by all the traditional or other transmission networks as well as the data processing system.
color television signals, in particular of the logical and / or analog type,
Another boasting of embodiments of the present inventive concepts and invention also relates to a system for processing color television signals, in particular of the logic and / or analog type originating from a transmitter device and applied to a receiver device such as a transmitter device. '' recording (VCR, videodisc device)
II
However, these systems have a certain number of drawbacks. Thus, there is a lack of definition of colors, for example during the reproduction of recorded signals, and resulting from the fact that the bandwidth of transmission of the chrominance information is of about 300 kHz, therefore very low, which is very insufficient for a suitable color definition;
With a view to solving the above problem, a system for processing chrominance and luminance signals originating for example from a color television camera has already been proposed.
Such a processing system comprises means for generating chrominance subcarriers and the luminance carrier constituted by three synchronous clock signal generators of which at least the generators of the chrominance subcarriers are adapted to produce frequencies representing a multiple of the chrominance sub-carrier frequencies of the logical and / or analog type, to widen the width of the information transmission band and also to allow the transmission of binary words, the synchronous clock signal generators being synchronized on the same high frequency clock signal, there are thus available the output terminals of the device for processing a signal of the carrier frequency modulated by the luminance signal (E'y) and of subcarriers frequency modulated by the signals of color difference (DR) and (DB) (commonly called chrominance subcarrier signals) and capable of being transmitted in parallel on corresponding channels to a receiving device;
The proposed system also includes three analog-to-digital converters, each intended for processing one of the three signals (DR, DB) and (E'y) and associated with devices for eliminating interference likely to be present in the signals. digital output from analog-to-digital converters and available at terminals. output of the treatment device; The object of the present invention is to take advantage of the quality and the high resolution of the above signals present at the output terminals of the processing device in order to record them on a medium of the recording device;
For this, the present invention relates to a system for processing video signals from a production device such as a color television camera, a video tape recorder or the like, in particular of the logic and / or analog type, comprising a connected transmitter device. at the output of the production device and transmitting parallel and simultaneously to corresponding output terminals a carrier signal frequency modulated by the luminance signal (E'y) and subcarriers frequency modulated by the color difference signals (DR) and (DB), and at least one receiving device such as a device for recording on a medium the output video signals of the transmitter device, characterized in that the recording device comprises three recording channels, two of the channels respectively receiving the chrominance subcarrier signals (DB) and (DB) while the third channel receives the luminance information signal (E'r '), the signals output of the three recording channels being applied to a mixing circuit, the output of which is connected to at least one device for recording video signals on the recording medium,
According to one characteristic of the invention, each of the recording channels comprises, connected in series, an amplifier means, a clipping means and a pre-emphasis means whose operations are synchronized by the line and frame synchronization signals and possibly slaved. by the same high frequency clock signal.

The invention will be better understood, and other objects, characteristics, details and advantages thereof will emerge more clearly during the explanatory description which follows, made with reference to the schematic drawings of the attached plates 28 to 31, given solely by way of reference. of examples illustrating several embodiments of the invention in Figures 44 to 50.

UNIVERSAL "UNISERVER" and "UNITVCOM" SERVER ASSEMBLY Multisource-wave transceivers made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to train, in particular, peritelevision systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from
Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and destocking, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected to each other, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks.

The present inventive concepts and invention aim to meet the multiple requirements of the general public and professionals in the field of leisure and in the audiovisual field and to be able to meet all the criteria of the contemporary public by applying the integration of systems in surface-mounted components intended for the realization of functions, electronic circuits and combinations of functions previously unknown in these fields of use while almost completely eliminating wire links (cable links) between transmitting audiovisual devices and audiovisual receivers and color television receivers made using MIKROTELEC technology.

Modulator-demodulator-converter of the transmitted signals, having detector amplifier circuits controlled by micro-modules with variable frequency band automatically tuned to any frequency ranging from a few khs to several thousand MHz;
This resonance tuning is obtained using variable capacitance semiconductors
Note that in the absence of resonance tuning, the circuit works as a "wide band"amplifier; As soon as one of the frequencies arrives at the input of the circuit in the aforementioned frequency range, it is detected and processed until its translation into a potential of direct current in which the difference thereof will depend and will be preset for order variable capacitance semiconductors.

These will, in turn, tune the amplifier of the input of the auxiliary circuits of which the synchronous clock signal generators-converters-modulators and demodulators will have auxiliary access to various information (for example, video games with all logic or analog signals), necessary for the formation of colors or black and white and the so-called logic or analog origin synchronization in phase modulation, amplitude modulation, frequency modulation etc. provided for all TV systems , TVC, TNB.

The present inventive concepts and invention also relate to the audiovisual signals transmitted and / or the products of modulations superimposed on the carrier frequencies in the methods provided according to this invention and inventive concepts and they are intended to be sent or returned to
The input of the detector amplifier, but this time with the tuning and resonance cycle established due to the fact that the circulation, signals and electromagnetic information, is obtained in both directions with the frequency ranges different and the functional value becomes and is interpreted in multiple and multiplexed signals which one can also use sequentially by polarization and depolarization of its semiconductors with variable capacitance;
According to these inventive concepts and invention, provision is made for the use of photo-mechanics for the adjustment of the components forming part or of its periphery, if necessary at the time of application;
According to the present invention, all the main components are integrated into the surface mounted components, in the form of microcircuits including the coils.

The capacitors are engraved (cut) directly in the metal layer, either screen-printed or formed by electrolysis and metallization after presensitization on supports such as ceramic and "soft" ferrite or others,
According to the present inventive concepts and the invention, provision is also made for the reservation of a part of the metal layer constituting the tower and the second face, as shielding and it is considered necessary for the operation of these integration systems in the field. highest level,
This modulator is intended for broadcasting to the TVC or NB receiver, multi-standard or monostandard, televised games generated by the generator symbol (another invention of the applicant), or by subsets of the generator symbol, already used: stored video , logical or analog video or any other imaged source, fixed or mobile video;
The system provided according to the inventive concepts and the invention makes it possible to transit the low frequencies and the intermediate frequencies in the form of information or of sub-carriers etc. It makes it possible to generate the carrier and the sub-carrier and identification signals or generation of codes, relating to the TVC or others; It allows information to be transmitted bilaterally in the frequency range mentioned above;
The main organs provided according to this invention are provided with functions allowing them to self-tune to the frequency of the receiver because the frequency at which is its electro-magnetic radiation allowing the system of the invention to self-tune. set on the channel or the natural frequency of all kinds of TV receivers or all other audiovisual measuring devices, transmitter and transmitter, etc., the so-called "input-output" connection of this modulator generator of the carrier, on which we superimpose the modulation products, must be plugged into the antenna socket of the receiver
Traditional TVC that the user owns or other audiovisual devices that have an antenna input
It should be noted that if the tuning of the receiver is shifted, the modulator provided, according to this invention, by its self-tuning member continues it tirelessly and remains at the frequency where the receiver was left; Otherwise it continues by sequential auto-tuning to explore all the ranges of frequencies mentioned previously;
The stop on any long channel can be requested at any time.

The exploration can be bilateral or unilateral, improved from the applicant's invention published under number 2281024.

Furthermore, according to these inventive concepts and invention, there is provided an auxiliary microcircuit having the function of a sampling memory, improved from the applicant's invention published under number 2258755.

These microcircuits make it possible according to the invention to memorize the channel for which they have been tuned previously and make it possible to generate voltage or potential square waves with a variable duty cycle corresponding to different frequency channels in the aforementioned range which are stamped to give birth of potential steps at different voltage levels;
The system according to this invention where a preset member has been provided on a station preferred by the user and will remain on this channel until a further order from the latter
According to the terms provided, according to this invention, this member generates a carrier or sub-carriers and is provided with a direct current source; The latter coming from a converter of the frequency-voltage type, duty cycle-voltage, from a so-called logic or analog source, from detector semiconductors, from voltage, These latter are stabilized by a semiconductor regulator allowing the input but not the output of tensions;
The device provided for sampling the voltage level has a very low consumption so as to maintain the level corresponding to the desired frequency in the aforementioned ranges;
Note that the voltage will directly control a semiconductor with variable capacitance or insert between these two components a current or voltage amplifier in case it is necessary.

Given that according to the invention the circuits of the micro-modules are provided with semiconductor members "mounted on a" common base "in the sense of use as a modulator which is provided with a current amplifier at the output;
In the sense that the system plays the role of (tuner) receiver of audiovisual signals, it becomes voltage amplifier; On the other hand, the automatic station search system is controlled by organs developed at the intermediate frequency level of automatic gain control and the frequency discnminator plays the role of maintaining or catching up auto-tuning on the received frequency;
All these components are integrated into the output level of this modulator-demodulator; In this mode of use, the assembly according to this invention makes it possible to deliver the positive video or the negative video, the positive synchro signal, or the negative synchro signal, the sound in AM, the sound in FM (LF), the sub-carriers necessary for TV C OR other, amplitude modulation, frequency modulation, phase modulation or Cyclic ratio modulation of TV test lines, identification or any other information
In all cases, the agreement is obtained either by the synthesis of frequencies from the signals coming from the synchronous clocks, or controlled by variable capacitance semiconductors and maintained at the desired frequency with automatic catching up and holding;
In another mode according to the invention, the realization of the present inventive concepts makes it possible to tune the generator of local synchronous clock signals and the carrier frequency to the same frequency, to move said frequency higher or lower than that. The tuning of the synchronous clock generator can be moved higher or lower than the carrier frequency without difficulty; This allows, according to this invention, the reception of all world television standards in the demodulator mode of operation.

According to another of the variants, the synchronous clock generator converter in demodulator-receiver operating mode transforming the carrier frequency into medium frequency is provided at the output with the aforementioned band filters and with a detection cell no longer requiring an amplifier. traditional mid-frequency (which was always very difficult to tune and keep working since the early days of television)
According to the invention there is provided an auxiliary microcircuit which is composed of several generators of synchronous clock signals at variable frequencies, these generators of synchronous clock signals are controlled by logic pulses or analog signals; Of course these logic or analog pulses can enter at a defined level or at a variable level and any of these synchronous clock signal generators can transform this signal into a desired frequency and in a desired modulation mode,
If one wants to obtain a transformer (transcoder of emissions) of the emission standards,
The invention provides for the assembly of two systems, one operating as a modulator and the other as a demodulator;
This makes it possible to receive a transmission, to demodulate it up to the so-called “video-composite” or “spectrum-video” level and return it to the modulator and its synchronous clock signal generators
The emission will be modulated by the latter to emerge in the form of HF with all the modulation products superimposed according to the desired standard and the channel in the aforementioned range;
The system can be applied to all kinds of uses and transmissions; The information caused by the line scan in the traditional television receiver can be taken by reference to its general mass in any of the positive outputs of the color television receiver,
The signals generated by the electromagnetic devices of the line scan, in the form of peaks, can be picked up even if the impedance is very low; These latter are taken through a capacitor and detected by a detector amplifier circuit specially intended for the amplification of those signals coming from line scanning which are considered as impurity or radiation, but this time are exploited and their presence and their time accurately determine the line scan frequency position of the television set which is typically 625L or 525L; This line information, once formatted, is located at about 15,000 hertz in a time of about 10 microseconds and the space between two pulses is about 64 microseconds, The number of pulses for the standard of 625 lines is 312 for an even or odd frame, The signals obtained from the clocks synchronous with the line scans allowing the storage and / or the restitution by the memories of the points and / or of the image elements on the successive lines of the television scanning screens, in which the control of the temporal positions of said points and / or elements is obtained by the clock ticks synchronous with the line scans thus obtained after processing is sent back to the receiver; But on the other hand, as regards the frame frequency, the first or the last pulse of these 312 lines is only kept while the others are erased; It is processed by the same micro-circuit which makes it possible to expand this pulse to the level of around a hundred micro-seconds;
These same pulses thus broadened and stamped with the aforementioned line pulse, are returned together in the receiver to synchronize the latter at its own frequency. On the other hand, these pulses can be taken before being routed to the receiver and used for the forming of shapes or images, video game genre.

These signals obtained from the clocks synchronous with the line scans allow the storage and / or the restitution by the memories of the points and / or of the image elements on the successive lines of the scanning television screens, including the control of the temporal positions. of said points and elements is obtained by the clock ticks synchronous with the line scans can be chopped and multiplied at much higher frequencies to serve as clocks for micro-modules, logic units, computers or microcomputers or "video games"
The interest is important because one obtains automatically the synchronization to the natural frequency of the channels of a station receiving television signals;
In another embodiment, the microcircuits provided at the output of the system, according to this invention and these inventive concepts, are also controlled by "all or nothing" semiconductors having the function of cutting the desired bandwidth corresponding to the different types of transmission of television signals, in the aforementioned frequency range;
With these inventive concepts and invention which make it possible to ensure several types of functions, a micro-circuit is specially composed and studied to play the role of automatic inverter of the video spectrum, made necessary by the two emission modes (called negative and said positive); On the other hand, all the components relating to the time base of traditional televisions as well as the supply of cathode-ray tubes operate in a completely different mode;
For use as a receiver (demodulator) the 1st input stage by its common base is provided with an automatic external GAG control, by polarization and depolarization of this base so as to be able to obtain a constant level at the output, whatever either the amplitude of the input signal, see the applicant's invention published under number 2258755,
Further, the variable capacitance semiconductor control voltages of the carrier frequency portion are sent through a resistor to the input of the receiver before the input capacitor so as to return these to the center wire of the input. coaxial.

The common ground of the connection socket is connected to the other end which is connected to the voltage input of the variable capacitance semiconductors;
On the other hand, inside the antenna-receiver input connection, between the cursor and the end which goes towards the receiver, there is another circuit.The purpose of this is to pass the carrier frequency, but not the current DC which passes through the resistor which will allow the direct voltage to be routed via the connection to the central strand of the coaxial which will join a preamplifier or amplifier of the antenna through, for example, a capacitor and two resistors;
The purpose of the first resistor is to charge a capacitor across which there will be a diode, zener type or other voltage stabilizer;
This diode can be connected via its anode to the common ground (coaxial braid); This will make it possible to maintain a sufficiently regulated DC low voltage; This will be used to supply, through chokes, amplifiers or preamplifiers; Another series of resistors will be used to prepolarize these preamplifiers, for example, their base;
The purpose of the capacitor mentioned above is to pass the amplified carrier frequency from the other end which is for example on the output of these amplifiers or preamplifiers of the antenna through its coaxial cable to the receiver;
The purpose of the second resistor that starts from the central strand of the coaxial cable is to adjust the variable capacitance semiconductor and tune it to the same frequency as the receiver that is inside the house, which allows amplification very selective of the carrier frequency signal which is at the top, directly on the antenna placed outside, generally on a roof or other summit, without an amplifier the noises produced by the coaxial cable itself, often because of its length to go to the receiver,
So we see that according to this invention which indisputably makes it possible to pass the preamplified carrier frequencies directly from the preamplifier to the receiver and to pass the variable direct current intended for the adjustment of the variable capacitance semiconductors and the supply by this same variable potential at through a resistor of a rather high impedance which charges a capacitor whose voltage is stabilized through a resistor by a stabilizer, zener type or other, This represents the stabilized low voltage which is very close to the antenna and which will be used to supply the preamplifiers with carrier frequencies tuned by variable capacitance semiconductors.

These are serviced and preset in such a way that if the user of the receiver (eg the television) changes his tuning, he will at the same time change the tuning of the preamplifier which is on the roof of the house; So the preamplifier will be at the same frequency as the part of the carrier frequency of the receiver, which makes it possible to reduce the size of the traditional antenna, with the addition of several preamplifiers;
The advantages are therefore:
Reduced antenna size.

Reduction of wind accidents.

Very reduced attachment of the antenna.

Improved reception which can go up to several thousand times.

Low price, after full integration of these amplifiers or preamplifiers by the same
process than the other organs of this invention.

Note the extraordinary advantages that the generator symbol allows by its level 0 threshold control system (negative gate voltage sufficient to prevent electronic passage, The threshold voltage is therefore the gate voltage at which there is no current plaque or very weak); This very low current represents a low bias voltage on the gates of the cathode ray tube or on the cathodes of the color tube; This direct voltage constantly polarizes the tube; This represents an illumination of a trichromatic tube giving it a uniform and white appearance representing the logical "1", All the lines of each frame are illuminated by a uniform light because the polarization is continuous at this moment, on all the electrodes of this RGB tube; or N.B ..

It is necessary at the beginning of the example which will follow, the 625 lines are lit, let us take the first 100 lines and put them at logical "0" by the command of the generator symbol, so the part of the top of the screen becomes black and the threshold is zero.

Let us take the following 100 lines which have their duration of 64 microseconds, apply the "0" for 20 microseconds from each line synch pulse, apply the logical "1" for 20 successive microseconds on each of these 100 lines, the rest to arrive at 64 microseconds or 24 microseconds, apply a logical "0" to each of said lines until the next synchro pulse (frame).

So we made the right part of the screen black, the center is lit, the left part is black; Let us take the rest of the 625 lines, that is to say 525 lines and put them at logical "0", during their duration of 64 microseconds, which will give us 625 times 64 microseconds representing a frame of an image and keep it during 25 or 50 successive frames; The result will be a square or rectangle almost in the center of the screen;
Next let's take a right shift register and take a left shift register, apply a shift register pair for all these rows, apply another shift register pair for the frame rate.

Let us take the natural frequency at which the television set is located, multiply this frequency in a logic converter, according to the method described in the previous part according to this invention, by a synchronous clock generator to control these shift registers, sequentially.

Let's animate on the screen the movement of disappearance of "1" and appearance of "0" from top and bottom, right and left, This will allow us to move the rectangle or the square on any geometric part television screen or scanning cathode ray tube
Let us apply the logical "0" on the grid or the cathode (red) of the cathode ray tube, which will allow us to change the color of this rectangle whether it is fixed or mobile; Apply the logical "0" to a second of these guns (green), we only have the blue rectangle left at this time;
Now put the logical "0" on the blue cannon, and we will get a perfectly black screen and reset the extension threshold;
For all intermediate combinations, the shades of color can be obtained by virtue of this invention by applying either the "0" and "1" sequential on any one of the guns or on all of the RGB guns. This will allow the flashing of this rectangle at extremely high speeds which will give the images a suitable fixity;
Let us apply the combinations described in the generator symbol;
Let us animate the displacement and the various forms by the displacement of these differentiated shift registers, from one line to another and from one frame to another, according to the time of the pulse that the synchronous clock, mentioned previously , delivers, We will thus obtain, for example, the shape of a bird or of an airplane which moves on this screen or of any other form of image or symbol;
When the shape or the symbol of the bird is generated, the invention allows by its remote, wireless transceiver, incorporated in a gun of usual or traditional shape in the barrel of which exist 4 photo-transistors or directed photo-diodes. each separately;
Their convergence or divergence, adjustable like a telephoto lens, will allow shapes to be intercepted on the screen at different distances from it and in different geometric dimensions of this simulated, fixed or mobile shape;
A Each time the bird or the target is aimed in full center, we will obtain a maximum number of points displayed on the screen.

If one of the four photo-transistors or other photo-semiconductors which are in the barrel of the pistol or simulated shooting weapon, is not excited by the light radiated by the passage of the fixed or moving object on the screen, there will not be the maximum display of points,
If none of the photo-transistors is excited by the light radiated by the passage of the simulated fixed or moving object on the screen, there will be no point, On the other hand the opponent may benefit from a gain points according to the conventions predetermined in the rules of the game; The animated speed of the targets thus generated can be accelerated at will by the control unit and the preprogramming of the micro-modules;
The targets can be multiple and move in all directions and each of the shooters can be equipped with 2 wireless transmitter-receiver pistols in order to be able to practice precise shooting with 2 hands;
When the target is reached, it will be animated with a falling movement and will reveal the simulated point of impact while screams or moans of the "simulated victim" will be heard through the speaker of the TVC and multicolored sparks. simulated bullets will shoot out from the impact if the target is not hit, The speaker will emit the sounds corresponding to the desired simulations, according to the programming;
The whole of this invention is designed to be able to be placed on the receiver or incorporated therein and plugged or connected to the antenna input port of the television receiver equipped with multi-pin SCART sockets,
All the outputs of this system can be controlled by a direct pressure wave transmitter receiver, such as an ultra-sound receiver or a so-called "photo-receiver" (waves whose spectrum is visible or invisible); This receiver can be equipped with multi-channel tuned circuits at authorized frequencies without disturbing the receivers in the vicinity; Each of these channels
Will control a different precise function, for example: video games where the generator symbol or a subset thereof is incorporated into the receiver and the images formed will appear on the receiver screen, visible from a distance of several tens of meters; One or more electronic calculators of different powers can be plugged into the receiver if the latter is equipped with multi-pin SCART sockets;
Note that the power supply for these calculators or these games will be obtained from the receiver itself and the clock will be synchronized by the scanning frequency radiated by a signal transmitter and mentioned previously or taken from the television by the multi-pin socket of SCART; This will make it possible to be in phase or absolute time synchronization between the television receiver and the various symbol production units;
The purpose of this remote control transceiver is to avoid the link cable between the user and his transceiver which is designed to control this TVC receiver, remotely;
Note that this transmitter has a tuned or not tuned receiver which receives the radiation of the signals obtained from the clocks synchronous with the line scans allowing the storage and / or the restitution by the memories of the points eU or of the image elements on the successive lines. television scanning screens, in which the control of the temporal positions of said points and / or elements is obtained by the clock tops synchronous with the line scans, emitted by the television signal transmitter which will be used to form a synchronous clock . This will allow the perfect inter-synchronization between the different transmitters, whatever their number with the TV receiver and its wave transceiver
Each of the player users will therefore have their transceiver with their own predetermined channels according to the requirements of the game or the various criteria of work to be carried out on the screen of the standard or professional TV equipped with multi-pin SCART sockets.
It is thus possible to process, by the same method, various operations, drawings or the like, input-output between the television receiver and a computer transmitting information processed or to be processed;
For example 'the device, according to the present inventive concepts and the invention, makes it possible to dial on a keyboard of the calculating or typewriter type, forming part of this wave transceiver which can be equipped, nptily with monophonic microphones or stereophonic as well as a color television camera, miniature with automatic focus and to register or erase remotely and wirelessly, any number or letter in clear on the screen of this TVC receiver equipped with sockets multi-spindle SCART; This allows for a variety of "question-and-answer" games or chess games between two opponents, or one playing against "the machine"
Note that the generator symbol can generate and compose all kinds of figures or symbols to simulate playgrounds, driving tracks, the basic chessboard for the game of chess, etc., or any other fixed figures or mobiles which one wishes to obtain on said screen of the color television receiver
On the other hand, said wave transceiver allowing commands is only considered as a remote control tool for all operations without being directly very close to the television receiver which sometimes radiates X or other radiation.
The distance between players can vary considerably
The wave transceiver constituting the remote control may be equipped with a microphone and a voice register comparator to control the game or any other operations, by voice.
We can therefore ask a question and read the answer on the screen or read the answer and wait for the "sound" through the speaker of the television which represents a kind of informant. in this mode of use, which can be connected to a central unit and / or a computer equipped with memory for the composition of words Note that the use of photo-mechanics and of the system of composition of interconnections and structures of the circuits microelectronics and their execution, made it possible according to the invention and the present inventive concepts, to obtain, for a weight less than 1 kilogram and a volume less than 1 dm3, all this set of organs described and included in this invention which represents machines having the appearance of intelligence in their executions and whose mastery of comparisons is extremely precise in a very short and almost real time
To better understand the object of the invention and the inventive concepts, we will now describe, by way of purely illustrative and non-limiting examples, several embodiments shown on plates 1 to 32 of the accompanying drawings,
On these drawings:
- Figure 1 schematically shows an assembly, according to the invention and the inventive concepts,
composed of a television receiver (1) equipped with cable television systems produced in accordance with
MIKROTELEC technology, equipped with a transceiver (21) allowing remote control via a cable
single coaxial, the external component (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna (19), on the one hand - the receiving station
television (1) is connected by a multicoaxial cable to an external member (9) provided with a second
transceiver (21) which can remotely control the external device (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna
(19) by the single coaxial cable shown in dotted lines on the other hand; The whole is remotely controlled
from the remote control unit 20, making it possible to view and / or display all the functions
on its screen and / or on the screen of the television receiver (1);
- Figure 2 is a block diagram showing the transmission and reception of information from a
computer and the use of the television receiver (1) as a viewing console, equipped with
micro-modules or micro-computers and wave transceivers allowing remote control
local and / or remote by transmission of signals, in particular commands and orders,
- Figure 3 is a block diagram showing the use of a television receiver (1) equipped with
a remote control to store and print information received on invisible lines
a transmission transmitted in "intermediate frequency" by a single coaxial cable to the station
television receiver (1) from an antenna oriented towards a geostationary satellite,
- Figure 4 shows a remote control of the external device associated with the receiving station of
television (1);
- Figure 5 shows the use of a television receiver (1), according to the invention and the concepts
inventive, in association with a video recorder player;
- Figure 6 shows a block diagram of the transmitter device processing the chrominance signals and
luminance from, for example, a color television camera which may be fitted with a microphone
monophonic or stereophonic;
- Figure 7 illustrates in the form of a block diagram an encryption and / or decryption device (coding / decoding)
- figure 8 shows schematically the identification signal of the operation control of the
electronic switch in a digital or analog type television signal receiver and
the signals used to determine the period of presence of this identification signal,
- Figure 9 illustrates the location of the synchronization tops formed by the signal bursts obtained
by programming from synchronous encryption and / or decryption clock ticks
(encoding / decoding);
- Figure 10 illustrates in the form of a block diagram a device for receiving information signals
video according to the present invention;
- Figure It is a block diagram of a decoding circuit for encryption and / or decryption signals (encoding / decoding) and illustrates in the form of a block diagram the device emitting video information signals - figures 12 to 14 show accumulators with high density of electrical energy, with the possibility of instantaneous recharging in a minimum of time, intended for propulsion, traction, braking - figure 15 relates to a color television set suitable for the control system. transmission of logic or analog signals - Fig. 16 shows a horizontal scanning diverter which acts as a converter transformer; It is controlled by the horizontal line amplifier - FIG. 17 is a perspective view of an inductor produced in accordance with the present invention - FIG. 18 represents, seen in plan, a transformer produced by means of two inductors produced according to the invention, - Figures 17 to 20 show transformers according to various variants - Figure 21 illustrates the membranes and their shapes as well as their reinforced contours. with in the center the support of the voice coil (illustrated in detached under the said figure) possibly in rigid edges, (Front view of the producers and / or sound reproducers, made by molding and / or compression of plastics) - figure 22 illustrates a variant of the support of the permanent magnets, irons and membranes illustrated in figure 21 with their outer contours, without an outer casing (not shown) possibly made of non-magnetic metal - figure 23 shows in the form of a block diagram a system of processing according to the present inventive concepts and invention - FIG. 24 illustrates in the form of a block diagram the principle of an encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device according to the present invention - FIG. 25 shows schematically the signal of control identification of the operation of the electronic switch in a receiver of the logic and / or analog signals used by the invention to determine the period of pr presence of this identification signal, and - figure 26 illustrates the location of the synchronization signals formed by signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous clock signals for encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding), - FIG. 27 shows a diagram of the general arrangement of the device according to the invention - FIG. 28 is a diagram of a first part of a device according to the invention comprising the direct and delayed channels, the gatekeeper and the control rocker of the permutator - figure 29 is a diagram of the blue and red subcarrier channels, and - figure 30 is a diagram of the matrixing and color component amplifiers - figure 31 is a block diagram of a processing device according to the invention, and - Figure 32 shows the signals processed according to the invention, - Figure 33 shows a first embodiment of a motor according to the invention, in which the movable member of the motor is driven by a movement alternative linear nt.

- Figure 34 shows a rotary motor according to the invention - Figure 35 is a view of the same device along arrow III of Figure 34, and - Figure 36 is the electric diagram illustrating the supply circuit of the coils of the inductor of the device shown in figure 33, for supplying these coils under resonance conditions: - figure 37 shows a block diagram of a digital camera, equipped with a triple sensor reproducing logical television signals red green blue ( RGB) transmitted on three channels of serial logic signals, corresponding to red, green and blue, then 3 channels of logic signals, presented, in parallel: red, green and blue, then three channels of signals converted from parallel signals, by a converter of the logic signals, into analogue television signals, red green and blue, - figure 38 is a block diagram of the transmitter device processing the chrominance and luminance signals originating for example from a a color television camera which can be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone - figure 39 shows the signals processed in this transmitter device as well as the line synchronization signal - figure 40 is a block diagram of the conversion device according to the invention - figure 41 represents the signals emitted at certain points of the circuit of figure 40 and - figures 42 and 43 respectively represent a multiplexing unit and a matrixing circuit for the various signals available at the output of the transmitter device - figure 44 represents an embodiment of a device for processing chrominance and luminance signals, for example from a shooting device such as a color television camera which may be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone. the whole of the processing device and of the viewing device being hereinafter called the sending device - Figure 45, represents the encryption device and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) (6) comprises another organ or arcuit (71) making it possible to perform an encryption and; or decryption function (encoding / decoding) - Figure 46 shows schematically, in a, the electronic switch control identification signal which replaces at least in part the signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) clock ticks - Figure 47 represents an oscillogram of the same line which corresponds to the pattern of bars of 75% amplitude for the colors white, yellow, bluish in green, green. purple. red, blue and black (from left to right) each signal in (A, B) and (C) is preceded by a synchronization signal (72) which drops below the minimum possible levels of each signal - Figure 48 represents a embodiment in the form of a block diagram of a circuit for converting the video signals available at the output terminals (48, 49) and (50) of the sending device for their compatible transmission to a receiving device (not shown) of logical and / or analog types such as a color television receiver or the like - FIG. 49 represents an embodiment of the recording device according to the invention of the video signals present in the conversion circuit of FIG. 48
- Figure 50 shows in block diagram form a video signal processing device (90)
in digital form appearing in a constellation parallel to the output terminals (58, 59)
and (60) of the sending device,
- Figure 51 represents: 1. Two-way modulator-demodulator, 2. Antenna and antenna amplifier
from the roof, single and two-way; 3. Cathoscope and / or other types of television scanning screens; 4.

Multi-function plug internal to audiovisual devices; 5. Receiver and transmitter of waves; 6. Module to
switch from 1 to N, with their microcomputer; 7. Game Computer with cable links; 8.

Wave transceiver (gun without cable link); 9. Wave transceiver (2
gun); 10. TVPHON wave transceiver; 11. Chess board, wave transceiver; 12.

Direct or reflected wave transceiver set; 13. Direct wave telephone by television;
14. Telephone transmitter receiver with VISIOPHON camera or television telephone
Referring to FIG. 1, it can be seen that, as a whole, a television receiver (1) has been designated by (1) according to the inventive concepts and the invention.

The television receiver (1) is supplied electrically by a transformer galvanically isolated from the socket (2) and therefore from the mains and has a screen (3);
On the side of the screen 3, the television receiver (1) has a multi-pin SCART socket (4) which cooperates with a multi-pin SCART socket (5) located at each end of the multicoaxial cable;
The sockets (4) and (5) are made according to standards, in particular safety standards. The main mass of the sockets (4) and (5) consists of the socket which serves as a support for all the elements;
The main ground of the socket (4) is connected to the general ground of the television receiver (1),
It is common to the "earth" pin (T) of the socket (2) carried by the power cord;
The multi-pin SCART socket (4) can be retracted behind a movable cover (6),
The multi-spindle SCART socket (5) comprises an indexing stud (7) which cooperates with a corresponding groove (8) of the multispindle SCART pin and this indexing stud (7) is used to obtain a contact of satisfactory mass,
Provision can be made, if desired, for the multi-pin SCART socket (5) to be plugged in, by limited pressure in the groove around the periphery of the multi-pin SCART socket 4, by means of at least one locking pin of each side of the shielding sleeve to protect the cable in the event of excessive traction, (safety by trigger)
The complementary socket is connected to an external device (9) comprising on the one hand a connection interface with the television receiver (1) and, on the other hand the circuits for receiving, demodulating and decoding the transmissions from 'a geostationary satellite;
The outer member (9) is itself connected to a box (10) comprising reception circuits identical to that of the outer member (9) and can be controlled by a user separate from the one controlling the outer member. (9) from a remote control box (20);
The interface contained in the external unit (9) receives clock signals from the start of the line transmitted in the basic "intermediate frequency" television signals from the external unit (10) and / or from the micro-modules and / or "video" modules of the television receiver (1) at a frequency of approximately 15 KHZ 625, the front edge of which spaced 64 microseconds apart corresponds to the synchronous line scanning clock , for example from a traditional cathode ray tube and by a synchronous clock generator or other means which produces synchronous clock signals at a multiple frequency, for example: by two, equal; 31 KHZ 250 Hz, the front edge of which will be used 32 microseconds apart to synchronize the screen or the cathode ray tube of the (9) television receiver (1) which includes circuits for automatic recognition of the duration of a line by example 64 microseconds or 32 microseconds and which will therefore have a line synchronization clock of 31 KHZ 250
Hz on the one hand, and on the other hand, multiple frequency clock signals are produced from a synchronous clock signal generator or by other means, for example 15 KHZ 625 X 648 periods of clock, a synchronous clock frequency of 10 MHz 125 KHZ is obtained, which corresponds to 1296 clock half-penodes and therefore to 1296 elements of information of the basic television signals and makes it possible to produce a picture of very good definition, using the synchronous clock, received from the television receiver (1) which itself receives a transmission through its antenna (19) and through its high-frequency and intermediate-frequency modules, available from the multi-pin SCART socket (4) in which is plugged the multi-pin SCART socket (5) connected by a multicoaxial cable to a second multi-pin SCART socket (5) and a complementary multi-pin SCART socket (4) worn by the external organ (9) which d scans, memorizes and restores all useful information contained in a television program practically devoid of moiré, flicker and various interference;
In the case where the reception of signals from a geostationary satellite is obtained from the antenna (19) and from the external member (10) in. intermediate-frequency (15 higher than the intermediate-frequency of the television receiver (1), it is possible to save the clock signals from the start of the line allowing to generate a synchronous clock multiple of the line frequency, for example, 20 MHz 250 KHZ in order to be able to store and reproduce basic television information signals at twice the rate, which makes it possible to obtain "very high frequency" images, corresponding to 2592 half clock periods and consequently to 2592 elements of information per television line stored in the memory of the external device (9) or other in 64 microseconds and restored by a synchronous clock at the line frequency, multiple of two in a duration of two lines identical successive 32 microseconds comprising identical information and so on up to 1250 lines per successive complete image composed of two frames of 625 lines and / or another process of restitution on reading "combinatorial image points" from the memory so as to obtain a satisfactory fixity of the image on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1);
The socket (4) has pins allowing the power supply of the external organ (9) and of the external organ (10) from the power supply of the television receiver (1);
If the external component (9) has no integrated power supply, the complementary socket (5) has at least one pin to ensure the power supply from the appropriate plug of the socket (2) and / or the 'coaxial base (E) carried by the television receiver (1) and / or by the external member (9);
Otherwise, it suffices to conform the multi-pin SCART socket (5) so as not to use the power supply which is available from the socket (4)
When the television receiver (1) is a "color television receiver", the sockets (4) and (5) have a pin associated with the information, coded or not, analog or not, relating to each of the three colors basic namely blue, green and red;
In this embodiment, the multi-pin SCART socket (4) has a pin connected to the video module of the television receiver (1) and it corresponds to it on socket 5, a pin connected to that of the outputs of the the external device (9) which makes it possible to send the coded signals in the direction of the television receiver (1) and / or possibly an external recording device (22) and / or any other external device ;
In addition, a pin of the sockets (4) and (5) is used to switch off and / or switch on the "high-frequency" and "intermediate-frequency" modules of the television receiver (1) using the sequential switches of the television receiver (1) and / or any external device, so that these modules cannot be the source of interference, during the constitution of the image on the screen 3, from another external device playing the role of a television (1) or other receiver
The television receiver station (1) comprises at least one transceiver (21) which receives and / or transmits all basic television and / or other signals;
The television receiver (1) is provided with a coaxial base (E) which cooperates with a coaxial plug (F) and by a coaxial cable connected to the external member (10) which is placed as close as possible to the antenna (19) and which is also equipped with a base (E) and a coaxial plug (F) allowing it to be connected to the television receiver (1), either directly or indirectly by a flexible coaxial extension provided with complementary coaxial sockets at each of its ends;
The external unit (9) can also include an independent power supply via a mains lead and a socket (2) equipped with a "earthing" pin (T), it can carry a multi-pin SCART socket (4 ) where a multi-pin connector (5) will be plugged in or be connected directly by a multi-axial cable fitted at the end with a single multi-pin connector (5)
It can be equipped with at least one transceiver (21) and include a coaxial base (E) in which a coaxial plug (F) can be inserted carried by the ends of the single coaxial cable (shown in dotted lines) allowing the connection of the external component (9), as in the case of the television receiver (1), with the component <RTI
It can therefore be seen that the installation of the multi-pin SCART socket (4) on the television receiver (1) considerably increases the possibilities of the television receiver (1),
In the transmitter device shown in FIG. 11, we recognize in (1) a shooting device consisting of a color television camera which can be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone and in (2) the device of the three matrices intended to produce at their outputs the signals of chrominance, that is to say of color difference DR = E'R-E'y, DB = E'B - E'y and the luminance signal E'Y of the logic or analog type
The device comprises three synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), advantageously quartz, which are voltage-controlled, the synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) being intended to produce respectively sub-carrier frequencies for the DR and Dg chrominance signals, while the synchronous clock signal generator (4) generates the luminance signal carrier, The synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are adapted to produce sub-carriers having frequencies equal to a multiple of the 4.406 and 4.250 MHz sub-carriers of the logical or analog type television signal system;
In this case, the ratio of the sub-carriers generated by the synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) is identical to the ratio of the aforementioned sub-carriers, to ensure the compatibility of the device with the devices produced according to the first generation of technologies
MIKROTELEC, Of course, the sub-carriers are frequency modulated by the DR and DB signals,
By the use of chrominance or color subcarriers having a multiple frequency with respect to the subcarriers, the data transmission bandwidth is sufficiently wide to ensure good color definition and to allow the transmission of one or more. several binary words coded for example according to the "NRZ" mode (non-return to zero), applied for example to the system produced according to the MIKROTELEC technology; In addition, the subsequent processing applied to such frequency modulated subcarriers will be limited to frequency division operations,
As shown in Figure 11, the transmitter device comprises an encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6), this essentially comprises a keyboard (61) allowing the choice of a predetermined top by actuation by example of a key or of several keys, a read only memory (62) having the function of transforming the information entered using the keyboard into a digital signal presented for example in parallel to the outputs of the memory; These outputs are connected to a group of parallel inputs of a multiplexer (63) which receives at the inputs of a second group the outputs of a voltage divider (64), This one produces from a frequency d the clock indicated at (65) either the same frequency at all of these outputs or different and specific frequencies of each of these outputs;
The multiplexer produces at its output a sequence of bursts of signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock ticks of the same frequency or of different frequencies, which corresponds to the digital signal at the output of the read only memory (62), This sequence of signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks is applied to a device (66) which is located in the signal path from the camera (1,2); The function of the device (66) is to inhibit the transmission of at least part of the identification signal intended to control the phase of the electronic switch of the device receiving television signals of the logical or analog type;
The device (66) and the multiplexer are controlled by a gate member (68), This gate has three inputs to which are applied the signals b, ç and d shown in figure 8, These signals are produced in the signal encoder of television of the logic or analog type and respectively represent the gate of the signals obtained from the clocks synchronous to the scans of lines allowing the storage and / or the restitution by the memories of the points eVou of the image elements on the successive lines of the scanning screens television, in which the control of the temporal positions of said points and / or elements is obtained by the clock ticks synchronous with the scans of double lines, the frame and line identification location and the identification gate;
In a, FIG. 8 schematically shows the electronic switch control identification signal which replaces at least in part the signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous encryption and / or clock ticks. decryption (encoding / decoding),
It can be seen that the period of presence of the identification signal a is defined by the fact that the signals c and b are at state "1" and the signal at b is at state "0", by inverting the signal b it is therefore possible to determine the period of presence of the identification signal i using an AND gate as is done in FIG. 7;
Concerning the operation of the means which have just been described, it should be noted that the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks, encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) have a frequency outside the bandwidth reserved for the identification signal provided in logical or analog type television signal receivers; It is possible to record the signals produced by the camera (1) and (2) a first time for example on a magnetic tape, But if we wanted to make this first recording a second recording, that is to say a copy, the quality of the latter would be insufficient and would give rise to a poor quality reproduction because during the reproduction from the copy the correct operation of the switch of television signals of the logical or analog type would no longer be ensured, with regard to the frequency of the signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock ticks, encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding), these could advantageously have the frequency of the signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock ticks produced by the signals obtained from the sub-carriers and the carriers (3, 4 and 5) the frequency of which is equal to a multiple of the frequency of the sub-carriers;
It emerges from the preceding remarks that the insertion of an encryption code eVou of decryption (coding / decoding) formed by bursts of signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock ticks having a frequency outside the passband receivers produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies, in the sequences of signals supplied by the camera or any other source of color television signals thwarts any fraudulent recording activity, On the other hand, the presence of encryption code signals and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) in the original signal sequences and thus on the original recording medium ensures that this recording is an original and not a copy;
It should also be noted that this encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) device is adapted to allow its connection to an extreme device, To this end an input 69) associated with a processing unit 70) cooperating and acting, where appropriate, with the keyboard 61) and the read only memory 62, it should also be noted that the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device also makes it possible to write numbers which make it possible to identify it,
According to FIG. 7, the encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) device (6) comprises another member or circuit (71) making it possible to perform an encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) function, as shown in figure 9, which constitutes an oscillogram of the same line which corresponds to the pattern of bars of 75% amplitude for the colors white, yellow, bluish in green, green, purple, red, blue and black ( from left to right), each signal in (A, B (and C (is preceded by a synchronization signal (72) which drops below the minimum possible levels of each Signal, Now the organ (71) is adapted to form the synchronization ticks (72) of a burst of signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks of a frequency which is outside the pass frequency band of the devices receiving television signals of the logical type or analog;
These signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock ticks could be the sub-carriers produced by the signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock ticks (3,5) at the frequency of a multiple of the frequencies. sub-carriers of logical or analog type television signals, the device (71) could be constituted by any suitable circuit able for example to perform the function of a gate (AND (with two inputs respectively provided for the reception of a synchronization gate and in (73) signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks;
In this latter case again, due to the fact that the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks, encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) are outside the bandwidth of the receiving device, the copies made from a first recording would no longer allow a good quality reproduction because of a loss of synchronism increasing rapidly from copy to copy; The transmitter device shown further comprises three analog-to-digital converters (10, il, 12) each intended for processing one of the three signals DR, DB and
E'Y; Each converter is connected to the output of one of the three matrices of the television camera either by means of the device (7) or by the intermediary of the encryption devices eVor decryption (coding / decoding) (6), downstream of each converter (10) to (12) is noted ia the presence of a routing circuit respectively (13, 14) and (15) connecting the converter to which it is associated with an output data bus (17, 18) and (19) either directly or via a noise elimination device (20,21) or (22), Given that on each bus the digital signals in binary code produced by the analog-to-digital converter (10 , 11) or (12) corresponding are present according to a constellation in parallel, there is provided for each of the data buses a parallel-serial converter (24, 25) or (26 intended to convert the constellation in parallel into a constellation of signals in series
Each of the interference elimination devices (20, 21) and (22) comprises a processing unit (27) such as a microcomputer or micro-module or integrated computer or not, two RAMs (28, 29) intended storing respectively the entire frame which is being produced by the camera and the previous frame, as well as a read only memory (30) containing the routine for the processing unit, The latter can also be programmed to ensure the production of a very stable DC supply voltage, using digital-to-analog converter means (31) from a previously defined binary digit; This DC voltage can serve as a reference voltage for the power supply system of the various elements of the processing device and in particular for the production of the power supply for the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks (3, 4). and (5, as described, The output terminal of this voltage is applied at (32);
The interference elimination device can also be provided with means allowing the correction of errors contained in the digital signals relating to several binary elements, for example by ensuring the presence of a predetermined number of binary states in each digital signal; The processing device (27) allows the accomplishment of this function; The processing unit can also be adapted to produce a signal indicating the absence of error in the digital signals;
Regarding the cooperation of the analog digital converters (10) to (12) and the encryption and / or decryption device (encoding / decoding), it should be noted that the encryption and / or decryption codes (encoding / decoding) could already be inserted into the sequence of chrominance and luminance signals in digital form, In this case, the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6) would control the inhibition of the converters during the corresponding time intervals, c 'that is to say would cause the free passage of the parts of sequence occupied because code, through the converters;
To ensure perfect synchronism of the operation of the various elements of the transmitter device, the latter comprises a generator of synchronous quartz clock signals (34) constituting a generator of high frequency signals, for example of the order of 100 MHz; This synchronous clock signal generator performs the function of a general clock; As shown in the figure, the line and frame and half-line synchronization signals available at (35) are derived from the general clock; The analog-to-digital converters (13) to (15), the parallel-series converters (24) to (26) and the noise elimination devices (20) to (22) are also slaved to the clock, The conductors clock signals for controlling these elements are indicated at (36, 37) and (38) respectively; In (39, the general clock (34) provides the synchronization signals of the synchronous clock signal generators of subcarriers and carrier (3, 4, 5), The synchronism of these synchronous clock signal generators is thus guaranteed by the fact that the synchronization signals are derived from the same high frequency signal; It should be emphasized that all the synchronization and reference signals are obtained by dividing the frequency of the clock signal, which guarantees a perfect stability of the signals thus obtained and perfect frequency and phase synchronism of the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), and of the Signals, that is to say of their leading edge, and thus of all the operations carried out by the processing system according to the present invention, To ensure the stability of the frequency of the synchronous clock clock signal generator (3) 4, for example to prevent any thermal bypass, this generator of ho signals the synchronous clock is mounted in a stabilization loop (not shown), also comprising the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5);
The DC voltage supply device designated by the reference numeral (40) can also be designed to produce extremely stable supply voltages for the sub-carrier and carrier synchronous clock signal generators (3 , 4) and (5); These voltages are available at the three output terminals (41) of the power supply device, As is schematically indicated in the figure, the means for generating the supply voltages of the synchronous clock signal generators are advantageously derived from the signal of high frequency clock produced by the general clock (34);
The power supply device (40) receives at (42) this clock signal of for example 100 MHz; In the device (40) this signal is divided by a frequency divider schematically indicated in (43) which produces a signal of for example 1 MHz, This is applied to a saturated amplifier (44) operating in full or full mode. nothing and supplied on its side by the very stable direct voltage produced at (32) by one of the interference elimination devices (20, 21) or (22); A converter (45) transforms the output signal of the amplifier into a direct voltage available at the outputs (41), This voltage is perfectly stable because it is derived from the clock frequency by frequency division, which already guarantees a high degree of stability and the very stable voltage produced by the noise elimination devices from a binary digit, The amplitude of the output voltage is thus strictly controllable, it should be further noted that the power supply device (40) is galvanically separated from the mains via a transformer (not shown),
Referring to Figure 11, it can be seen that the processing device comprises at the output terminals (48) to (50) output signals of the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks (3, 4) and (5), that is, sub-carriers modulated by the chrominance signals and the carrier modulated by the luminance signal, Output terminals (51, 50) and (52) are provided which can be be sampled the chrominance and luminance signals as produced by the color television camera; The system further includes output terminals (55, 56) at which the high frequency clock signal produced by the synchronous clock signal generator (34) and the line and field and half sync signals. line can be taken; The reference symbols (58) to 60) indicate the output terminals of the data buses (17) to (19) while at the terminals (61) to (63) are available the digital signals in series constellation, The signal no error is present at the output (64), The terminals (65) and 66) are associated with the power supply device (40) and designate the ground and the power supply potential;
All the aforementioned outputs or at least an essential part of them can be connected to a socket of the multi-pin type connectable to a receiving device such as for example a standard color television set, monitor for visual control and the like; By also providing a socket, for example of the multi-pin type on the input side, the system can constitute a stand-alone unit capable of being mounted between a color television camera and an appropriate receiver device, but it would also be possible to insert this device with the camera and the receiving device such as a VCR in one box to form one kind of telecine, a set of film copies or any documents;
The operation of the transmitter device emerges immediately from the description which has just been given and from FIG. It is therefore not necessary to describe it, with the exception of the operation of the interference elimination devices. Each of these devices operates as follows:
To eliminate the parasites, the processing unit (27), under the control of the routine stored in the read only memory, compares each frame with the previous frame, These frames are stored respectively in the live memories (28,29), A la Following this comparison operation, all the picture elements which are common to the two frames will be kept, On the other hand, the non-identical elements will be eliminated, it should be noted that the two frames are shifted in time by 20 milliseconds. representative of parasites will therefore generally no longer be the same in the two frames, By a relatively simple appropriate programming, The processing unit can be adapted to distinguish a difference in the two frames, produced by an object which moves in front of the camera, a difference caused by parasites, Indeed, the moving object retains its general outline, that is to say the image elements which represent it substantially retain their s shapes, They have only changed place on the two frames, This non-alteration of the general shape of the picture elements and representative of a moving object, from one frame to the next frame, makes it possible to distinguish parasites which are random and therefore in principle always different from one frame to another; It is easily understood that the interference elimination device can be made even more sophisticated and sensitive to particular parameters by connecting it to an extreme computer programmed accordingly,
Of course, the emitting device as shown in FIG. 11 and as it has just been described can be modified in various ways, thus the chrominance and luminance signals do not need to be pns. at the output of the camera, they can come from any other emitting device.We could also consider applying to the generators of synchronous clock signals generating sub-carriers (3) and (5) not the chrominance signals in their analog version, but in their digital form obtained at the outputs of the analog-digital converters (10) to (13) and if necessary after the treatment by the interference elimination devices, output signals would be obtained in this way free from random interference, it is once again to underline that the choice of the subcarrier frequencies should be made in such a way that all the information and derived signals can be transmitted and processed in a way q If they are of high definition and are kept in their original state without undergoing practically any deterioration, the system could allow the transmission of digital signals of any suitable code, for example signals of the "NRZ" type (no return to zero), such as the signals applied for the system produced according to the technology
MIKROTELEC;
The receiver device which is the object of the present invention and which processes the chrominance and luminance information signals obtained at the outputs of the transmitter device, is represented in FIG.
The DR chrominance subcarrier signal as available at the output terminal (48) of the transmitting device is applied directly to the input terminal (48 ') of a coche circuit (80) or frequency tuned circuit. subcarrier is 4.406 MHz and making it possible to obtain a subcarrier signal of as constant amplitude as possible; The output of the bell circuit (80) is connected to a discriminator circuit (81) demodulating the color difference signal (DR) modulated in frequency and tuned to the rest frequency of the subcarrier, ie 4.406 MHz;
The demodulated signal is de-emphasized in the de-emphasis circuit in the de-emphasis circuit (82) and directed to the matrix (84) through the amplifier (83) to recover from E'y and (E'B - Ev) the color signal EAR
The chrominance subcarrier (DB) signal as available at the output terminal (50) of the sending device is applied directly to the input terminal (50 ') of the bell circuit (90) or circuit, tuned to the sub-carrier frequency 4.250 MHz), The output of the bell circuit is connected to the discriminator circuit (91) demodulating the color difference signal, DB frequency modulated and tuned to the rest frequency of the sub-carrier, i.e. 4.250 MHz, The demodulated signal is de-emphasized in the de-emphasis circuit (92) and directed to the matrix (94) via the amplifier (93) to find signals (E'v) and (E'B - E evenly) 'v) the color signal (E'B)
A matrix (95) produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies, makes it possible to reconstitute the color difference signal (E'v - E'v) from the signals (E'R-E'Y) and (E'e -E'v) which are applied to it, The signal (E'vEv) is applied to the matrixing circuit (97) via the amplifier (96) to find from (E'v) the signal of color (E'v);
The luminance information signal available at the output terminal (49) of the emitting device is applied directly to the input terminal (49 ') of a circuit tuned (100) to the frequency of the carrier of the luminance signal. and whose output is connected to a discriminator (101); The output of the discriminator (101) is connected via an amplifier (102) to each of the inputs of the matrices (84,97,94) to find the signals (E'R, E'B, E'v) as explained previously,
The operation of the discriminator circuits (81, 91) and (101) is synchronized at each start of the line by a clock signal from the synchronous clock signal generator (110) forming a clock receiving control signals from the time bases lines and frames (120) and (130) to which the signals, line synchronization and frame, separated by the separator (140), are respectively assigned; The input terminal (56 ') of the separator is connected to the output terminal (56) of the transmitting device in which the line and frame synchronization signals transmitted by the general clock (34) of this transmitting device are available. ;
If desired, the discriminators of the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of the television signals provided for pay-TV, can be slaved by the high-frequency signals available at the terminal (55) of the transmitting device and applied to the terminal. input (55 ') in order to obtain from these discriminators a demodulation during a shorter time interval and therefore a higher precision,
The guns of the picture tube are controlled, according to MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, by applying the luminance signal to its cathodes, to each of its G1 grids the R, G, B chrominance signals and between cathode and gate G1 a rest bias, erasure pulses from the clock (110) at the line frequency and at the frame frequency; Separately adjustable voltages from the block (150) are also applied to each of the gates G2, On the gate G3) an adjustable concentration voltage is applied from the block (160) connected to the block (140) and the line time base ( 130); A very high regulated voltage THT is applied to the tube and comes from the regulator (180) and the rectifying circuit (170) connected to the input of the regulator, the input of the circuit (170) being connected to the output of the base time line (130); Diverter circuits and horizontal and vertical dynamic convergence (190) and (191) are connected to the frames and lines time bases to compose the signals of suitable form to the windings corresponding to the three guns red, green, blue,
As shown in FIG. 10, the receiver device according to the present invention also comprises an encoding-decoding circuit (200) of the encryption and / or decryption signals inserted in place of at least part of the identification signal intended for control the phase of the permutator of the device receiving logical or analog type television signals, this circuit receives at its inputs (48 ", 49") and (50 ") the three video information signals available at the output terminals (48 , 49) and (50) of the emitting device, This decoding circuit allows toll screws and respectively represent the gate of the double line sequences, the frame and line identification location and the identification gate, To determine the period presence of the identification signal a and therefore the presence of the encryption signals eU or decryption (encoding / decoding), it suffices to detect the change of state of the signal b applied to the input terminal of the member forming the gate (207) by i Intermediate an inverter;
The decoding circuit (200) can be controlled for example by actuating a key on a keyboard to send a pulse signal to the "inhibition" input IN of the read only memory (203), this pulse signal controlling simultaneously the opening of the analog switches (401) to (403) in order to prevent the sending to the picture tube of the color signals appearing at the outputs of the matrices, The various elements constituting the decoding circuit can be slaved by a general clock (208) or else, if desired, by the high frequency signals emitted at the output of the emitting device,
It is therefore understood from the foregoing that the user can at any time view the meaning of the encryption and / or decryption code (encoding-encoding) by controlling the encoding-decoding circuit and at the same time controlling the high resolution of the the corresponding image; Of course, when the encoder-decoding, encryptor-decryptor circuit is inactive, the picture tube displays an image as defined by the color signals appearing at the outputs of the matrices (84, 97) and (94), as represented. in Figure 9; It should be noted that the information signals of the encryption and / or decryption code (coding / decoding) are also transmitted through the chrominance channels;
The receiver device of FIG. 10 can be powered autonomously by a DC voltage supply device (not shown) and identical to that used for the power supply of the transmitter device, it goes without saying that the receiver device can be powered. by the same DC voltage supply device of the transmitter device when the two devices are connected together,
The aforementioned outputs and inputs of the transmitter and receiver devices can be connected by means of a cable comprising at its two ends a socket of the multi-pin type, it is also possible to realize the camera, transmitter and receiver assembly in a stand-alone unit. so as to allow a user to directly control the framing of the image and its high resolution when it is taken;
Various modifications can be made to the receiving device without departing from the scope of the invention; Thus, the control of the starting or stopping of the decoding circuit instead of being carried out manually can be carried out automatically by an appropriate circuit, such as a micro-module or microcomputer or integrated computer. or not or the like;
According to another boasting of inventive concepts and invention, the realization of <ENSEMBLE
UNIVERSAL SERVERS UNISERVER and UNITVCOM Transmitters-Receivers-Wave s-
Multisource consisting of audiovisual devices designed and produced according to MIKROTELEC technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices linked together, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks, in one of the embodiments, the inventive concepts and the invention relates to the generators of audio signals and more particularly to an encoder-decoder of audiovisual signals and / or encrypted and / or unencrypted, encoded and / or non-encoded, analogue and / or logical television signals, which is characterized by the fact that it includes the link interfaces and the impedance adapters supplied by the connected source video signals comprising the sig regenerator signals and to a television signal modulation identifier, a micro-module or microcomputer circuit powered by a time base obtained from the signals from the synchronous clock ticks of the line-synchronization and whose inputs signals regenerated and / or obtained from synchronous clock ticks are respectively connected to the circuits of the link interfaces as well as to the synchronization signal extractor and to the modulation identifier, a first modulator / demodulator whose inputs are respectively connected to an output of the identifier and to an output of the micro-module or micro-computer, the outputs of which are connected to the link interface and to the impedance adapters of each output, the micro-modules or micro -computer include means for programming functions.

The assembly formed of coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, provided in particular for pay television, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the modulation / demodulation signal, the input of which is connected to an output. of the integrated micrmodule or microcomputer or not, the output of which is connected to a first input of a second modulator-demodulator, of which a second input is connected through the connection interfaces and impedance adapters to the power supply input in audiovisual signals, the output of the modulator being connected through a filter to an output adapter of the audiovisual signal.

The present inventive concepts and invention provide an alternative embodiment of a coder-decoder, encryption-decryptor of television signals or audiovisual signals, in particular provided for pay television as well as a digitizer of television signals.

The present inventive concepts and invention have also provided for the embodiments of programmable line analyzers, the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular provided for pay television comprises a link interface with the impedance adapter. supplied by a source video signal connected to a synchronization signal extractor and to a signal modulation identifier, a micro-module or microcomputer circuit integrated or not supplied by the generator of the signals obtained from the synchronous clock and from a synchronization time base and whose two inputs are respectively connected to the outputs of the circuits of the link interfaces comprising the extractor of synchronization signals and to the modulation identifier, a first modulator-demodulator whose two inputs are respectively connected at an output of the identifier and at an output of the circuit of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, its output being connected to a link interface with the impedance adapter, the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not comprising means for programming functions,
The encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular intended for television or other programs broadcast with the secure toll means generated from the aforementioned micro-modules, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the signal of modulation-demodulation whose input is connected to an output of the integrated micro-module or microcomputer circuit or not, is whose output is connected to a first input of a second modulator-demodulator whose second input is connected through an interface connections with the impedance adapter to the audio signal supply input, the output of the modulator being connected through a filter to an audio signal output adapter,
By way of examples of coder-decoders, encryptors-decryptors in particular of digital, (logical) and / or analog television signals;
The modulations-demodulations of the audiovisual signals are provided in micro-modules or microcomputers and can be carried out by reversing the basic spectrum around a determined modulation frequency, fixed or modifiable, the frequencies being able to be obtained from a synchronous clock and formed a time base or according to another programming mode, in the case of an application associated with a transmission of television and / or audiovisual signals comprising the line and / or frame frequency or even a multiple or under -multiple of it,
The television and / or audiovisual signals could be digitized by an analog-to-digital converter, allowing from its outputs to have television signals in purely logical (and / or binary) form at its modulated-demodulated output by mixing the bits, for example, then reconverted by a logic / analog converter into so-called analog signals applicable to audiovisual devices by means of multi-pin SCART sockets produced according to the 3rd generation MIKROTELEC technology, Patent n "2401589, this application variant being able to moreover be applied to audiovisual signals;
The modulation-demodulation of television or audiovisual signals can be carried out in several ways, depending on the programming of the functions.

The samples of these generated logic signals transmitted or received in parallel or in series by the wired links and the interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver which may be equipped, in particular with monophonic or stereophonic microphones as well as a camera of color television, miniature with automatic focus, said signals are cited by way of indicative and non-limiting example, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said signals logic can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology.

One or more video lines are assigned one or more memorizations (of which the restitution and display time to decryption is predetermined, fixed or modifiable) with respect to the synchronous clock pulse of the line scanning, and this, for example, by a aforesaid programmable encryption-decryption micromodule allowing the positioning of each starting item of information which is determined in advance and that the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, in particular for television signals, will allow positioning at the correct position and in the correct direction on the screen of the color television receiver; in the event that one or more video lines are flipped or inverted in direction and / or in amplitude and / or certain video lines can be segmented or swapped over several lines or videogram, the image or part of it is swapped with one or more others or again, a television image or fraction of an image is swapped with one or more others, The assembly made up of the encoder-decoder, encryption-decryptor, equipped with micro-modules or microcomputers and multi-pin SCART sockets, preprogrammed eVou programmable made according to technology
3rd generation MIKROTELEC, Patent ne2401589,
It should be noted in the present inventive concepts and the invention, that in the non-visible guard lines of television signals, provision has been made for the possibility of transmission of certain determined or indeterminate information provided for transmitting said information or data by the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, this data being able to be transmitted in analog or digital signals (in logic signals), and in the form of signals not immediately visible on the screen of the television receiver than the encoder-decoder , encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, will allow, according to the order of the user or for example (the orders of broadcast sources of secure pay-TV programs and to display in visible images on the screen of the receiving station of television allowing the choice and / or control of TV programs or other audiovisual information.

Another variant embodiment of a coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals comprising or associated with their computer or integrated or not integrated micro-modules or microcomputers, according to the inventive concept and the invention, supplemented by elements constituting said encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, as well as the example of a basic program that can be loaded into said audiovisual device comprising a computer or micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, as well as the elements constituting the analyzer of the aforementioned television signals and television scanning lines;
the examples of samples and signals represented by levels of electrical voltages generated and / or transmitted by the micro-modules and / or micro-circuits implanted in said audio-visual devices, said signals being able to be read, displayed or observed on the screen of visualization of a logic analyzer or an oscilloscope at different times of the operation of the logic signal generators present on the interconnections of the MICRO-computer or MlCRO-module called
MlCROandTELEControl designated in MIKROTELEC contract terms and on each base circuit at the level of multi-pin SCART sockets (20 and 148 pins, forming 168 pins + general ground or earth).

The presence of said logic signals is noted only by way of example on 148 pins mentioned above and represented by the signs 0 and 1 as shown in the tables of the description.
The samples of these generated logic signals transmitted or received in parallel or in series by the wired links and the interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are mentioned in the description by way of indicative and non-limiting example, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with the synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology .

The value samples of signals and / or binary words described in hexadecimal used to
programming of functions both remotely and locally of programmable audiovisual devices from
latest generations and comprising their micro-modules or micro-computers or
MlCRO and TELECommand associated, said in contract terms MIKROTELEC, intended for use in housing; encoder-decoder system, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, this system allows efficient operation at a lower cost on all audio and video signals of logical or analog television signals, but can also be adapted to all standards by simple modifications of the input stage for extracting synchronization signals and by replacing the program contained in the memories (EROM) of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not.

System for analyzing lines, frames, color television images; this system makes it possible to display the complete content of a line of a frame of a predetermined television image by means of selectors which also display on the screen of the television receiver in color or others. The advantages of such a variant of the system are numerous in addition to its low cost in programming and its ease of implementation, no adjustment or connections other than those provided by the multi-pin SCART socket is required during simple use. The possibility of using this system for all standards, by simply programming the functions integrated in the surface-mounted components known as CMS and / or in the memories of micro-modules or microcomputers produced using MIKROTELEC technology, in particular for definitions greater than 1000 lines, but also for lower definitions by another programming mode (MIKROTELEC software).

* This system is perfectly suited to meet the immediate and future needs of means of control of coding and decoding and / or encryption and decryption of logical and / or analog television signals transmitted to according to the most suitable standards and / or definitions. various, by simple programming of said micro-modules, without reaching an excessive cost, but allowing an efficient analysis of the content of a precise line, a precise frame or a precise image obtained from the ticks of the clock synchronous with the line scans thus allowing such an analysis in comparison with the order transmitted, for example, with a video source comprising said standard order etc. transmitted by one of the aforementioned means).

Encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor system, in particular for color television signals which allows efficient operation at a lower cost on all standard audio and video signals, called 525 and 625 lines, but can also be adapted to other standards (including D2MAC) by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memory (EROM) of the micro-module or microcomputer.

The presence of said logic signals is noted only by way of example on 148 pins mentioned above and represented by the signs 0 and 1 as below.

0000 0000 0011 0011 0110 0110 1001 1001 llOO 1100
ooOo 0001 0011 0100 0110 0111 1001 1010 llOO 1101
0000 0010 0011 0101 0110 1000 1001 1011 1100 1110
0000 0011 0011 0110 0110 1001 1001 1100 1100 1111
0000 0100 0011 0111 0110 1010 1001 1101 1101 0000
0000 0101 0011 1000 0110 1011 1001 1110 1101 0001
0000 0110 0011 1001 0110 1100 1001 1111 11010010
0000 0111 0011 1010 0110 1101 1010 0000 1101 0011
0000 1000 0011 1011 0110 1110 1010 0001 1101 0100
0000 1001 0011 1100 0110 1111 1010 0010 1101 0101
0000 1010 0011 1101 0111 0000 1010 0011 1101 0110
0000 1011 0011 1110 0111 0001 1010 0100 1101 0111
0000 1100 0011 1111 0111 0010 1010 0101 1101 1000
0000 1101 0100 0000 0111 0011 1010 0110 1101 1001
0000 1110 0100 0001 0111 0100 1010 0111 1101 1010
0000 1111 0100 0010 0111 0101 1010 1000 1101 1011
0001 0000 0100 0011 0111 0110 1010 1001 1101 1100
0001 0001 0100 0100 0111 0111 1010 1010 1101 1101
0001 0010 0100 0101 0111 1000 1010 1011 1101 1110
0001 0011 0100 0110 0111 1001 1010 1100 1101 1111
0001 0100 0100 0111 0111 1010 1010 1101 1110 0000
0001 0101 0100 1000 0111 1011 1010 1110 1110 0001
0001 0110 0100 1001 0111 1100 1010 1111 1110 0010
0001 0111 0100 1010 0111 1101 1011 0000 1110 0011
0001 1000 0100 1011 0111 1110 1011 0001 1110 0100
0001 1001 0100 1100 0111 1111 1011 0010 1110 0101
0001 1010 0100 1101 1000 0000 1011 0011 1110 0110
0001 1011 0100 1110 1000 0001 1011 0100 1110 0111
0001 1100 0100 1111 1000 0010 1011 0101 1110 1000
0001 1101 0101 0000 1000 0011 1011 0110 1110 1001
0001 1110 0101 0001 1000 0100 1011 0111 1110 1010
0001 1111 0101 0010 1000 0101 1011 1000 1110 1011
0010 0000 0101 0011 1000 0110 1011 1001 1110 1100
0010 0001 0101 0100 1000 0111 1011 1010 1110 1101
0010 0010 0101 0101 1000 1000 1011 1011 1110 1110
0010 0011 0101 0110 1000 1001 1011 1100 1110 1111
0010 0100 0101 0111 1000 1010 1011 1101 1111 0000
0010 0101 0101 1000 1000 1011 1011 1110 1111 0001
0010 0110 0101 1001 1000 1100 1011 1111 1111 0010
0010 0111 0101 1010 1000 1101 1100 0000 1111 0011
0010 1000 0101 1011 1000 1110 1100 0001 1111 0100
0010 1001 0101 1100 1000 1111 1100 0010 1111 0101
0010 1010 0101 1101 10010000 1100 0011 1111 0110
0010 1011 0101 1110 1001 0001 1100 0100 1111 0111
0010 1100 0101 1111 1001 0010 1100 0101 1111 1000
0010 1101 0110 0000 1001 0011 1100 0110 1111 1001
0010 1110 0110 0001 1001 0100 1100 0111 1111 1010
0010 1111 0110 0010 1001 0101 1100 1000 1111 1011
0011 0000 0110 0011 1001 0110 1100 1001 1111 1100
0011 0001 0110 0100 1001 0111 1100 1010 1111 1101
0011 0010 0110 0101 1001 1000 1100 1011 1111 1110
1111 1111
The samples of these generated logic signals transmitted or received in parallel or in series by the wired links and the interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are mentioned above by way of indicative and non-limiting example, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology .

5 .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 4. ....0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 3........0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 2. .....0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 1. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0. .....0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0,00001..0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1010 0111 1100 0101 1010 1100 0,00002..0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0100 1111 1000 1011 0101 1001 0,00003..0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1111 0113 0101 0001 0000 0101 0,00004..0000 0000 0000 0000 0010 1001 1111 0001 0110 1011 0001 0,00005..0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0100 0110 1101 1100 0101 1101
L 0,00005..0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0100 0110 1101 1100 0101 1101 0,00006..0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 1110 1110 1010 0010 0000 1010
E
0.00007..0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 1001 0110 0110 0111 1011 0110
U 0,00008..0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 0011 1110 0010 1101 0110 0010
0,00009..0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 1110 0101 1111 0011 0000 1110
R
0,0001...0000 0000 0000 0000 0110 1000 1101 1011 1000 1011 1011
S 0,0002...0000 0000 0000 0000 1101 0001 1011 0111 0001 0111 0110 0,0003...0000 0000 0000 0001 0011 1010 1001 0010 1010 0011 0000
0,0004...0000 0000 0000 0001 1010 0011 0110 1110 0010 1110 1011
I 0,0005...0000 0000 0000 0010 0000 1100 0100 1001 1011 1010 0110
0,0006...0000 0000 0000 0010 0111 0101 0010 0101 0100 0110 0001
N
0,007...0000 0000 0000 0010 1101 1110 0000 0000 1101 0001 1011
F 0,0008...0000 0000 0000 0011 0100 0110 1101 1100 0101 1101 0110
0,0009...0000 0000 0000 0011 1010 1111 1011 0111 1110 1001 0001
E
0,001....0000 0000 0000 0100 0001 1000 1001 0011 0111 0100 1100
R 0,002....0000 0000 0000 1000 0011 0001 0010 0110 1110 1001 1000
0,003....0000 0000 0000 1100 0100 1001 1011 1010 0101 1110 0011
I
0,004....0000 0000 0010 0000 1100 0100 1001 1011 1010 0101 1110
E 0,005. .0000 0000 0001 0100 0111 1010 1110 0001 0100 0111 1011 0,006....0000 0000 0001 1000 1001 0011 0111 0100 1011 1100 0111
U
0,007. ..0000 0000 0001 1100 1010 1100 0000 1000 0011 0001 0010
R 0,008....0000 0000 0010 0000 1100 0100 1001 1011 1010 1101 1110 0,009. .0000 0000 ci-dessus etlou ci-dessous à titre d'exemple indicatif etnon-limitatif. ni en ce qui concerne leur valeur en tant sue signaux électriques ou binaires, ni en ce qui conceme leur position temporel, lesdits signaux logiques peuvent être traités par lesdits appareils-audiovisuels comportant les micro-modules avec l'horloge synchrone conçus selon la technologie MIKROTELEC.One or more video lines are assigned one or more memorizations (of which the restitution and display time to decryption is predetermined, fixed or modifiable) with respect to the synchronous clock pulse of the line scanning, and this, for example. by a aforesaid programmable encryption-decryption micro-module allowing the positioning of each starting item of information which is determined in advance and that the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, in particular for television signals, will allow positioning in the right place and in the correct direction on the screen of the color television receiver
The presence of said logic signals is noted only by way of example on 148 pins mentioned above and represented by the signs 0 and 1 as below
1000 000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1111 0100 0010 0100 0000 900 000. .. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1101 1011 1011 1010 0000
800 000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1100 0011 0101 0000 0000 700 000. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1010 1010 1110 0110 0000
600,000. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1001 0010 0111 1100 0000
500,000. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0111 1010 0001 0010 0000
V 400 000. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0110 0001 1010 1000 0000
300,000. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 1001 0011 1110 0000
AT
200,000. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0000 1101 0100 0000
L 100 000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1000 0110 1010 0000 90 000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0101 1111 1001 0000
E
80,000. .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0011 1000 1000 0000
U 70 000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0001 0001 0111 0000
R
50 000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1100 0011 0101 0000
S 40,000. ...... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1001 1100 0100 0000
30 000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0111 0101 0011 0000
20,000. ... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0010 0111 0010 0000
S 10 000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 0111 0001 0000 9 000. ... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1010 0011 0010 1000
U
8,000. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1111 0100 0000
7000. ...... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1011 0101 1000
P
6,000 ... .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0111 0111 0000
E
5,000. ...... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0011 1000 1000
R 4,000. .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1111 1010 0000 3,000. ..... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1011 1011 1000
I
2000. ... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0111 1101 0000
E 1000. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 1110 1000
900. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 1000 0100
U
800. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0010 0000
R 700. ...... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0010 1011 1100 600. ... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0010 0101 1000
E
500. ... .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1111 0100
S 300. .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0010 1100 400. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1001 0000
200. .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1100 1100
A 100. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0110 0100
90. .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 1010
80. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 0000
The 70 ........ 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 0110 60. ..0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 1100
U
50. ... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0010
N 40. .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0010 1000
30 ........ 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1110
I
20. ...... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0100
T 10 .... ... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1010
9 ........ 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1001
E
8 ........ 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1000
7. ...... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0111
6 ........ 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0110

5 .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 4. .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 3 ........ 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 2. ..... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 1. .0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0. ..... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0.00001..0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1010 0111 1100 0101 1010 1100 0.00002..0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 0100 1111 1000 1011 0101 1001 0.00003..0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1111 0113 0101 0001 0000 0101 0, 00004..0000 0000 0000 0000 0010 1001 1111 0001 0110 1011 0001 0.00005..0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0100 0110 1101 1100 0101 1101
L 0.00005..0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0100 0110 1101 1100 0101 1101 0.00006..0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 1110 1110 1010 0010 0000 1010
E
0.00007..0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 1001 0110 0110 0111 1011 0110
U 0.00008..0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 0011 1110 0010 1101 0110 0010
0.00009..0000 0000 0000 0000 0101 1110 0101 1111 0011 0000 1110
R
0.0001 ... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0110 1000 1101 1011 1000 1011 1011
S 0.0002 ... 0000 0000 0000 0000 1101 0001 1011 0111 0001 0111 0110 0.0003 ... 0000 0000 0000 0001 0011 1010 1001 0010 1010 0011 0000
0.0004 ... 0000 0000 0000 0001 1010 0011 0110 1110 0010 1110 1011
I 0.0005 ... 0000 0000 0000 0010 0000 1100 0100 1001 1011 1010 0110
0.0006 ... 0000 0000 0000 0010 0111 0101 0010 0101 0100 0110 0001
NOT
0.007 ... 0000 0000 0000 0010 1101 1110 0000 0000 1101 0001 1011
F 0.0008 ... 0000 0000 0000 0011 0100 0110 1101 1100 0101 1101 0110
0.0009 ... 0000 0000 0000 0011 1010 1111 1011 0111 1110 1001 0001
E
0.001 .... 0000 0000 0000 0100 0001 1000 1001 0011 0111 0100 1100
R 0.002 .... 0000 0000 0000 1000 0011 0001 0010 0110 1110 1001 1000
0.003 .... 0000 0000 0000 1100 0100 1001 1011 1010 0101 1110 0011
I
0.004 .... 0000 0000 0010 0000 1100 0100 1001 1011 1010 0101 1110
E 0.005. .0000 0000 0001 0100 0111 1010 1110 0001 0100 0111 1011 0.006 .... 0000 0000 0001 1000 1001 0011 0111 0100 1011 1100 0111
U
0.007. ..0000 0000 0001 1100 1010 1100 0000 1000 0011 0001 0010
R 0.008 .... 0000 0000 0010 0000 1100 0100 1001 1011 1010 1101 1110 0.009. .0000 0000 above and / or below by way of indicative and non-limiting example. neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with the synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology .

ED 56 F3 AF 32 16 F7 3E OA CD 79 E1 C3 12 E1 FF AF ED 47 C3 3F E4 3E 07 76 AF 77 ED 47 3A 10 F7
CB 6D C2 5F EO CB 7C C2 50 E0 ED 57 C2 4B C0 3E 32 12 F7 C3 EC E3 DB 02 CB 77 CA 38 E4 E3 CB 6F 07 C3 7F E0 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF C2 39 E2 3A 1B E7 A7 C2 39 E2 3C 32 1B E2 F7 DB 02
FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF D3 40 13 CB 4A 28 0A 7B CB 6F 2B FA 11 39 01 FB C3 3F E4 AF 32 1B F7 3E
FE 72 C2 49 EQ 11 01 00 0C FB C9 3E 02 C3 7F EQ 07 76 7B FE 4E 20 FB 06 FF 3E 07 76 D7 10 FD 06
ED 57 C2 5A E0 3E 02 C3 7F E0 3E 07 C3 7F E0 CB 1F 07 10 FD 3E 07 76 DB 02 CB 77 3A 11 F7 1F CB 7C C2 73 E0 ED 57 C2 6E E0 3E 01 C3 7F E0 3E 07 07 20 02 CB 97 32 11 F7 3E 07 76 79 FE 02 20 18
C3 7F E0 ED 57 C2 7D E0 3E 02 C3 7F E0 3E 01 08 3A 12 E7 A7 28 09 AF D3 02 3C ED 47 C3 08 E3 ED 7D 17 3F CB 77 C2 89 E0 3F CB 1C CB 1D 08 76 C9 47 3E 02 03 02 C3 08 E3 FE 03 C2 08 E3 AF 4F 3A 3E 07 03 40 F3 08 3E F8 08 3E 01 ED 47 3E 55 21 11 F7 E6 07 32 10 F7 CB DF E6 0F D3 01 C3 08 E3 00 FD 77 11 01 F0 01 00 08 ED B0 21 00 F0 08 BC 00 00 2C A7 F3 DE 80 CD 0F 01 3E 01 32 14 F7 3E 28 06 08 ED A1 28 F7 76 08 ED 57 28 07 3D ED 47 00 D3 01 CD 20 E5 2F CB 7F 20 OB OE 08 CD 10 E5 3E AA 18 DB 31 FF F7 3E 00 03 01 3E FF CD 79 E1 DA AF E4 C3 39 E2 CB 77 20 2A OE 07 CD 04 E5 DA
DB 01 2F E6 OF D3 01 18 F2 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF AF E4 3A 14 F7 D5 FE 01 2B OE 47 05 C5 06 04 CB
FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 1A CB 1B 10 FA Cl 10 F4 7B E6 OF D3 01 D1 CD 10
FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF E5 C3 AF E4 CB 6F 20 06 CD 40 E5 C3 AF E4 CD 55
C3 44 E1 C3 79 E1 C3 FB E1 C3 05 E2 C3 32 E2 C3 E5 C3 AF E4 3E 14 CD 03 01 08 00 41 1F 10 FD C9 1E E2 31 FF F7 SE 98 D3 03 3E 91 D3 83 3E 03 03 CD 04 E5 DB CD 04 E5 30 FB CD 04 E5 30 F6 3F C9 02 3E 07 D3 40 DB 00 E6 0F FE 0F CA 90 E0 FE 0E 3E 7F CD 03 01 DB 00 2F E6 F0 C0 3A 14 F7 4F 41
CA 87 E7 FE 01 CA A4 E4 FE 02 CA 6A E5 AF 32 16 DB 01 1F 10 FD 3F 41 37 10 FD E6 0F D3 01 18 E0
F7 C3 39 E2 F5 7B E6 0F D3 81 CB FF D3 81 7B 06 0E 06 CD 04 E5 D8 3A 14 F7 FE 02 38 04 3D 32 14 04 CA 3F 1A FC CA FF DZ E1 CA F7 DZ E1 7A EH 0F F7 CD 10 E5 C9 0E 05 CD 04 E5 D8 3A 14 F7 FE 04
F6 C0 D3 81 F6 E0 D3 81 7A 06 04 CB 3F 10 FC F6 28 04 3C 32 14 F7 CD 10 E5 C9 F3 0E 80 CD 0F 01
E0 D3 81 F6 F0 D3 81 F1 C9 C5 47 C5 06 FF 10 FE 3E 01 32 14 F7 3E 00 D3 01 CD 20 E5 2F CB 7F 20 06 32 10 FE C1 10 F4 C1 C9 3E 01 CD 79 E1 DB 01 1F 0E 08 CD 10 E5 DA 75 E5 0E 30 CD 06 01 0E C0
CB EF D3 01 3E 01 CD 79 E1 DB 01 CB AF D3 01 C9 CD 0C 01 0E 40 CD 09 01 0E 00 CD 06 01 C3 3D E1 06 08 DB 01 CB E7 D3 01 CD 89 E1 DB 01 CB F7 D3 CB 77 20 48 0E 07 CB 04 E5 DA 75 E5 3A 14 F7 FE 01 CD 89 E1 CB 21 CD BC E1 10 F9 C9 DB 01 CB B7 01 28 10 47 05 C5 06 04 7B 1F CB 1A CB 1B 10 F8 30 02 CB F7 D3 01 CD 89 E1 C9 DB 01 CB 87 CB A7 C1 10 F2 DB 00 E6 0F F5 7B E6 F0 5F F1 B3 5F 3A 03 01 06 09 CD 89 E1 10 FB DB 01 CB E7 D3 01 CD 14 F7 FE 01 28 10 47 05 C5 06 04 7A 17 CB 13 CB 89 E1 DB 01 CB A7 D2 01 C9 06 08 CD 89 E1 DB 02 12 10 F8 C1 10 F2 CD 10 E5 C3 75 E5 CB 6F 20 06
CB 67 37 20 01 3F CB 13 10 F1 C9 CD A0 E1 DB 01 CD 40 E5 C3 75 E5 CD 55 E5 C3 75 E5 3E 07 76 AF
CB A7 D3 01 C9 CD A0 E1 06 08 CB 22 CD BC E1 10 21 17 F7 32 18 F7 3C 32 16 F7 32 19 F7 SE 07 76
F0 06 08 CB 23 CD BC E1 10 F9 CD CA E1 C9 CD A0 DB 00 E6 0F FE 03 3E 00 20 00 3C 21 20 00 22 0C
E1 DB 01 CB B7 D3 01 CD E9 E1 53 CD E9 E1 CD DF F7 32 1A F7 C3 30 E6 21 01 00 22 0C F7 32 1A F7
E1 C9 CD A0 E1 CD CA E1 C9 F3 3A 16 F7 A7 C2 82 C3 B1 E3 21 17 F7 34 7E FE 05 20 40 3E 07 76 DB
E2 3E 03 D3 02 AF 21 14 F7 06 08 77 23 10 FC 2A 01 CB 9F D3 01 AF 77 3A 18 F7 CB 57 20 2E DB 01
A0 E4 22 00 F7 2A A2 E4 22 0E F7 0E 80 CD 0F 01 2F E6 0F D3 01 2A 0C F7 AF BC 20 0F BD 20 0C F3
ED 53 0C F7 21 0B F7 06 04 C5 06 03 7B 1F CB 1A 3E 01 32 14 F7 CD 20 E5 C3 3D E1 76 3A 1A F7 A7
CB 1B 10 F8 72 2B 73 2B C1 10 EE 7A 2F 77 2B 7B 28 06 D5 11 1F 00 19 D1 23 22 0C F7 3E 07 76 DB 2F 77 F3 3E 07 D3 40 3E 03 03 02 AF 03 01 DB 02 00 2F E6 F0 20 13 AF 32 19 F7 3A 18 F7 A7 CA 16
CB 6F 20 EA DB 02 CB 6F 28 FA 11 01 00 FB 06 0A E7 E6 04 32 18 F7 C3 16 E7 CB 6F 28 27 3A 18 F7 10 FE 78 FE 02 28 DB 76 06 08 26 00 CD D9 E2 DB CB 57 28 72 CB 4F 20 6E CB CF 32 18 F7 2A 0C F7 02 CB 77 28 F7 76 CD D9 E2 DB 02 CB 77 20 ED 76 3A 1A F7 A7 2E 07 05 11 1F 00 ED 52 D1 2B 22 0C
CD D9 E2 DB 02 CB 77 20 E3 3E 07 76 26 00 10 DC F7 C3 16 E7 CB 67 28 29 3A 1B F7 CB 57 28 47 CB
DB 01 CB DF D3 01 C3 F0 E2 3E 07 76 7A FE 01 20 47 20 43 CB C7 32 18 F7 3E 07 76 2A 0C F7 3A 1A
F8 7B FE 36 20 F3 24 7C FE 09 C0 F3 D1 C3 82 E2 F7 A7 28 06 D5 11 1F 00 19 D1 23 22 0C F7 C3 16
AF 4F 32 13 F7 7A FE 01 28 06 3E 07 76 C3 F5 E2 E7 CB 77 28 0B 3A 1B F7 CB D7 32 18 F7 C3 16 E7 7B FE 36 20 F5 C3 A0 3E 07 76 3A 14 F7 A7 20 3A 19 F7 A7 20 10 3A 19 F7 A7 CB 57 CA 3D E1 F3 2A 59 3A 15 F7 A7 28 45 DB 00 6B 7F 28 64 3E 07 76 0C F7 EB C3 89 E5 3E 07 76 2A 0C F7 00 21 0B F7
AF 32 15 F7 32 14 F7 3A 16 F7 A7 20 54 DB 00 E6 06 04 C5 06 03 7D 1F CB 1C CB 1D 10 FB DD 74 00 0F FE 06 D2 81 E3 08 3E 07 76 08 FE 00 CA 39 E2 DD 2B DD 75 00 DD 2B Cl 3E 07 76 10 E5 7C 2F DD
FE 01 CA A4 E4 FE 02 CA 6A E5 FE 03 CA FC E5 FE 77 00 DD 2B 7D 2F DD 77 00 3E 07 76 C3 D8 E3 F3 04 CA FC E5 FE 05 CA 4F E7 C3 39 E2 DB 00 CB 7F 31 FF F7 AF D3 01 21 00 FD 3E 10 D3 82 DB 82 CB 20 1F 3E 01 32 14 F7 C3 81 E3 DB 00 CB 7F CA 78 5F 28 FA DB 80 77 3E 00 03 82 06 FF DD 21 00 00
E3 AF 32 14 F7 C3 01 E3 3E 01 32 15 F7 3D 32 14 10 FA 23 7C FE F7 20 E1 21 00 00 11 00 00 01 00
F7 3E 07 76 78 FE 16 CA 92 E3 3E 07 76 C3 84 E3 F0 0A 5F 19 03 78 FE F7 20 F7 EB CD 44 E1 3E 00 3E 07 76 06 FF D7 10 FD 06 1F D7 10 FD 3E 07 76 D3 01 DB 00 CB 7F 28 12 06 02 3E FF CD 79 E1 10 79 FE 01 20 71 DB 02 CB 77 C2 CA E3 F3 CB 6F C2 F9 DB 01 2F E6 0F D3 01 18 E8 3E 00 D3 01 D3 81 39 E2 3A 1B F7 A7 C2 39 E2 3C 32 1B F7 DB 02 CB 2E F0 D3 01 C3 00 F0 3E 02 D3 02 FB 3E 07 76 F3 6F 28 FA 11 39 01 FB C3 CE E3 AF 32 1B F7 3E 07 DB 02 CB 6F 28 06 DB 02 CB 6F 20 FA DB 02 CB 6F 76 3A 16 F7 A7 C2 33 E6 3A 12 F7 47 3A 10 F7 B8 28 FA FB 2E 0A 06 0A 3E 07 76 10 FB 06 0A 3E 01 28 0A 21.13 F7 7E FE 08 CA 06 E4 34 3E 07 76 21 76 10 FB 06 0A 3E 02 76 10 FB 20 20 EB 18 CD FF 00 F7 D5 16 00 3A 10 F7 07 5F 19 D1 7E 23 66 6F FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF
The samples of these generated logic signals emitted or received in parallel or in series by the links
wired and interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver. said signals are cited as
indicative and non-limiting example, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor
with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said devices
audiovisuals comprising micro-modules with synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology.

The value samples of signals and / or binary words described in hexadecimal used for the
programming of both remote and local functions of the programmable audiovisual devices of the
latest generations and including their micro-modules or micro-computers or MICROandTELEControl
associates, known in contract terms MIKROTELEC. intended for residential use; said samples of
values and signals below
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 9B 3 @ 15 46
09 87 22 A6 CA 87 23 A6 0E B7 14 A6 7C B7 04 A6
FE B7 05 A6 FF B7 06 A6 01 B7 02 A6 60 B7 00 31
25 A6 02 B7 13 A6 80 8A 13 87 10 CD 05 03 15 00
3F 11 3F 12 AE 08 16 00 17 00 02 00 03 98 20 01
99 39 11 5A 26 F0 AE 08 16 00 17 00 02 00 03 98
20 01 99 39 12 5A 28 F0 16 00 17 00 19 00 A5 14
BB 13 97 86 11 F7 B6 12 E7 01 B6 13 AB 02 B7 13
A1 0E 26 B1 90 A6 60 87 00 CD 01 94 86 13 44 44
44 BA 13 AB FF A4 07 27 EC A6 00 87 00 A6 01 B @
12 CC 01 E0 A6 09 B7 12 A6 0E 87 14 3 # 15 CD 04
C5 AE 9A 5A 90 26 FC A6 01 B7 11 A6 1C B7 10 CD
04 06 BE 12 E6 90 26 0C 01 00 09 01 00 06 01 00
03 CC 01 CD 00 00 CD 3F 25 F6 00 00 C7 B6 12 27
07 CD 05 5D 3A 12 20 C6 81 B6 08 81 08 27 FC 81
3F 11 9D BE 14 27 8D 9A E6 15 87 01 E6 14 2A 03
CC 02 02 87 24 97 E6 80 A4 08 AA 04 97 CD 04 C5
A6 AF 4A 26 FD A6 8F 87 10 9F A4 08 AA 04 B7 02
B6 25 27 11 38 01 39 24 86 24 A4 08 97 EG 80 A4
08 AA 04 B7 02 CD 01 D9 9D 9D 9D CC 02 50 38 01
39 24 C8 00 24 A4 DE BB 11 97 EE 80 A6 02 B7 02
9D 9D B6 00 BF 02 C7 01 03 2B 02 20 03 9D 9D 9D
38 01 39 24 B6 24 A4 0E BB 11 97 EE 00 @ 6 02 B7
02 9D 9D B6 00 8F 02 3A 10 9D 9D 26 C1 88 00 44
39 13 BE 02 A6 02 B7 02 3C 25 86 25 A1 03 26 02
3C 11 A1 05 25 08 26 10 CD 02 B1 CC 01 @@ 86 25
44 25 02 34 13 CC 01 FD 3F 25 3F 11 36 13 25 07
A6 04 87 12 CC 01 E2 3A 12 28 03 CC 01 E2 CC 01
75 9D B6 13 48 48 48 B8 13 A4 38 26 12 3C 15 B6
15 A1 07 26 09 86 13 A4 07 A8 07 48 87 14 81 3F
15 81 BE 14 28 03 CC 01 74 A8 00 87 00 CD 04 C5
A6 B0 4A 26 FD 9D A6 30 87 10 3F 11 CD 04 06 AE
04 BF 02 AE 22 CD 01 D9 A6 07 4A 26 FD B5 00 44
79 86 00 44 79 86 00 44 79 B6 00 44 79 5C 2A ED
A8 BC B7 10 3F 11 CD 04 D6 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D
9D 9D 9D 9D 86 00 44 39 13 A6 02 87 10 CD 04 C5
9C 9D A8 12 B7 12 AE 52 E6 2D A4 91 27 04 3F 11
20 02 3C 11 E8 24 3D 12 26 03 CC 03 DB E8 22 44
24 04 A8 13 87 12 3A 12 64 2D 5A 26 DB 3A 10 26
00 A6 64 87 10 3F 11 CD 04 D6 CD 05 5D 46 02 B7
10 CD 04 C5 9C 9D A6 12 87 12 AE 52 E6 2D A4 01 27 04 3F 11 20 02 3C 11 @ 8 24 3D 12 27 3 @ E8 22
44 24 04 A6 13 87 12 3A 12 64 2D 5A 26 @@ 3A 10
26 03 A6 64 97 10 3F 11 CD 04 D6 CD 05 6D CD 04
C5 B6 13 48 48 48 B8 13 A4 36 27 0B @@ A6 B7 @@
A6 CA B7 23 CC 01 79 CC 02 D9 B6 11 @@ @@ A6 12
B7 12 E6 2D E8 24 24 B6 CC 03 EC B6 11 41 DA A6
12 87 12 E6 20 E8 24 25 03 CC 03 4D E6 2D E8 24
E7 22 5A 26 F7 3F 10 3F 11 B6 23 44 39 1D B6 24
A4 39 10 86 25 44 38 10 AE 00 E6 26 44 @@ 11 5C
A3 08 26 F6 AE 3E B6 11 48 88 10 48 48 A4 06 BB
10 87 10 34 10 36 11 5A 28 EC 38 11 39 10 BE 14
00 11 E1 15 27 02 1E 10 E7 15 86 10 E7 14 B6 11
34 10 48 34 10 46 34 10 46 A4 FE E1 17 76 DA B7
11 E6 14 A4 0F E7 14 86 11 6D 17 26 02 E7 17 EE
14 A6 09 87 22 A8 CA B7 23 96 A6 30 B7 10 CD 05
03 19 00 A8 C0 BA 14 B7 10 CD 05 03 CD 04 EC A6
40 BA 14 B7 10 CD 05 03 BF 14 E6 14 B7 11 E8 15
B7 12 AE 06 36 11 24 04 14 00 20 02 15 00 16 00
17 00 5A 26 EF AE 06 38 12 24 04 14 00 20 02 15
00 16 00 17 00 SA 26 EF CD 04 EC 3F 10 00 05 03
19 00 CC 01 75 86 00 28 FC B6 00 2B FB 86 00 24
FC B6 00 2A FB 81 86 06 B1 08 27 FC A6 03 @@ 25
#D 86 08 3A 10 26 F1 3A 11 2A FD 81 AF DA 19 00
15 00 A6 FA 4A 26 FD 5A 26 F8 18 00 15 00 17 00
19 00 81 AE 08 18 00 16 00 17 00 14 00 16 00 17
00 38 10 24 04 14 00 20 02 15 00 16 00 17 00 54
28 EF 81 98 A6 30 B7 10 CD 05 03 19 00 A6 20 87
10 CD 05 03 CD 04 EC A6 10 87 10 CD 05 03 14 00
16 00 17 00 15 00 AE 0F 16 00 17 00 5A 26 F9 CD
04 EC 3F 10 CD 05 03 19 00 9C CC 01 21 CD 04 C5
A6 80 4A 26 FD A6 30 B7 00 3F 11 CD 04 @@ AE 22
CD 01 D9 A6 07 4A 26 FD A6 60 87 00 87 00 90 A6
60 87 00 B7 00 90 A6 60 B7 00 B7 00 90 A6 60 B7
00 B7 00 9D 5C 2A E1 A6 8C 87 1D 3F 11 CD 04 D6
9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 9D 86 00 44 38 13
81 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 23 00 00 00 00
The samples of these generated logic signals transmitted or received in parallel or in sequence by the wired links and the interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are mentioned above by way of indicative example and not- limiting, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with the synchronous clock designed according to the MIKROTELEC technology.

Encoder-decoder system, encryptor-decryptor, in particular of television signals; this system allows efficient operation at a lower cost on all audio and video signals of logical or analog television signals, but can also be adapted to all standards by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memories (EROM) of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not.

System for analyzing lines, frames, color television images; this system makes it possible to display the complete content of a line of a frame of a predetermined television image by means of selectors which also display on the screen of the television receiver in color or others. The advantages of such a variant of the system are numerous in addition to its low cost in programming and its ease of implementation, no adjustment or connections other than those provided by the multi-pin SCART socket is required during simple use. The possibility of using this system for all standards, by simply programming the functions integrated into the surface-mounted components known as C.M.S. and / or in the memories of micro-modules or microcomputers produced using MIKROTELEC technology, in particular for definitions greater than 1000 lines, but also for definitions below by another programming mode (MIKROTELEC software).

This system is perfectly suited to meet the immediate and future needs of means for controlling the coding and decoding and / or encryption and decryption of logical and / or analog television signals transmitted to according to the most diverse standards and / or definitions. , by simple programming of said micro-modules, without reaching an excessive cost, but by allowing an efficient analysis of the content of a precise line, of a precise frame or of a precise image obtained from the ticks of the synchronous clock line scans therefore allowing such an analysis in comparison with the order sent, for example, with a video source comprising said standard order, etc., transmitted by one of the aforementioned means).

Encoder-decoder system, encryptor-decryptor, in particular of color television signals allows efficient operation at a lower cost on all audio and video signals of standards, called 525 and 625 lines, but can also be adapted to all standards by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memory (EROM) of the micro-module or microcomputer.

According to an alternative embodiment of the aforementioned assembly, an example can be seen on the drawing board n "6 and in FIG. 12.
In Figure 12; electrode comprises a bundle of electromagnetic or magnetic wires which are good conductors of electricity, gathered at the diameter of the outlet thereof, welded or crimped by pressure and held together to receive the interconnection cap,
The beam will include a large number of ramifications which will be surrounded by micro-beads
As a result, a maximum surface area will be obtained between the balls and the electrode, for a given volume, of the element,
The greater the number of wires in the bundle, the more the surface of the electrode will increase, for a given volume;
The aim of the invention is to obtain:
A maximum surface in a minimum volume, so that the electro-chemical attack field on the surface is as large as possible and as fast as possible,
With electrode bundles, a current transition is extremely important, without noticeable heating,
This process can be extended to other areas of industry where the need for propulsion, traction or braking is essential; For example: in the maritime or aeronautical field or in public works machine tools;
The main criterion is to find a maximum passage for the electrolyte and a number, as high as possible, of balls or other active elements;
The successive transmutations of the electrons by this means are excellent and the internal resistance of the elements, negative or positive, is extremely weak;
Each element with its electrode (negative or positive) is composed of a cartridge made of: - metallic fabric (grid), non-corrosive to the electrolyte and to all chemical operations at the time of charging or discharging, - or some other non-conductive material, electrically insulating, but allowing electrolyte to penetrate into the cartridge from all sides, in both cases;
It should be noted that, if the grid is metallic, it must not be magnetic
Cartridges can be manufactured, stored and supplied for sufficient time before use
They are immersed only before the first use, They can be designed more or less large to meet all demands, sufficiently robust to withstand shocks, when handling them relative to the standard exchange, in the stations of 'exchange distributed like the current gas stations;
These accumulators can be recharged by energy from all sources, transformed in the form of electric current, alternating or direct at levels proportional to the elements of these accumulators, For example 'Solar energy could be applied for the formation of beads and their active ingredient or for charging these accumulators; Anywhere, where a natural source of alternative energy exists, and where continuous consumption occurs
The advantage of this process is that it can store a larger quantity of electricity per kilogram;
But on the other hand, the cartridges, wound up and obtained by this means, can have radial or axial outlets and can be round or flat;
They can be manufactured with great robustness for their standard exchange, in service stations, for a low price, The inter-element connections are always ensured by the locking cover with its electrode caps, but with the exception of reels and channels for pouring balls;
The tank which will receive the cartridges and the electrolyte is preferably designed in a light material, if possible transparent, resistant to shocks, and tolerating deformation stresses in the event of a change in temperature,
It is equipped with an automatic locking by its cover with inter-electrode connections in serine or in parallel, A winding inside or outside the cover is placed for each electrode cap
The increase in voltage is obtained by increasing the number of elements of the same weight, in order to maintain the distribution of amperes hour by element;
The electrolyte can be charged or stored when recharging the batteries in service stations
The tank has a reserve compartment which can receive the excess electrolyte and the release of pressurized vapors through a valve which is located at the top of the separation;
On the other hand, another valve in the separation, placed lower, will be used, when the evaporation is sufficiently compressed and which will make it possible to return the electrolyte in the channel of the elements, from which they are all supplied to maintain a level. equal to it;
The cover has, the caps of the electrodes with the coils, the interconnections with the elements, in series or in parallel;
It has two pipes for pouring the balls (positive or negative) which will serve each element until complete filling;
When the elements are automatically filled, the negative balls are poured into the negative channel and the positive balls are poured into the positive channel;
Filling can be provided by service stations as there are currently for gas stations
Exchange stations can stock up on logs loaded in standard exchange by weight
Changing cartridges or filling balls can be done in about the same time as the time it takes to fill up with gasoline
If the user of the vehicle equipped with these accumulators has a current supply capable of providing sufficient energy for recharging, for example about 30 kw for 8 hours and 15 kw for 16 hours; This for completely discharged batteries;
Otherwise an installation of 10 Kw for 3 or 4 hours is sufficient;
Each vehicle is equipped with an electronic charge and discharge counter to avoid misunderstandings;
As the accumulator can receive a very large charge in Kilowatts or Megawatts, powerful chargers can be installed to carry out recharging, for example
For 1000 km of autonomy, with a vehicle of approximately one ton, equipped with 300 kg of accumulators, - 30 Kw in 8 hours - 60 Kw in 4 hours - 120 Kw in 2 hours - 240 Kw in 1 hour - 480 Kw in 1/2 hour - 960 Kw in 1/4 hour,
The standard exchange of the various forms of elements is provided by the invention. Negative beads and positive beads can be purchased by weight, prepared loaded, in advance;
On a metallic fabric, good conductor, non-corrosive, there will be at least one layer of balls, very tight, welded to the fabric and to each other;
This plate or this tape will form an element with its electrode and its active material (balls)
The same process is applied for negative or positive elements,
The metallic fabric can be replaced by perforated or not perforated metallic plates or tapes, but this will not give an advantage for the yield, compared to the other;
The fabric which will form the separation between 2 plates is sufficiently thin and rigid not to allow the beads or microspheres to pass from one electrode to the other, but sufficiently ventilated to allow the electrolyte to circulate;
The fabric of each electrode can be accordion-pleated for a possible increase in the final surface area of the electrode;
The quantity and the volume of balls correspond to the quantity of storable electricity and the surface of the electrode corresponds to the quantity of electricity which can be charged or discharged in a minimum of time;
The dielectric fabric (inter-electrode) is thin enough to reduce the internal resistance of this element to a minimum, like an electrochemical capacitor,
Each electrode outlet is integral with the entire length of the metal fabric that composes it
By following the terms of this invention, a hydrogen-oxygen accumulator is obtained;
In short, traditional fuel cells become accumulators by the combinations of this process (HOE converter)
one element, fuel cell, traditional
2. an oxygen tank and a hydrogen tank, supplying the respective electrodes, by these
two gases doped or not, by other compounds (catalysts) having two orifices going towards the
respective electrodes:
-hydrogen to the negative electrode
oxygen to the positive electrode;
Each of these reservoirs has in the lower part, preferably, a supply inlet through a piston system equipped with valves in the "moving part" thereof.
The parts of the cylinder going towards the inlet of each of the reservoirs have, in their tube, a valve which opens under the pressure caused by the thrust of the compression effected by the piston which is located in this part of the cylinder;
This operation is controlled by external electronic control for the two pistons;
The lower part of each of the cylinders is in the form of a hood above each of the electrodes concerned;
The positive hood is intended to receive the oxygen bubbles;
The negative hood is intended to receive the hydrogen bubbles,
Since each of them is near their electrode; In the latter case, the electrodes are immersed in natural water, but it can be mixed with other compounds to vary the conductivity and the activation on decomposition; For example, salt or caustic soda;
The tank containing the water or other liquid has
- two large surface electrodes,
- a plug with a valve,
- two electrical current supply inputs:
+ for oxygen
- for hydrogen
- or, of a compartment in which an alternating or direct current can be placed indifferently,
thanks to the system made up of four diodes and a capacitor (optional), auto-inverter: risk of connection error completely eliminated;
Therefore, no destruction is possible and the correct routing of the negative and positive current is always ensured automatically;
The system may be provided with an accumulator of the type described in the first part of this invention or of another type commercially available, of low capacity, used as a buffer, which is electronically disconnected as soon as the external power supply is cut off. present;
The purpose of this accumulator is to prepare the two electrodes thermally and to promote the acceleration of decomposition (electrolysis) of water,
The object of the invention is to obtain the transformation of the kinetic energy of the moving mass of the vehicle into hydrogen and oxygen (maximum efficiency) by means of generators and by permanent magnets, described in the preceding paragraphs.
The advantages of this process are to be able to allow the production, the storage in the tanks of hydrogen and oxygen in large quantities and to use them for the supply of the electrodes of fuel cell elements which are of consumption. low for a very long time, necessary for the propulsion of vehicles equipped with electric motors or internal combustion engines (hydrogen-oxygen),
The water reservoir, to be decomposed, must be large enough so that the expansion which will take place at the time of strong electricity supply from the kinetic energy transformer or other, cannot cause deterioration;
The hydrogen and oxygen tanks maintained at the predetermined pressure are equipped with one or more additional valves which will be used in the event of excess of one or the other, and which will lead this one, towards a chamber explosions
The exposures are controlled and fractionated voluntarily to give rise to water, if the temperature is not too high, otherwise it is water vapor that can be dissipated, in the air without producing pollution, or recovered in a condenser and sent all or part to the tank of the hydrogen oxygen generator;
In the event that the fuel cells of this combined accumulator, when operating at low temperature, produce water or water vapor, the flow thereof would be identical;
The advantages of being able to transform the kinetic energy, the excess current of the power stations or any other sources of electrical energy into hydrogen oxygen and of storing them in these accumulators until their use, are remarkable;
According to a variant of the embodiments in FIG. 15, there is shown the delected video signal which is introduced on the terminal (1); Through a network (2), with resistors-capacitors, bandwidth corrector and a link capacitor (3), this signal reaches the amplifier stage with adjustable amplification (4); This stage (4) comprises two transistors (41) and (42) whose emitters are connected in parallel by a resistor (43) of low value; The transmitters are connected to ground through a common programmable coupling resistor (44), then an adjustable resistor (146) connected to the terminal (145) and decoupled to ground by the capacitor (144); The two bases of transistors (41) and (42) have a common polarization formed by the resistance bridge (46, 47) and the capacitor (45); This bridge is inserted between the high voltage supplied to the device through the terminal (100), and the ground; A programmable resistor (48) connects the midpoint of the divider bridge (46, 47) to the base of the transistor (41) on which arrives the detected video voltage transmitted by the capacitor (3), between the high voltage conductor coming from the terminal (100) and the collector of transistor 42 is arranged a resistor (49); The collector of the switch between the end of the resistor (11) on the collector side and the memory capacitor (95) on the emitter side, A resistor (94) is disposed between the emitter and collector of the transistor (91), while a resistor (94) is disposed between the emitter and the collector of the transistor (91). a resistor (92) mounted between the emitter and the base of the transistor (91) together with the capacitor (93) forms a differentiator circuit having a time constant of the order of 50 nanoseconds; Rectangular line synchronization signals arrive from terminal (193). A second transistor (96), the base of which is connected to the emitter of the transistor (91) is mounted as an amplifier with an emitter resistor (98) going to ground and an adjustable collector resistor (97) from the high voltage; The collector of the transistor (96) is connected to the terminal (297);
The entire device, with the exception of the adjustable resistors (146) and (153) and the "bell" circuit (262), is made up as a module on an insulating support with conductors cut from a sheet of metal plated on the support. , according to the technique called "printed circuit",
The module further comprises a circuit (20) called an erase circuit which comprises a transistor (21) capable of withstanding voltages of at least 100 volts; The emitter of the transistor (21) is connected to ground by a resistor (22), The base receives through the resistor (25) a Signal, called black, weft applied to the terminal (125), and a signal called of "line return" applied to the terminal (124) through the resistor (24) and the capacitor (23) in parallel with the resistor (24), The collector of the transistor (21) is supplied through the resistor (26) by a positive voltage of at least 100 volts applied to the terminal (126), while it transmits output signals to the terminal (227) through the resistor (27),
The operation of the device described can be understood as follows
The detected video signal applied to terminal (1) comprises the luminance modulation, the chrominance information in the form of two sub-carriers (present in alternation to the signals obtained from the clocks synchronous to the line scans allowing the storages and / or restitutions by the memories of the points and / or of the image elements on the successive lines of the television scanning screens, of which the control of the temporal positions of the said points and / or elements is obtained by the clock ticks synchronous with the scans of the lines modulated respectively by blue and red information, and line and field synchronization signals; By the set of gain controls of the receiver stages preceding the detection, the amplitude of this detected video signal is approximately 1 volt peak for the maximum luminance, which corresponds to an amplitude of the synchronization signals of about C, 3 voits, These gain controls are obtained from the tens ion supplied to the terminal (297) by the memory sampler (9); In the absence of signal on the base of the transistor (91). this base is substantially at the same potential as the emitter and this transistor is in the off state, and as the resistor (94) has a high value, the capacitor (95) is practically isolated from the terminal (1),
When a negative rectangular line sync pulse appears at terminal (193) (this pulse is derived from the sync signals of the suitably separated and amplified luminance channel), the trailing edge of this pulse differentiates from the network (93, 92) results in a brief positive pulse which causes the transistor (91) to pass into the saturation state for the duration of this brief pulse, At this moment the capacitor is charged, via the resistor (11) and the transistor (91 ) to the voltage prevailing at the same time on terminal (1), i.e. on what is called the black level, which corresponds to the height of the line synchronization signal which has just ended ; The transistor (96) amplifies the charge voltage held in memory by the capacitor (95), and the resulting collector voltage from the transistor (96) is fed to the gain control devices of the receiver stages preceding detection so that the level voltage sampled by circuit (9) is kept substantially constant;
Furthermore, the detected video signal thus maintained at a constant level is sent to the amplifier stage (4) through the passband corrector level (2) and the connecting conductor (3); The characteristics of level (2) are such that they provide the signal with a phase advance and a gradual increase in amplitude with frequency, the network transition frequency being around 300 kHz;
In stage (4), the signal voltage developed on the programmable resistor (44) by the sum of the currents from the emitters of the transistors (41) and (42) is a fraction of the detected video voltage sent to the base of the transistor (41) ,; so that the signal voltages between base and emitter of transistors (41) and (42) are respectively homologous and in phase opposition, which reduces amplitude distortions of the amplifier stage; In addition, the emitter-base polarization variations of the two transistors, controlled by the adjustment of the resistance (146) simultaneously move the operating points of the two transistors to vary the amplification rate of the stage (4), without making adjust by sliding potentiometer contact on the signal channel; The signal collected on the resistor (49) is the amplified signal homologous to the detected video signal, while the signal integrated by the combination of the capacitor (50) and the resistors (51), (52) and (153) provides a reference for the amplification of the chrominance components, a reference which can be metered by the adjustable resistor (153) to adjust the color saturation to the viewer's desire;
The amplified signal transmitted via the capacitor (5) to the separator stage (6) drives the base of the transistor (61) suitably biased by the divider bridge (62), (63); The emitter current through the resistor (65) develops a luminance signal voltage, while the collector current through the so-called "bell" anti-resonant circuit (262) develops a subcarrier frequency signal voltage; The characteristics of the anti-resonant circuit (262) are determined from the characteristics of the sub-carrier signals transmitted by the television transmitters according to the transmission system of the logic or analog signals can, It should be noted that the sampling by the circuit (262) of the sub-carrier frequencies reduces to a certain extent the amplitude remaining at this same frequency on the luminance signal, by collector-emitter reaction of the transistor (61),
The conductor (64) and the resistor (66) serve to match the impedance for the injection of the signals on the line memory (67);
This line memory (67), produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies in the luminance channels of color television receivers, compensates for the relative delay in transmission of the chrominance components on the complete chrominance channel, with a relatively narrow band, and the delay it brings to the luminance signals, here 680 nanoseconds, is suited to the overall characteristics of the video channels of the particular television receiver;
At the output of the line memory (67), there is a resistor (68) intended to adapt the output impedance of said line memory,
The trap (7), composed of two resonant circuits constituted respectively by the inductors (71) and (72) and the capacitors (74) and (75), are coupled together by the resistor (73) and tuned so that one obtains two peaks of resonances fixed on the rest frequencies of the two subcarriers of blue and red respectively; These resonant circuits are put into service when the diode (76) is made conductive by a positive voltage arriving from the terminal (177) through the resistor (77), thus putting the base of the capacitors (74) and (75) at the base. ground, In the absence of a positive voltage the diode (76) is blocked, and the hatch rendered inoperative; The positive voltage arriving at terminal (177) is derived from so-called "identification" signals or sub-carrier bursts present at the start of each color image frame;
On the module of the example described there is a so-called “erase” circuit (20) intended to send to the screen tube a light cut-off signal acting between the useful parts of the lines and of the frames; The transistor (21) receives on its base positive signals corresponding respectively by the resistor (25) to the weft return, and by the resistor (24) and the capacitor (23) to the line return; The transistor (21) adds these signals, and the voltage drop across the collector resistor (26) corresponding to these added signals forms complex erase signals which are sent through the resistor (27) and the terminal (227). to the light control electrode of the screen tube,
The supply voltage supplied to the terminal (126) must be high enough, i.e. at least 100 volts so that these erasure signals have the desired amplitude to act effectively on the current screen tubes, it is obvious that the transistor ( 21) must be able to withstand such a high supply voltage. The preceding detailed description has not specified the values and characteristics of the components used to carry out the invention, these values and characteristics being able to be easily determined by the skilled person. art;
Of course, the invention is not limited to the example chosen and many variants can be designed without departing from the scope of the invention;
Thus one could envisage a reversal of the device, which driven by the output, the active elements being of course suitably oriented, becomes capable of providing a modulation function at the input of an intermediate frequency stage, to obtain an HF signal. complete, not detected;
The device thus used can be used in particular in video recorders, measuring devices, monitors, or transmitter assembly modulated by a video signal;
According to one of the embodiments, with reference to the drawing board n "8 figure 16, another variant of the possibilities of the assembly which concerns the total integration in microcircuits of a color television set by means of its diverter ,
This invention has, first of all, a new operation;
The horizontal scanning diverter acts as a converter transformer, it is controlled by the horizontal line amplifier;
Its role as a transformer is excellent in terms of galvanic isolation, earth ground,
The original idea leads to a transformer and autotransformer deviator which operates at a line frequency, which allows it to play this role; Current high-quality ferrites and H resonance tuning to the horizontal frequency (signals obtained from clocks synchronous with line scans allowing storage and / or restitution by memories of points and / or image elements on the successive lines of television scanning screens, in which the control of the temporal positions of said points and / or elements is obtained by clock ticks synchronous with line scanning), make it possible to obtain a very high efficiency, and consumption from the traditional TV is reduced by several times;
The fact that it operates at a frequency of several thousand or tens of thousands of hertz or periods has made it possible to reduce the capacities to a strict minimum both for the power supply and for the various filtering and decoupling; This allowed the expansion of the invention to its culmination, namely
Total integration and elimination of the traditional chassis
Other characteristics and advantages of the invention appear during the description which follows, with reference to the drawing of FIG. 16; The geometry problem is solved by arranging the coils and reducing the air gap to a minimum;
The respect of the resonances will be an obligation for the construction of this device, with a view to reducing and minimizing the energy consumption which feeds it;
Due to the fact that the resonance and the tuning on it increases the Q factor, overvoltage and overcurrent, makes it possible to draw a negligible current on the network compared to the current consumed previously in the field of traditional television sets;
The self-correcting convergence deflector of the three cathode beams (in horizontal or vertical line), barrel cushion and geometry of the three beams, is also converter and transformer and self-transformer of voltages and currents, converter and generator of frequencies, organ of horizontal and vertical scanning, regulator of output voltages, currents and frequencies; It is provided with a system for controlling the surface of cathode images and controlling them according to xy coordinates, and possibility of displacement as desired by the impact of the small or large scan on the screen of the cathoscope controlled by this device;
The shielding which is the object of cooler and support of the assembly is an original idea which gives a considerable advantage to the invention;
All the microcircuits can be plugged into their Support, at a standardized pitch, for example 2.54 mm;
The diverter unit weighs less than 2 kilos and has all the integrated elements of a traditional frame with all the HP - MF components; Video, line transformer, Vertical scanning, encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, Transcoder, Video amplifier, sound output and total shielding consisting of the deflector and the shielding of the tube itself,
The same deflector is applicable to tubes 15cm to 100cm diagonally, in color or black and white;
This deflector can scan 300 lines to several thousand lines per field, and 25 fields to 500 fields or more, per second
Obviously this integrated deflector comprising its support-shielding-radiator avoids any parasitic radiation of a traditional television; The radiation released by a television, a traditional monitor, has led to the achievement of this total and revolutionary integration, which will benefit everyone in the near future;
According to a variant of the embodiments, one can see on the drawing boards from 9 to 10 with the figures from 17 to 20, a variant of the present inventive concepts and invention, according to the technological realization
MIKROTELEC,
FIG. 17 represents an inductance (or choke) produced in accordance with the present invention
This inductance is produced by depositing, on a flat support (17), a metal deposit designated by the general reference 2;
The support is made of ceramic, glass, ferrite or any other suitable material depending on the technologies
MIKROTELEC of the first generation, in this technique of miniaturized circuits;
The metal deposit (the thickness of which has been greatly exaggerated with respect to that of the support to facilitate the production and understanding of the drawing) preferably consists of a molybdenum alloy;
As a variant, any other alloy or pure metal can be used, according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation in miniaturized circuits;
According to the invention, the deposit comprises a repeated pattern;
In Fig. 17, the pattern is a crenel, and five crenellations (11, 12, 13, 14) and (15) have been shown;
The ends of the inductance consist of blocks (16) and (17) to which are connected the other elements, not shown, of an electronic circuit of which the inductor (2) is part,
The repetitive form chosen, linked to the "plane" form of the inductor, has two fundamental advantages: - the direction of the electric current passing through the inductor is constant whatever the phase of its supply voltage; this feature makes it possible to avoid any error in the direction of connection of an inductor in a circuit, as it can activate when the inductor is conventionally constituted by a winding
In addition, this inductance is perfectly symmetrical, which makes it possible to achieve simply by adding a semiconductor of the transistor type, phase inversion and voltage amplification, or phase conservation and current amplification; - the capacities which this inductance presents with respect to its environment (mass, other components) are perfectly defined and calculable; It is advantageous for the flanks (18) of the crenellations to be quite flat and perpendicular to the support (1);
The value of the inductance depends on the number n of slots, on the thickness e of the deposit, on the dimensions (lui) and (L2) of the branches of the slot and on the width (L0) of these branches
The metal deposit can be carried out by any means provided, according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, such as for example vacuum metallization, screen printing, photochemistry, etc.

The invention can be applied to the production of a coupling circuit such as a transformer or an autotransformer;
There is shown in Figure 18 a transformer formed of two planar inductors (21) and (22), arranged facing each other, The distance d is chosen so as to obtain a given capacitance between the primary and the transformer secondary;
This capacity, once determined, remains fixed, which is not always the case with transformers made with windings;
The rigorous adjustment of the value of the capacitance can be obtained by cutting the flanks facing one another of one or both inductors, for example by means of a laser beam focused at the level of layers constituting the inductors;
Although the crenellated shape is the most advantageous, it may be advantageous sometimes, for example when the space available on the support is reduced, to use another pattern such as those shown in Figures 18 to 19,
FIG. 18 represents a transformer formed of two inductors (21a) and (22a) whose pattern is a VA where the pattern is an isosceles trapezoid;
The two inductors (21b) and (22b) interpenetrate so that their various segments remain parallel;
Figure 20 shows a transformer in which the inductors (21c) and (22c) are approximate sinusoids;
The coils, inductors, transformers, line-coils and auto-transformers produced according to the invention can be covered with an insulator or with glass; A material will be chosen which is transparent to the wavelengths of the lasers used to carry out the value adjustments which may be necessary;
Metallization or shielding can be carried out on the glass, for example, the glass can be meshed so as to produce a Faraday cage;
In an alternative embodiment, a transformer can be produced by means of two square inductors in accordance with the present invention, but arranged on either side of the support, as shown in FIG. 20, The two inductors (31 ) and (32) are arranged on either side of the support (1), the permittivity of which is chosen so as to obtain the desired coupling;
The invention also applies to the production of a perfectly repetitive industrial manufacturing waveguide; For this purpose, several impedances according to the invention are arranged in series, and a top shielding and a lower shielding are surrounded;
An opening or window in the shielding collects the signal
According to the present inventive concepts and invention applied to a process for manufacturing sound producers or reproducers;
In another variant embodiment according to the present inventive concepts and invention provided for the processing of logic and / or analog signals applied separately and / or with a manufacturing process of sound producers or reproducers, in plastic material molded by injection or compression and / or other materials,
In devices produced using MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, the membranes are formed from paper and bonded to metal carcasses, which makes centering very difficult and the membranes wear out very quickly,
In one of the variant embodiments according to the present inventive concepts and invention provided for the processing of logic and / or analog signals applied separately and / or with a method of manufacturing sound producers or sound reproducers, in injection-molded plastic or compression and / or other materials of the most diverse power and frequency by electromagnetic vibrations generated by an inductance, called a voice coil, carried by the support of said coil welded or glued integral with the membrane, the main element of said coil sound producer; the membrane itself welded and / or integral with the rigid edge illustrated on plate 12, figure 21 indicated at point (1) and in the case of a circular membrane at point (6), the centers of which are provided to receive said voice coil with its support shown detached in Figure 21
FIG. 21 illustrates the membranes and their shapes as well as their reinforced contours, with in the center the support of the voice coil (illustrated detached under said figure) possibly with rigid edges; (Front view of sound producers and / or reproducers, made by molding and / or compression of plastics)
Another embodiment and design according to the present inventive concepts and invention provided for the processing of logic and / or analog signals applied separately and / or with the present method of manufacturing sound producers or sound reproducers, in injection molded plastic or compression and / or other materials, achievable with their membrane for the powers and frequencies reproduced, the most diverse, generated by said membrane driven by mechanical vibrations, of the plastic membrane with predetermined rigidity during molding with respect to its edge rigid and fixed, while at the center of the membrane, at the location of the voice coil is (are) welded the arm (s) of which the other end of the arm supporting the voice coil and its support is driven the electromotive force generated in the space of the housing of the coil constituting the air gap, located between the iron (4) and the permanent magnet (3) in figure 22, Lad ite voice coil constitutes the inductance with an impedance (Z) shown on the electric diagram at point (5); the orders and controls of musical and / or other sound productions are provided by the logic and / or analog signals transmitted in particular in series and / or possibly in parallel in the form of multiplexing of the various signals from micro-modules or microcomputers pre-programmed and / or programmable,
A vanante by way of example in FIG. 21, of a support for the permanent magnets, irons and membranes illustrated in FIG. 21 with their external contours, without an external casing (not represented) possibly made of non-magnetic metal;
The support (2) of the producer or sound reproducer can also be made of plastic or metal and it can be slightly flexible or covered with soft material allowing suspension and / or elimination of parasitic vibrations harmful to the proper functioning of the producers or sound reproducers, produced according to the present inventive concepts and invention
The present invention relates to a manufacturing process in plastic material of sound producer or sound reproducer, of any power or frequency by electromagnetic or mechanical vibrations (The rigidity of the plastic material determines the acoustic frequencies, the diameter and the thicknesses determine the powers)
The advantages of these inventive concepts and invention are the acceleration of the production of Producers and / or sound reproducers, in plastic material, molded by injection and / or compression (or possibly another material) allowing the productions or reproductions of high musical fidelity or a choice of rigidity of the membrane by mixing stabilizer in the plastic material which has been predetermined before molding, in particular of the membrane and the elements welded or attached, either by a secure and durable bonding or by welding as well as the obvious advantages provided by automatic centering during the assembly of sound producers and reproducers;
The other advantages of the present inventive concepts and invention will be apparent from plate 12, drawings and illustrations in figures 21 and 22.
The means of implementation to achieve this result according to the inventive concepts and invention, are the following 'as illustrated on the board 12 figures 21 - rigid edge membrane (1) shown with the symbol HP supplemented by the electrical diagram of the control device. the Z impedance of analog inputs as well as L = multiplexed logic inputs of the analog converter of said Z impedance made up of Z moving coils of Producers and / or sound reproducers, in plastic material, molded by injection and / or compression (or possibly another material) allowing productions or reproductions of high musical fidelity or a choice of rigidity of the membrane by mixing stabilizer in the plastic material which has been predetermined before molding, in particular of the membrane and of the welded elements or attached, either by a secure and durable bonding or by welding as well as the obvious advantages provided by automatic centering during construction. stage of sound producers and reproducers, according to the drawing in figure 22 where the plastic or metal support at point (2) is illustrated with the vents of the producer and / or sound reproducer with permanent magnet and iron forming the space called the air gap and the housing or housing of the voice coil forming the space for the movements of said voice coil constituting the impedance and the inductance drives the electromotive force in said gap space and also constitutes the heat dissipation through the front and rear openings of said housing of the voice coil associated with its support welded to said membrane of the producer and / or sound reproducer controlled either by the analog signals. either by the logic signals (binary) multiplexed and transmitted by the coaxial cable and multiplied by the demultiplexer associated with the logic / analog converter fixed directly on the support (2) and connected at least to one terminal of said voice coil constituting the inductance and the impedance Z. generating the electromotive force of said producer and reproducicu. ' sound. illustrated by figures 21 and 22
According to said inventive concepts and Invention. said reproducing or sound reproducing apparatus from logic signals on the one hand and on the other hand. from analog signals in the event that it is connected directly to an analog audio amplifier
This device can be used in all cases where a sound system must be provided. and especially when it comes to producing sound of precise frequencies. also radio and television. high fidelity. telephony and audio-visual and usable in all kinds of industries
The invention will be better understood and other objects. details and advantages thereof will appear in accordance with the principles of the present inventive concepts and invention, given by way of example only, with reference to the drawings of the attached plate 12 and to Figures 21 and 22
According to another boasting of achievements. FIG. 23 shows in the form of a block diagram a processing system according to the present co and / or analogs;
The processing system according to the present invention comprises three synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), advantageously quartz which are voltage controlled; The synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are intended to produce respectively subcarrier frequencies for the chrominance signals (DR) and (DB), while the synchronous clock signal generator (4) generates the carrier of the luminance signal, According to the invention the synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are adapted to produce sub-carriers having frequencies equal to a multiple of the sub-carriers of 4.406 and 4, 25 MHz color television system;
The ratio of the sub-carriers generated by the synchronous clock signal generators (3) (5) is identical to the ratio of the aforementioned sub-carriers, to ensure the compatibility of the system according to the invention with the system produced according to the first generation MIKROTELEC technologies,
Of course, the sub-carriers are frequency modulated by the signals (DR) and (DB)
Due to the use of des or color subcarriers having a multiple frequency with respect to the subcarriers the data transmission bandwidth is sufficiently wide to ensure the good definition of the colors and to allow the transmission of one or more. several binary words coded for example according to the "NRZ" mode (non-return to zero), applied for example to the system produced according to the MIKROTELEC technology, In addition, the subsequent processing applied to the frequency modulated sub-carriers is limited to operations frequency division,
As shown in FIG. 24, the processing system proposed by the invention comprises an encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6); The latter essentially comprises a keyboard (61) allowing the choice of a predetermined signal by the actuation for example of a key or of several keys, a read only memory (62) having the function of transforming the information entered into it. using the forceps in a digital signal presented for example in parallel to the memory outputs
These outputs are connected to a group of parallel inputs of a multiplexer (63) which receives at the inputs of a second group the outputs of a voltage divider (64), This one produces from a frequency d the clock indicated at (65) either the same frequency at all of these outputs or different and specific frequencies of each of these outputs;
The multiplexer produces at its output a sequence of bursts of signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock signals of the same frequency or of different frequencies, which corresponds to the digital signal at the output of the read only memory (62), This sequence of signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous clock signals is applied to a device (66) which is located in the signal path from the camera (1, 2) which may be provided with a device (66). monophonic or stereophonic microphone, The function of the device (66) is to inhibit the transmission of at least part of the identification signal intended to control the phase of the electronic switch of the receiving device of the logic and / or analog type;
The device (66) and the multiplexer are controlled by a gate member (68); This gate has three inputs to which are applied the signals b, c and d shown in figure 25,
These signals are produced in the encoder of logical and / or analog type television signals and respectively represent the dual line frequency gate, the frame and line identification location and the identification gate;
At a, FIG. 25 schematically shows the electronic switch control identification signal which replaces at least in part the signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous encryption and / or clock signals. decryption (encoding / decoding); it is noted that the period of presence of the identification signal a is defined by the fat that the signals c and d are at state "1" and the signal at b is at state "0"; By inverting the signal b it is therefore possible to determine the period of presence of the identification signal a, using a gate and as is done in FIG. 24;
Regarding the operation of the means which have just been described, it should be noted that the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) clock signals have a frequency outside the range. bandwidth reserved for the identification signal provided in logical and / or analogue television signal receivers
It is possible to record the signals produced by the camera (1) and (2) which can be fitted with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone, for the first time for example on a magnetic tape, but if we wanted to make this first recording a second recording, that is to say a copy, the quality of the latter would be insufficient and lead to poor quality reproduction because during the reproduction from the copy the correct operation of the switch of the color television signals would no longer be insured; Concerning the frequency of the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock signals of encryption and / or decryption (coding-decoding), these could advantageously have the frequency of the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock signals produced by the synchronous clock signal generators of subcarriers and carriers (3, 4) and (5) whose frequency is equal to a multiple of the frequency of the color difference subcarriers of blue and red, in the standards of color television;
It emerges from the preceding remarks that the insertion of an encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) code formed by bursts of signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock signals having a frequency outside the band passing of the receivers in the signal sequences supplied by the camera which may be fitted with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone or any other source of color television signals thwarts any fraudulent recording activity; On the other hand, the presence of the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) code signals in the ungine signal sequences and thus on the ungine recording medium makes it possible to ensure that this recording is an original and not a copy;
It should also be noted that the encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) device according to the present invention is adapted to allow its connection to an external device. To this end, an input (69) associated with a unit is provided. processing (70) cooperating and acting, where appropriate, with the keyboard (61) and the read only memory (62), It should also be noted that the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device also allows 'write numbers in frames that identify it;
According to FIG. 24, the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6) comprises another member or circuit (71) making it possible to perform an encryption and / or decryption function (encoding / decoding), As shown in figure 26, which constitutes an oscillogram of the same line which corresponds to the pattern of bars of 75% amplitude for the colors white, bluish yellow in green, purple green, red, blue and black (from left to right) each signal at A, B and C is preceded by a synchronization signal (72) which drops below the minimum possible levels of each signal; Gold,
The member (71) is adapted to form the synchronization signals (72) of a burst of signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock signals of a frequency which is outside the pass frequency band. devices receiving logical and / or analog television signals, These signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock signals could be the sub-carriers produced by synchronous clock signal generators (3, 5) at the frequency of a multiple of the sub-carrier frequencies of color difference of blue and red, color television standards produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies,
The member (72) could be constituted by any suitable circuit which can for example perform the function of an AND gate having two inputs, respectively provided for the reception of a synchronization gate and of (73) bursts of signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock signals;
In this latter case again, because the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock signals for encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) are outside the bandwidth of the receiving device, the copies made at from a first recording would no longer allow a good quality reproduction because of a loss of synchronism increasing rapidly from copy to copy;
The processing system shown further comprises three analog to digital converters (10, 11, 12) each intended for processing one of the three signals (DR) and (DB) and Y 'Each converter is connected to the output of a of the three matrices of the television camera either by means of the device (7) or by means of the encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) devices (6).

Downstream of each converter (10) to (12), the presence of a routing circuit (13, 14) and (15) respectively connecting the converter with which it is associated to an output data bus (17, 18) and (19) either directly or via a device for eliminating parasites (20, 21) or (22);
Given that on each bus the digital signals in binary code produced by the corresponding analog-to-digital converter (10, 11) or (12) are present in a parallel constellation, a parallel-to-serial converter (24 , 25) or (26 intended to convert the constellation in parallel to a constellation of serial signals
Each of the interference elimination devices (20, 21) and (22) comprises a processing unit (27) such as a computer or micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, two RAMs (28, 29 intended for storing respectively the entire frame which is being produced by the camera and the previous frame, as well as a read only memory (30) containing the routine for the processing unit, This latter can also be programmed to ensure the production of a very stable DC supply voltage, using digital-to-analog converter means (31) from a predefined binary digit, This DC voltage can serve as a reference voltage for the power supply system of various elements of the processing device proposed by the invention and in particular for producing the power supply for the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), as described; The output terminal of this voltage is applied n (32),
The interference elimination device can also be provided with means allowing the correction of errors contained in the digital signals relating to several binary elements, for example by ensuring the presence of a predetermined number of binary states in each digital signal; The processing device (27) allows the accomplishment of this function; The processing unit can also be adapted to produce a signal indicating the absence of error in the digital signals;
Regarding the cooperation of the analog digital converters (10) to (12) and the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device, it should be noted that the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) codes could already be inserted into the sequence of chrominance and luminance signals in digital form; In this case, the encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) device (6) would control the inhibition of the converters during the corresponding time intervals, that is to say would cause the free passage of the frequency parts occupied by this code, through converters;
To ensure perfect synchronism of the operation of the various elements of the system proposed by the invention, the latter comprises a generator of synchronous clock signals (34) constituting a generator of high frequency signals, for example of the order of 100 MHz, This synchronous clock signal generator performs the function of a general clock, As shown in the figure, the line and frame and half-line synchronization signals available in (35) are derived from the clock general; The analog-to-digital converters (13) to (15), the parallel series converters (24) to (26) and the noise eliminators (20) to (22) are also slaved to the clock; The conductors of the clock signals for the control of these elements are indicated respectively in (36, 37) and (38), In (39), The general clock (34) supplies the synchronization signals of the signal generators. synchronous clock of subcarrier and carrier (3, 4, 5), The synchronism of these synchronous clock signal generators is thus guaranteed by the fact that the synchronization signals are derived from the same high frequency signal. to underline that all the synchronization and reference signals are obtained by dividing the frequency of the clock signal, which guarantees perfect stability of the signals thus obtained and perfect synchronism of frequency and phase of the clock signal generators synchronous (3, 4) and (5), and of the Signals, that is to say of their leading edge, and thus of all the operations carried out by the processing system according to the present invention; To ensure the stability of the frequency of the clock oscillator (34), for example to prevent any thermal bypass, this synchronous clock signal generator is mounted in a stabilization loop (not shown), also comprising the generators synchronous clock signals (3, 4) and (5)
The DC voltage supply device, designated by the reference numeral (40) can also be designed to produce extremely stable supply voltages for the subcarrier and carrier synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5); These voltages are available at the three output terminals (41) of the power supply device; As is schematically indicated in the figure, the means for generating the supply voltages of the synchronous clock signal generators are advantageously derived from the high frequency clock signal produced by the general clock (34); The power supply device (40) receives at (42) this clock signal, for example, of 100 MHz; In the device (40) this signal is divided by a frequency divider schematically indicated in (43) which produces a signal thereof, for example of 1 MHz; This is applied to a saturated amplifier (44) operating in an all-or-nothing mode and supplied from its side by the very stable direct voltage produced at (32) by one of the interference elimination devices (20, 21) or (22); A converter (45) transforms the output signal of the amplifier into a direct voltage available at the outputs (41),
This voltage is perfectly stable because it is deviated from the clock frequency by frequency division, which already guarantees a high degree of stability and the very stable voltage produced by the noise elimination devices from 'a binary digit. The amplitude of the output voltage is thus strictly controllable; It should also be noted that the power supply device (40) is galvanically separated from the mains by means of a transformer (not shown);
Referring to Figure 23, it can be seen that the processing system proposed by the invention comprises at the output terminals (48 to (50) output signals from synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and ( 5), that is to say sub-carriers modulated by the chrominance signals and the carrier modulated by the luminance signal; Output terminals (51, 50) and (52) are provided from which can be taken the chrominance and luminance signals as produced by the color television camera; The system further includes output terminals (55, 56) to which the high-frequency clock signal, produced by the oscillator (34) and the line and field and half-line synchronization signals can be taken; Reference symbols (58 to 60) indicate the output terminals of the data buses (17) to (19) while '' at terminals (61) to (63) are available the digital signals in series constellation; The no error signal e is present at the output (64); The terminals (65) and (66) are associated with the power supply device (40) and denote the mass and the power supply potential
All the aforementioned outputs or at least an essential part of them can be connected to a plug of the multi-pin type connectable to a receiving device such as for example a VCR, standard color television set, monitors for visual control and the like.
By also providing a socket, for example of the multi-pin type at the input side, the system can constitute a stand-alone unit capable of being mounted between a color television camera and an appropriate receiving device; But it would also be possible to insert this system with the camera which can be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone and the receiving device such as a VCR in the same box to form a kind of telecine, a set of film copies. or any documents;
The operation of the system according to the invention emerges immediately from the description which has just been given and from FIG. 23; It is therefore not necessary to describe it, with the exception of the operation of the interference elimination devices; Each of these devices works as follows
To eliminate interference, the processing unit (27), under the control of the routine stored in the read only memory (30) compares each frame with the previous frame; These frames are stored respectively in the RAMs (28, 29); Following this comparison operation, all the picture elements which are common to the two fields will be kept;
On the other hand, non-identical elements will be eliminated; it should be noted that the two frames are shifted in time by 20 milli-seconds; The elements representative of interference will therefore generally no longer be the same in the two frames,
By appropriate relatively simple programming, the processing unit can be adapted to distinguish a difference in the two frames, produced by an object moving in front of the camera, from a difference caused by noise,
Indeed, the moving object retains its general outline, that is to say the image elements which represent it substantially retain their shapes; They have only changed place on the two frames. This non-alteration of the general shape of the picture elements and representative of a moving object, from one frame to the next frame, makes it possible to distinguish it from the parasites which are random and therefore in principle always different from one frame to another; It is easily understood that the interference elimination device can be made even more sophisticated and sensitive to particular parameters by connecting it to an external computer programmed accordingly,
Of course the system according to the present invention, as shown in FIG. 23 and as it has just been described, can be modified in various ways without departing from the scope of the present invention; Thus the chrominance and luminance signals do not need to be taken at the output of the camera, they can come from any other emitting device,
One could also consider applying to the synchronous clock signal generators generating sub-carriers (3) and (5) not the chrominance signals in their analog version, but in their digital form obtained at the outputs of the analog-to-digital converters. (10) to (13) and where appropriate after treatment with pest removal devices
In this way, output signals free from random interference would be obtained. It must once again be emphasized that the choice of the sub-carrier frequencies should be made in such a way that all the information and derived signals can be transmitted and processed in such a way that 'they present a high definition and are kept in the original state without undergoing practically any deterioration, The system could allow the transmission of digital signals of any suitable code, for example signals of the type "NRZ" (non return to zero ), such as the signals applied to the system produced using MIKROTELEC technology;
According to another variant of the embodiments, with reference to FIGS. 27 to 30 The assembly also includes a variant embodiment, according to MIKROTELEC technology
According to the embodiment chosen and shown in Figure 27 the chrominance subcarrier signal arrives through terminal (100) on the bell circuit and is sent through gate (12) to the junction between the direct path (14 ) and the delayed channel (16), These two channels, direct (14) and delayed (16) leading to the permutator (18), The voltage developed on the "bell" circuit (10) is also sent by the gate (20 ) to the doorman (22), The exit of the doorman (22) leads to the control line (24) which acts on the door (12), the doors (32) and (32 ') and the short-circuit devices ( 36) and (36 '); The output of the gatekeeper (32) is also directed by the full period synchronization line (26) on the switch (18), The two outputs of the switch (18) are connected to two amplitude limiters (28) and (28 ') controlled by the line (30) coming from the terminal (30), The outputs of the amplitude limiters (28) and (28') controlled by the line (30) coming from the terminal (30), The outputs of the amplitude limiters (28) and (28 ') are connected to the gates respectively (32) and (32') at the input of the modulation extractors respectively (34) and (34 '),
The output of the modulation extractors (34) and (34 ') is connected to the short-circuit members (36) and (36') as well as to two inputs of the forging and mixing circuit (38), on which arrives through terminal (390) the luminance signal, The outputs of the matrixing and mixing circuit (38) lead to the level aligned amplifier triplet (40, 40 ', 40 "), triplet controlled by the sampler (42 ) receiving a reference voltage through terminal (429), and a sampling signal through terminal (246)
The various circuits of the device will now be described in more detail. In FIG. 28, the "en cioche" circuit (10) composed of an inductor (104) and a capacitor (101) is an anti-resonant circuit tuned to the average frequency of the sub-carriers, ie 4.28625 MHz; An amplitude limiter (103) with head-to-tail diodes, concurrently with a programmable resistor (102) dampens the anti-resonant circuit to give it a suitable bandwidth. The gate (12) consists of a transistor (120) of which the base is biased by the control line (24) through the resistor (121), A high frequency transformer (122) is arranged in the collector of the transistor (120), The secondary of the transformer (122), with a limiter d the amplitude (123) head-to-tail diode drives the forward path (14) and the delayed path comprising line memory (160) made according to the first generation of technologies
MIKROTELEC (64 microseconds delay) loaded by an inductor, an amplitude limiter (161) with head-to-tail diode and an attenuation compensating amplifier consisting of a transistor (162) with emitter polarization adjustable by the resistance programmable (163); The permutator flip-flop (18) comprises two transistors (180) and (180 ') with a common emitter resistor (184); The collector resistors (182) and (182 '), basic (181) and (181'), the tilting capacities (183) and (183 ') are connected according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies The tilting pulse arrives on the emitters through the capacitor (83), and the full period synchronization pulse arrives on the base of the transistor (180) through the diode (183) and the capacitor (260), The collector of the transistor (180) polarizes the path delayed by the resistor (164), and that of the transistor (180 ') the direct path by the resistor (141)
The gate (20) is formed by the through capacitor (201), a first armature of which is connected to the "bell" circuit (10) and the second to a resistor (202) driven at its base and through a diode (203 ) by positive frame return erasure signals arriving via terminal (204), The second armature of capacitor (201) is also connected to the base of transistor (220), This transistor (220) together with the anti- resonant formed by the inductor (221) and the capacitors (222) and (223) constitutes a first amplifier of the doorphone, narrow band tuned to 3.990 MHz, A second doorphone amplifier, comprising the transistor (224) having its emitter polarized positively by the bridge of resistors (225) and (226), and an anti-resonant circuit constituted by the inductance (227) and the capacitor (228) and placed in the collector of the transistor (224), is tuned to 7, 8125 kHz; This second doorphone amplifier drives, through the capacitor (229) a third amplifier, aperiodic, constituted by the transistor (230) and the collector resistor (231), The collector output of the transistor (230) drives the flip-flop via the capacitor (260) and the cathode of a diode (233) through the capacitor (232), the anode of the diode (233) being grounded through the switch (236), away from the gatekeeper to which it is connected by the terminal (234); A terminal (235) is connected to the cathode of the diode (233) to be connected to a control for actuating a trap door in the luminance circuit, The cathode of the diode (233) is connected to the line of control (24) by the resistance (219); Between the line (24) and the ground are arranged a reservoir capacitor (242) and a resistor (241);
The connections between the circuits shown in figure 28 and the circuits shown in figure 29 are made by terminal (170) for the delayed channel, by terminal (140) for the direct channel, by terminal (240) for the control line ( 24), and by terminal (300) for the frame return erasure signals passing through diode (203), then resistor (303) and capacitor (302) on line (301), As shown in FIG. 29, the diode switch (19) made up of diodes (190,191,192) and (193) and resistors (194) and (193) is produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies and selectively connects the track terminals (170) delayed and forward path (140) to the blue subcarrier and red subcarrier (281 ') input capacitors (281); The blue sub-carrier channel is the only one described below, the elements of the red sub-carrier channel bearing the same references with the index "prime" being practically identical,
The capacitor (281) is placed at the input of an amplitude limiter with two diodes (283) and (2
The connection of the circuits shown in FIGS. 29 and 30 are made by the terminal (370) for the blue difference signal, the terminal (370 ') for the red difference signal, and (246) for the transmission of synchronization signals,
As shown in FIG. 30, the terminal (370) is connected to the base of a transistor (372) mounted as an emitter follower with a de-emphasis cell (373); Likewise, the terminal (370 ') is connected to the base of a transistor (372') mounted as an emitter-follower; The de-emphasis cell (373) is connected to the base of a blue difference current modulator transistor (380), while the de-emphasis cell (373 ') is connected to the base of the current modulator transistor (380') red difference
The green current modulator transistor (380 "), has its base decoupled to ground by the capacitor (382) through a low current limiting resistor (381), and biased from the same voltage as its collector across the resistor (388); The emitters of the three transistors (380,380 ', 380 ") are connected by a network of resistors comprising a resistance (383) of 100 ohms between ground and emitter of the transistor (380"), a resistor (384) of 150 ohms between emitters of transistors (380 ') and (380 "), a resistor (385) of 470 ohms between emits one of the transistors (380") and (380), and a resistor (386) programmable between 68 and 168 ohms between the emitter of the transistor (380) and the ground; A low value decoupling capacitor is in parallel on the resistor (383); The collectors of the transistors (380,380 ', 380 ") are supplied by a luminance voltage arriving on the terminal (390), through resistors, respectively (391,391 ', 391 ") with a value of 60 0 ohms, while balancing resistors, respectively (392.392 ', 392 "), programmable between 1500 and 11500 ohms, are connected between collectors and ground;
The collectors of the transistors (380, 380 ', 380 ") are also connected to the bases of three transistors, respectively (400,400', 400") mounted as emitter-followers in buffer at the input of a triplet of amplifiers to level aligned by sampling, The three amplifiers of the triplet are similar and include respectively similar elements, so that only one is described;
The connection between the emitter of the transistor (400) and the base of the output transistor (410) is made through the connection capacitor (402); This transistor (410) attacks through its collector and through the protection resistor (413) the cathode (connected to the terminal (414)) of the blue gun of the picture tube; The collector is supplied from a high voltage of about 150 volts applied to the terminal (429), through a collector resistor (411) with in parallel a protection diode (412), the emitter of the transistor ( 410) is connected to ground through a high frequency bias and correction cell (415); At the base of the transistor (410) is connected the emitter of a switch transistor (404) having its collector at the charge potential of the capacitor (403); The transistor (404) is connected by its base to the line (424), The potential of this line (424) is driven by the transistor (420) mounted as an emitter follower with an emitter resistor (421), The base of the transistor (420) is driven by the line synchronization signals coming from the terminal (246) through a differentiator circuit consisting of the capacitor (422) and the resistor (423), the time constant being of the order of 0 , 6 microsecond;
The capacitor (403) is charged to a reference voltage across the emitter collector space of the transistor (428) driven by its base from the high voltage present on the terminal (429) through the bridge comprising the head resistor. (425) and the programmable resistor (427) decoupled by the capacitor (426),
The overall operation of the device as shown in FIG. 27 is as follows, The positive frame return erase signals arriving at the terminal (204) open the gate (20) during the frame erasure period; If the chrominance subcarrier signal arriving on the bell circuit (10) through terminal (100) does not have identification lines, the gatekeeper (22) does not receive a signal and leaves line (24) at its rest potential, the door (12), the doors (32) and (32 ") remain closed and the short-circuit devices (36) and (36 ') also remain closed: no signal can propagate in the chrominance channel and only the luminance arriving at (390) is distributed by the matrixing and mixing circuit (38) at the input of the amplifier triplet (40,40 ') and (40 "), to be applied with the relative amplitude corresponding to the recomposition of the grays, this amplitude being aligned above the black level, on the cathodes of the picture tube;
If, on the other hand, the gatekeeper (22) receives sub-carrier signals from the identification lines during the opening of the door (20), it reacts on the one hand by raising the potential of the line (24), opening of this makes the doors (12,32) and (32 '), and open the short-circuit members (36) and (36'), and on the other hand by sending by line (26) to the rocker of the permutator (18) a full period synchronization signal with reference to a particular colored line, this synchronization signal being active on the flip-flop only if the latter is not, at the reception of the signal, in the state which switches the direct and delayed channels correctly, and then putting them back in the proper state,
With the door (12) open, the sub-carrier signals coming from the "bell" circuit (10) reach the junction of the direct (14) and delayed (16) channels, then by these channels to the pemnutator (18) which them. needle correctly on the adjustable blue subcarrier and (28 ') red subcarrier limiters (28); The weighted luminance signal arriving at (300) has opened these limiters with an amplitude commensurate with the luminance amplitude, and the blue and red subcarrier signals reach, with this amplitude, the modulation extractors (34). and (34 ') through the gates (32) and (32') opened by the line (24), The blue and red difference signals obtained at the output of the modulation extractors (34) and (34 ') are transmitted to the matrixing and mixing circuit (38), the short-circuit members (36) and (36 ') being open, These blue and red difference signals are stamped to give a green difference signal, and the three color difference signals mixed with the luminance in proportions suitable to establish color component signals which are amplified by the amplifier triplet (40, 40 ', 40 ") with relative amplitudes suitable for reproducing the colors desired, above the black level,
The operation of the gatekeeper will now be detailed with reference to figure 28, Positive frame return erase signals applied to terminal (204) are transmitted through diode (203) to the base of resistor (202) , bias resistance of the base of the transistor (220), This transistor is then able to amplify the subcarrier signals developed on the anti-resonant circuit formed by the capacitor (101) and 'inductor (104) and transmitted by the capacitor (201), it should be noted that the limiter (103) acts only downstream of the resistor (102), so that the signal transmitted to the transistor (220) is only slightly affected by this limiter, The anti-resonant circuit formed by the inductance (221) and the series capacitors (222) and (223) is only slightly damped by the collector impedance of the transistor (220) which only partially shunts this circuit, and therefore can be tuned to a narrow band centered on the extreme frequency deviation of the frequency of the sub-carrier of the blue identification line, i.e. approximately 3.990 MHz, Only the peaks of signals amplified on this frequency are sufficient to unblock the transistor (224), the emitter of which is biased by the resistor bridge (226 , 226 '); The anti-resonant circuit tuned to the half-frequency line is then shock-excited by the collector current of the unblocked transistor (224) and oscillates with a negative peak during the identification lines of blue, and a positive peak during the lines. identification of red, These positive peaks transmitted by the capacitor (229) temporarily unblock the transistor (230), whose collector current causes pulses in negative direction of voltage on the resistor (251); When the remote switch (236) is closed, the negative direction pulses transmitted by the capacitor (232) are aligned with the ground potential by the diode (233) which charges this capacitor, and the potential of the terminal (235). becomes positive;
When the switch (236) is open, the diode (233) is inactive and the doorman does not act; The positive voltage of the terminal (235) can act on the switching diodes of a trap circuit placed on the luminance circuit and resonating on the medium frequencies of the subcarrier, thus stopping, when the doorphone is active, the sub- carriers on the luminance channel which would give parasitic signals on the image, Furthermore the positive voltage of the terminal (235) is transmitted by the resistor (219) to the control line (24) decoupled by the capacitor (242) which, together with the leakage resistance (241), determines a return to rest time constant of the control line (24)
When the gatekeeper is made active in response to the presence of identification lines, the transistor (120) of the gate (12) is unlocked, its base being positively biased through the resistor (121) by the potential of the line ( 24), The sub-carrier signals limited by the limiter (113) are amplified by the transistor (120) on the transformer (122), tuned to the primary on the average frequency of the sub-carriers, The secondary of the transformer (122) outputs these signals amplified and limited by the diodes (123), at the junction between the direct channel (14) and the 64 microsecond delay line (160), The output of this delay line, limited in amplitude by the limiter to diode (161) is amplified by transistor (162), The gain of this transistor is adjusted by the variable emitter resistor (163) so as to compensate for the attenuation provided by line (160), so that the amplitudes of direct and delayed channels are equal, On the direct channel through area of the resistor (141) and the path delayed by the intermediary of the resistor (164) are superimposed the complementary square signals coming from the flip-flop formed by the transistors (180) and (180 ') coupled by the common resistor of transmitter (184), The alternate line-to-line switching is induced by negative line synchronization signals arriving at the transmitters through the capacitor (85); Furthermore the negative pulses coming from the doorphone through the capacitor (260) and the diode (185) during the red identification lines, cause a change of state of the flip-flop only when the transistor (180) is in state. saturation, After this change of state the flip-flop is then in its correct state, that is to say, for a red line, transistor (180) blocked and transistor (180 ') saturated, with the consequence that the channel forward is biased at a low level by the voltage drop due to the saturation current in resistor (182 '), while the delayed path is biased at high voltage, resistor (182) not being traversed by a current;
As shown in Figure 29 the diode switch (19) directs the high level channel to the blue subcarrier channel, the diodes (190) coming from the delayed channel terminal (170) and (192) coming from the blue subcarrier channel. direct channel terminal (140) being in the direction passing towards the resistance (194) while the diodes (191) towards the terminal (170) and (193) towards the terminal (140) are in the direction passing from the resistance ( 195) of the red subcarrier channel, and dings the low level channel onto this red subcarrier channel
On these subcarrier channels, the limiters (28) and (28 ') are made according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies, in principle, the diodes (283) and (283') only conduct for a voltage level in end of resistors (285) and (285 ') greater than the voltage level at the midpoint of resistors (287) and (287'), which thus defines the adjustable threshold, while diodes (284) and (284 ') do not lead that when the voltage level transmitted by the diodes (283) and (283 ') is lower than the high voltage which defines the fixed threshold of the limiters, The adjustable threshold is determined by the weighted voltage of incoming luminance, in negative compared to to the high voltage taken as the origin, on the terminal (310), and transmitted through the resistor (311) at the midpoint of the resistors (287) and (287 '); In addition, from terminal (300), positive weft erase signals arrive, through diode (304) with resistor (303) in parallel, at this midpoint of resistors (287) and ( 287 '), thus closing the limiters (28) and (28') during the weft returns and thus stopping the transmission of the sub-carriers of the identification lines,
The blue and red sub-carriers thus limited reach the bases of transistors (320) and (320 '), polarized by the potential of the control line (24); When the gatekeeper has made the potential of the control line (24) positive, the transistors (320) and (320 ') amplify the sub-carriers on the discriminator circuits produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies (34) and (34 '), which include primary (340) and (340'), secondaries (341 and (341 'capacitively coupled to the secondary, and detection diodes (342) and (342') followed by cells (343) and (343 ') frequency compensated,
In parallel on the output of the cell (342) is the emitter-collector space of a transistor
NPN (360) collector to ground; similarly the NPN transistor (360 ') is in parallel on the output of the cell (343'), The bases of these transistors are supplied from the high voltage through the common resistor (251), and the resistors (362 ) and (362 ') respectively, When the transistor (250) is off, the base current of the transistors (360) and (360') is high and these transistors behave as short circuits between emitter and collector for voltages both negative and positive, On the other hand, when the transistor (250) is saturated, the resulting voltage drop in the resistor (251) cancels the base voltage of the transistors (360) and (360 ') which are blocked, The outputs discriminators are no longer bypassed; The control line (24) through the resistor (242), therefore opens the short-circuit members formed by the transistors (360) and (360 ') by becoming positive
However when the line (24) is positive, gatekeeper acting, the synchronization pulses coming from the terminal (245) through the capacitor (244), and integrated by the assembly of the resistor (243) and the capacitor (247) with a time constant of about 4 microseconds block the transistor (250) periodically, The short circuits of the transistors (360) and (360 ') are reestablished for the rear bearings of line suppression, and the levels of the signals difference of blue and red brought to ground at the instant of these stages; After de-emphasis by networks (344) and (344 '), the blue and red difference signals reach terminals (370) and (370');
The die-forging and mixing circuits shown in FIG. 30 operate as follows. the blue and red difference signals reaching the terminals (370) and (370 ') respectively are amplified by current by the transistors (372) and (372') mounted as emitter-followers, and de-emphasized by the cells (373) and (373 '), then are applied to the bases of the blue difference (380) and red difference (380') current modulator transistors with values (B'-v ') and (R'-y') respectively;
The green difference modulator transistor (380 ") at its base decoupled by the capacitor (382), so that the base voltage remains practically invariable, the resistance (381 ') being of very low value;
Thus the potential of the emitter of this transistor will hardly vary, the emitter current being modulated to compensate for the variations of the currents coming from the emitters of the transistors (380) and (380 '),
The values of the resistors (383,384,385) and (386) are determined and adjusted so that the modulation of the green difference current is substantially equivalent to the modulation which would be provided by an equal green difference signal (V'-Y "). at -0.51 (R'-Y ') -0.186 (B'-Y'), which is the relation ensuring the balanced restitution of the green difference signal, The collectors of the transistors (380, 380 ') and (380 " ) are supplied from a luminance voltage applied to terminal (390), through resistors (391, 391 ') and (391 ") respectively, so that the collectors are at voltages representative of the components of color B ', R' and V '; The resistors (392, 392') and (392 ") make it possible to perfect the balancing of the color component signals;
These signals are amplified in current by the three transistors (400, 400 ') and (400 ") mounted as emitter-followers to be applied through the capacitors (402) at the base of the final amplifying transistors (410) produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies with a polarization cell (415) in the emitter ensuring a rise in the gain for high frequencies, and a collector resistor (411), The diode (412) and the resistor (413) protect the transistor ( 410) against any overvoltages resulting from the initiation of discharges in the picture tube
To ensure the black level alignment of the signals applied to the cathodes (414, 414 ') and (414 ") of the picture tube, the capacitor (403) is charged by the emitter current of the transistor (428) to a voltage reference point homologous to the high voltage of the terminal (429) and supplying the collectors of the transistors (410) to define the potentials of the cathodes of the picture tube; This voltage is defined by the bridge of resistors (425, 427) attacking the base of the transistor (428); Negative line synchronization pulses coming from the terminal (246) are differentiated by the cell composed of the capacitor (422) and the resistor (427); The positive point of differentiation of the bitter flank unblocks the transistor (420 ), The resulting positive tip on the emitter resistor (421) is applied on the line (424) to the bases of the transistors (404); These are unblocked and temporarily put into a state of saturation, The armature of each of the capacitors (402) on the side of the base of the transi corresponding stor (410) is thus brought to the reference potential to which the capacitor (403) is charged through the collector-emitter space of the transistor (404), the unblocking of this transistor taking place at the appearance of the rear suppression bearing line, subsequent to the line sync pulse and setting the black level on the video signal, the base bias of the transistors (410) is aligned with the reference voltage of the capacitor (403), regardless of the content of the image for the corresponding color, The reference voltage of the capacitor (403) being attached to the high voltage supplying the collectors, the black level for the cathodes of the picture tube is therefore well defined and stable,
The advantages provided by the device according to the invention are therefore:
A positive action gatekeeper opening the chrominance channel for each frame comprising
identification lines, the permutator being surely in the correct phase for this frame;
When the identification lines are not present the chrominance pathway is also blocked
good for video signals than for internal noises of this chrominance channel, while
that the hatch on the luminance circuit is disabled;
An amplitude limiter with automatic action ensuring the balance between luminance and
chroma, therefore the correct saturation of the colors;
A die-forging circuit automatically balancing the color components;
A level amplifier tnplet aligned by sampling with reference to the voltages of
light modulation on the picture tube, the black level of which is foolproof,
The present description has not mentioned the values of the circuit elements used insofar as the determination of these values can be determined according to the rules of those skilled in the art,
It is also possible to conceive of many variants of the circuits of the device relating both to the arrangements of circuit elements and to the original arrangements of the invention, without thereby departing from the scope of the invention;
Referring to the drawing boards 19 and 20 we will see a neglected variant according to the technology
MIKROTELEC,
In the diagram shown, FIG. 31 can be seen a device for viewing a view of a color television camera and in FIG. 32, the device of the three matrices, intended to produce the chrominance signals at their output, it is i.e. color difference (DR = E'R - E'y ', DB = E'B - E'y) and luminance signal (E'y) of the type of logical television signals and / or analog;
The processing system according to the present invention comprises three synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), advantageously quartz, which are voltage controlled; The synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are intended to produce respectively subcarrier frequencies for the chrominance signals (DR) and (DB), while the synchronous clock signal generator (4 ) generates the carrier of the luminance signal, According to the invention the synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are adapted to produce sub-carriers having frequencies equal to a multiple of the sub-carriers of 4.406 and 4.25 MHz of the system of logical and / or analog television signals, The ratio of the sub-carriers generated by the synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) is identical to the ratio of the above-mentioned sub-carriers to ensure the compatibility of the system according to the invention with the systems produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies; Of course the sub-carriers are frequency modulated by the signals (DR) and (DB)
Due to the use of chroma or color subcarriers having multiple frequency with respect to the subcarriers, the data transmission bandwidth is wide enough to ensure good color definition and to allow transmission of a or several binary words coded for example according to the "NRZ" mode (non-return to zero), applied for example to the system produced according to the MIKROTELEC technology, In addition, the subsequent processing to be applied to the frequency modulated sub-carriers is limited to frequency division operations, which only causes simple information loss, but ensures multiple stability;
The processing system shown further comprises three analog-to-digital converters (10, 11, 12) each intended for processing one of the three signals (DR, DB) and (Y '),
Each converter is directly connected to the output of one of the three matrices of the television camera,
Downstream of each converter (10) to (12), the presence of a routing circuit (13, 14) and (15) respectively connecting the converter with which it is associated to an output data bus (17, 18) and (19), either directly or by means of a device for eliminating parasites (20, 21) or (22);
Given that on each bus the digital signals in binary code produced by the corresponding analog-to-digital converter (10,11) or (12) are present in a parallel constellation, a parallel-serial converter is provided for each of the data buses. (24, 25) or (26) intended to suit the constellation in parallel into a constellation of serial signals,
Each of the interference elimination devices (20, 21) and (22) comprises a processing unit (27) such as a computer or a microcomputer or microcomputer, two RAMs (28, 29) intended for storing respectively the entire frame which is being produced by the camera and the previous frame, as well as a mode memory (30) containing the routine for the processing unit; The latter can also be programmed to ensure the production of a very stable DC supply voltage, using digital-to-analog converter means (31) from a previously defined binary digit; This DC voltage can serve as a reference voltage for the power supply system for the various elements of the processing device proposed by the invention and in particular for the production of the power supply for the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), in the manner which will be described later The output terminal of this voltage is applied at (32),
The interference elimination device can also be provided with means produced according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation and allowing the correction of errors contained in the digital signals relating to several binary elements, for example by ensuring the presence of a predetermined number. binary states in each digital signal; The processing device (27) allows the accomplishment of this function, The processing unit can also be adapted to produce a signal indicating the absence of error in the digital signals.
To ensure perfect synchronism of the operation of the various elements of the system proposed by the invention, the latter comprises a generator of synchronous quartz clock signals (34) constituting a generator of high frequency signals, for example of around 100 MHz, This synchronous clock signal generator performs the function of a general clock; As shown in Fig. 31, the line and frame and half-line synchronization signals available at (35) are derived from the general clock; The analog-to-digital converters (13) to (15), the series parallel converters (24) to (26) and the noise eliminators (20) to (22) are also slaved to
The clock. The conductors of the clock signals for controlling these elements are indicated respectively at (36, 37) and (38); In (39), the general clock (34) supplies the synchronization signals of the synchronous subcarrier and carrier clock signal generators (3, 4, 5); The synchronism of these synchronous clock signal generators is thus guaranteed by the fact that the synchronization signals are derived from the same high frequency signal; It should be noted that all the synchronization and reference signals are obtained by dividing the clock line frequency, which guarantees perfect stability of the signals thus obtained and perfect synchronism of frequency and phase of the signal generators. synchronous clock (3, 4) and 5), and of the signals, that is to say of their leading edge, and thus of all the operations carried out by the processing system according to the present invention; To ensure the stability of the frequency of the synchronous clock clock signal generator (34), for example to prevent any thermal bypass, this synchronous clock signal generator is mounted in a stabilization loop (not shown), also comprising the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5),
The DC voltage supply device, designated by the reference numeral (40) can be designed to produce extremely stable supply voltages for the subcarrier and carrier synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4 ) and (5), These voltages are available at the three b reference symbols (58 to 60) indicate the output terminals of the data buses (17) to (19) while at the terminals (61) to (63) are available digital constellation signals in series; The no error signal is present at the output (64). The terminals (65) and (66) are associated with the power supply device (40) and designate the ground and the power supply potential;
All the aforementioned outputs or at least an essential part of them can be connected to a socket of the multi-pin type connectable to a receiving device such as for example a VCR, standard color television apparatus, monitor for visual control and the like; By also providing a socket, for example of the multi-pin type at the input side, the system can constitute a stand-alone unit capable of being mounted between a color television camera which can be fitted with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone and a suitable receiving device;
But it would also be possible to insert this system with the camera and the receiving device such as a video tape recorder in the same box to form a kind of telecine, a set of copies of film or any documents,
The operation of the system according to the invention emerges immediately from the description which has just been given and from FIG. 31, it is therefore not necessary to describe it, with the exception of the operation of the devices for eliminating interference; Each of these devices operates as follows.

To eliminate interference, the processing unit (27), under the control of the routine stored in the read only memory (30) compares each frame with the previous frame,
These frames are stored respectively in the random access memories (28, 29). Following this comparison operation, all the picture elements which are common to the two frames will be kept; On the other hand, non-identical elements will be eliminated; It should be noted that the two frames are shifted in time by 20 milli-seconds; The elements representative of interference will therefore generally no longer be the same in the two frames; By a relatively simple appropriate programming, the processing unit can be adapted to distinguish a difference in the two frames, produced by an object moving in front of the camera, from a difference caused by noise, indeed, the object while moving retains its general outline, that is to say the picture elements which represent it substantially retain their shapes; They only changed places on the two frames; This non-alteration of the general shape of the picture elements and representative of a moving object, from one frame to the next frame, makes it possible to distinguish it from the parasites which are random and therefore in principle always different from one frame to the next. 'other; It is easily understood that the interference elimination device can be made even more sophisticated and sensitive to particular parameters by connecting it to an external computer programmed accordingly;
Another feature of the invention is illustrated in figure 32
The latter gives an oscillogram of one line corresponding to the pattern of bars of 75% amplitude (100% white); In a, b and c the luminance signal and the chrominance signals are shown respectively by the colors (from left to right) white, yellow, blue-green, green, mauve, red, blue, black;
It can be seen that each signal is preceded by a synchronization signal (66) which has a level lower than the minimum value of the signal,
This means that the synchronization signals can be identified with certainty, which also contributes to perfect synchronism;
Of course, the system according to the present invention, as shown in FIG. 31 and as it has just been described, can be modified in various ways without departing from the scope of the present invention; Thus, the chrominance and luminance signals do not need to be taken at the output of the camera. They can come from any other emitting device;
One could also consider applying to the synchronous clock signal generators (3) and 5) sub-carriers, not the chrominance signals in their analog version, but in their digital form obtained at the outputs of the analog-to-digital converters. (10) to (13) and if necessary after the treatment with the devices for eliminating parasites; In this way, output signals free of random interference would be obtained; It is once again to be emphasized that the choice of the sub-carrier frequencies should be made in such a way that all the information and desired signals can be transmitted and processed in such a way that they present a high definition and are kept in the state. of origin without undergoing practically any deterioration, The system could allow the transmission of digital signals of any appropriate code, for example signals of the type "NRZ" (non-return to zero), such as the signals applied for the system realized according to the technology
MIKROTELEC;
Referring to the drawing boards 21 and 22 and in Figures 33 to 36, one can see another variant embodiment according to the MIKROTELEC technology:
Referring more particularly to FIG. 33, the device according to the invention essentially consists of a movable block (11) comprising in particular a magnetic bar (12) capable of performing a linear movement inside two coils ( 13) and. (14) arranged side by side in alignment; the axes of these coils being coincident with the longitudinal axis (15) of the bar (12); The movable block (11) is capable of moving along the axis (15) in a reciprocating movement, as will be seen below; A fixed positioning magnet (16) surmounts the two coils (13) and (14) so as to define a stable rest position for the movable block (11); It can therefore be seen that the general structure of the motor according to the invention is that of a two-phase motor (two coils) with common magnetic cores forming a movable block. Of course, it is perfectly possible to envisage the addition of a connecting rod system. -crank, not shown, to said movable block (11) to obtain a rotary movement, if this is necessary; The reference number (17) designates the whole of a circuit for supplying phase-shifted direct current pulses to the coils (13) and (14), Several systems can be used indifferently to achieve such a circuit, which is why the latter has not been described in more detail; For example, for the case represented in FIG. 33, of a two-phase motor, this circuit can be reduced to a simple multivibrator supplying to the outputs (S1) and (S2) respective series of direct current pulses shifted one by one. relationship to others; These series of offset pulses are applied via the respective double conductors (18) and (19) to the two coils (13) and (14), The movable member of the motor is driven by an alternating linear movement allowing by example, of controlling the movements of the carrying arms of the sensors and wave transmitters provided to fly over each of the surfaces of the vitrified metal washers constituting the aforementioned instant access memories,
Under these conditions, it can be considered that each transistor of the multivibrator constitutes with its associated resistive and capacitive elements a pulse generator for the corresponding coil (13) or (14), the phase shift between the two series of pulses available at the outputs ( S1) and (52) being ensured automatically by the correct functioning of the multivibrator,
The operation follows clearly from the above description; The movable block (11) which, at rest, is maintained in a predetermined stable position, thanks to the action of the positioning magnet (16), is moved successively to the right and then to the left from its equilibrium position under the action of the coils (13) and (14) supplied sequentially by the circuit (17); The electrical energy necessary for the operation of the circuit (17) can come either from an accumulator battery or else from a circuit for rectifying and filtering the alternating current supplied by the sector;
FIG. 36 is an electrical diagram illustrating another important characteristic of the invention applied by way of example to the supply of offset current pulses to a motor according to the embodiment of FIG. 33; We therefore find the circuit forming a multivibrator (17) whose outputs (S1) and (S2) provide series of offset pulses to the coils (13) and (14), However, according to the improvement of the invention, the capacitors (23) and (24) are connected in parallel on the coils (13) and (14), respectively; The values of the capacitors (23, 24), those of the inductances of the respective coils (13, 14) and the value of the oscillation frequency of the multivibrator (17) are chosen so that the LC circuits (13, 23) and (14 , 24) thus defined are tuned to said frequency of oscillation of the multivibrator which is in fact the frequency of the periodic pulse signals available at the outputs (S1) and (S2), It has been observed that under these conditions, the torque available was largely increased as well as the efficiency, Of course, while in the embodiment represented in figure 36 the means for generating the offset pulses (the circuit (17)) are reduced to a simple multivibrator, it is quite obvious that for a motor having a greater number of poles, the corresponding electronic circuit must be appreciably different; Such a circuit will include in particular a corresponding number of direct current pulse generators and additional electronic means for adjusting the value of the phase shift between the different series of pulses intended to supply the corresponding coils of the system forming an inductor; In all cases, the frequency of these different generators will be the same and the LC circuits formed from said coils will be tuned to this frequency; Electronic control circuits of this nature can be made in many ways by a person skilled in the art and therefore will not be described in detail. Further, when the motor is operated with tuned LC circuits. , for each of its stator windings, it is not desirable to vanish the frequency of the supply pulses to obtain a speed variation, since the resonance conditions would thus be destroyed; Consequently, one can provide additional means associated with the aforementioned pulse generator to vary the cyclic amplitude of the pulsed current of the direct current pulses applied to the coils of the stator. In this way, a particularly flexible speed variation can be obtained.
Figures 34 and 35 show another embodiment of an electronic motor constructed according to the principles of the present inventive concepts and invention applied to the case of a rotary motion motor; This device comprises a rotor in the form of a solid disc (25) movable in rotation about an axis (26) carried by bearings integral with two lateral uprights (27) and (28); On each of the faces of the rotor (25) is encrusted a series (29, 30) respectively, of rectangular magnets (31), The series (30) of magnets (31) is arranged circumferentially at regular intervals on the surface of the rotor (25) and a system (32) of four coils (33) forming an inductor is arranged opposite these magnets so that the cores (34) of the coils (33) constituting the poles of the motor are arranged circumferentially facing the path ( 35) magnets (31) of the system (30); Likewise, the seine (29) has its magnets (31) arranged circumferentially at regular intervals on the other surface of the rotor (25) while another system (36) of four coils (33) forming another inductor is arranged. facing the magnets of the series (29) so that the cores (34) of the coils of the system (36) are also disposed circumferentially facing the rotary path of the corresponding magnets; In the example shown in Figures 34 and 35, the motor is supplied from a DC pulse generator circuit (17a) similar to the circuit (17) previously described, This circuit (17a) providing two series of 'out of phase current pulses, it is necessary that the coils of the two inductors are connected to constitute a two-phase motor; Thus, it can be clearly seen in FIG. 34 that the coils of the system (33) are connected two by two in parallel;
It is quite obvious however that one could constitute a four-phase motor starting from the same structure by changing the supply circuit (17a); each coil then being supplied by its own series of current pulses,
Further, as can be seen clearly from Fig. 35, the structure of the device shown is symmetrical; two systems forming inductors (32) and (36) being arranged opposite each face of the rotor (25) on which are arranged two series of magnets; It is obvious, however, that correct operation of the motor will be ensured with only one of these inductor systems (32) or (36) arranged opposite the face of the rotor bearing the corresponding magnets. The structure shown is however advantageous for several reasons. ; It is in fact easy to envisage simple switching means for coupling the coils, For example, the two systems (32) and (36) can be connected in parallel, which ensures double power both in the case where the motor device is used (that is to say in conjunction with the pulse generator circuit (17a)) than in the case where the same device is used as a current generator, when the shaft (26 ) is rotated by another motor; It is also possible to connect the windings so that one of the systems operates normally as an inductor and causes the rotation of the rotor (25) while the other system is used as a current generator. In addition, in the case of operation as a motor, provision can be made to angularly offset the blades (34) of the coils (33) of one of the inductor systems with respect to the other, which facilitates starting, In addition, all these characteristics can be applied equally well to an air gap plane than with a cylindrical engine,
It is also appropriate to point out a particularly important application of the invention to retarders, braking systems or the like; Indeed, the assembly formed by the two systems of coils (32) and (36) and by the rotor (25) can very well be used as a retarder, for example for a truck, if provision is made to connect coils to the terminals. (33) a set of load resistors or even to connect these coils to the vehicle battery recharging circuit; The shaft (26) being for its part mechanically coupled to the crankshaft or to the gearbox of the vehicle; Finally, it should be noted another important feature of the invention related to the structure of the rotor (25), The relatively thick disc forming this rotor is made of synthetic resin reinforced preferably with glass fibers or the like, The magnets ( 31) are housed in the thickness of this disc so that the resin which coats them almost entirely achieves a kind of hooping which allows the magnets (31) to better withstand the centrifugal force; It is thus possible to achieve very high speeds of rotation of the rotor (25) without the disintegration of the magnets (31) being to be feared even if the latter have average mechanical performance,
The invention therefore makes it possible to produce motors with very high rotational speed without however requiring the use of materials with very high mechanical performance;
Of course, the invention is in no way limited to the embodiments which have just been described, it comprises all the technical equivalents of the means involved if they are within the scope of the claims which follow;
According to a variant of the embodiments, with reference to the board 23, in figure 37 there is a diagram, in which one recognizes in (1) a device for taking a view of a color television camera and in (2) the device of the three matrices intended to produce at their output the signals of chrominance, that is to say of color difference (DR = E'R - E'y; DB = E'B - E'y) and the signal of luminance (E'y) of logical or analog type television signals,
The system for processing these signals comprises three analog to digital converters (10, 11, 12), each intended for processing one of the three aforementioned signals;
Each converter is directly connected to the bottom of one of the three dies,
Downstream of each converter (10) to (12), the presence of a routing circuit (13, 14) and (15) respectively connecting the converter with which it is associated to an output data bus (17, 18) and (19) either directly or via a device for eliminating parasites (20, 21) or (22);
Given that on each bus the digital signals in binary code produced by the corresponding analog-to-digital converter (10,11) or (12) are present in a parallel constellation, a parallel-to-serial converter is provided for each of the data buses. (24, 25) or (26) intended to convert the constellation in parallel to a constellation of serial signals
Each of the interference elimination devices (20, 21) or (22) comprises a processing unit (27), such as a microcomputer or micro-module or integrated computer or not, two RAMs (28, 29) intended storing respectively the entire frame which is being produced by the camera and the previous frame, as well as a read only memory (30) containing the routine for the processing unit, The latter can also be programmed to ensure the production of a very stable DC supply voltage, using digital-to-analog converter means (31) from a predefined binary digit
This DC voltage can serve as a reference voltage for the power supply system for the various elements of the treatment device proposed by the invention; The output terminal of this voltage is indicated in (32), The interference elimination device can also be provided with means produced according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation and allowing the correction of errors contained in the digital signals relating to several binary elements, for example by ensuring the presence of a predetermined number of binary states in each signal, the processing device (27) enables this function to be performed; The processing unit can be adapted to produce a signal indicating the absence of error in the digital signals,
To ensure perfect synchronism of the operation of the various elements of the system, the latter comprises a generator of synchronous clock signals (34) constituting a generator of high frequency signals, for example of the order of 100 MHz; This synchronous clock signal generator performs the function of a general clock. As shown in figure 37, the line and frame and half-line synchronization signals available in (35) are derived from the general clock. ,
The analog-to-digital converters (10) to (12), the parallel-sen converters (24) to (26) and the noise elimination devices (20) to (22) are also slaved to the clock; The conductors of the clock signals for the control of these elements are indicated respectively in (36, 37) and (38), It should be emphasized that all the synchronization and reference signals are obtained by dividing the frequency of the signal d 'clock, which guarantees perfect stability of the signals thus obtained and perfect phase synchronism of all the operations carried out by the processing system according to the present invention and of the signals, that is to say of their leading edges,
It can be seen that this system proposed by the invention comprises output terminals (39, 40) at which the high frequency clock signal, produced by a synchronous clock signal generator (34) and the line synchronization signals weft and half-line can be taken; The reference symbols (41) to (43) constitute the output terminals of the data buses (17) to (19) while at the terminals (44) to (46) are available the digital signals in series constellation
The no error signal is present at the output (47),
Referring to figure 37, we see a block diagram of a digital camera, equipped with a triple sensor-reproducing logic television signals red green blue (RGB) transmitted on three channels of serial logic signals, corresponding to red , green and blue, then 3 channels of logic signals, presented, in parallel: red, green and blue, then three channels of signals converted from parallel signals, by a converter of logic signals, to analog television signals, red green and blue, said logic signals in series, the signals of the three analog channels as well as the audiostereophonic channels of the sound reproducing sensors comprising the logic and analog circuits connected by the multi-pin SCART socket, possibly in miniature and / or sub-miniature format, The parallel signals may also be available on one or more multi-spindle miniature or sub-miniature SCART pins;
The operation of the system according to the invention emerges immediately from the description which has just been given and from FIG. 37, it is therefore not necessary to describe it, with the exception of the operation of the devices for eliminating interference, Each of these devices operates as follows.

To eliminate interference, the processing unit (27), under the control of the routine stored in the read only memory (30) compares each frame with the previous frame;
These frames are stored respectively in the random access memories (28, 29). Following this comparison operation, all the picture elements which are common to the two frames are kept;
On the other hand, the non-identical elements are eliminated. It should be noted that the two frames are shifted in time by 20 milli-seconds; The elements representing interference are therefore generally no longer the same in the two frames; By appropriate relatively simple Programming, the processing unit can be adapted to distinguish a difference in the two frames, produced by an object moving in front of the camera, from a difference caused by noise; Indeed, the moving object retains its general outline, that is to say the image elements which represent it substantially retain their shapes; They have only changed place on the two frames. This non-alteration of the general shape of the picture elements and representative of a moving object, from one frame to the next frame, makes it possible to distinguish it from the parasites which are random and therefore in principle always different from one frame to another; It is easily understood that the interference elimination device can be made even more sophisticated and sensitive to particular parameters by connecting it to an external computer programmed accordingly;
The description which has just been given shows that the system for processing color television signals, proposed by the invention, produces at its outputs digital signals of excellent quality, free from background noise and noise interference. errors and will be better understood by referring to drawing board 23 and figure 37
According to a variant of the embodiments, the present concepts and invention applied to a system for processing logical and / or analog color television signals and with reference to FIGS. 38 to 43;
According to another embodiment, seen in FIG. 38, a device for processing chrominance and luminance signals originating for example from a viewing device such as a color television camera. processing device and the imaging device being hereinafter referred to as the emitting device;
In the diagram shown, we recognize in (1) the shooting device such as a color television camera, equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone and in (2) the device of the three matnces intended to produce their outputs the chrominance signals, i.e. the difference of (DR = E'R - E'y, DB = E'8 - E'y) and the luminance signal (E'y) of the type of logical and / or analogue television signals
The transmitter device comprises three synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), advantageously quartz, which are voltage controlled, The synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are intended to produce respectively sub-carrier frequencies for the chrominance signals (DR) and (DB). while the oscillator (4) generates the carrier of the luminance signal
The synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are adapted to produce subcarriers having frequencies equal to a multiple of the 4.406 and 4.25 MHz subcarriers of the logic and / or analog systems. sub-carriers generated by the synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) is identical to the ratio of the aforementioned sub-carriers, to ensure the compatibility of the system according to the invention with the systems produced according to the first generation of technologies MIKROTELEC, Of course, the sub-carriers are frequency modulated by the signals (DR) and (DB);
By the use of chrominance or color subcarriers having a multiple frequency with respect to the subcarriers, the data transmission bandwidth is sufficiently wide to ensure good color definition and to allow the transmission of one or more. several binary words coded for example according to the "NRZ" mode (non-return to zero), applied for example to the system produced according to the MIKROTELEC technology, In addition, the subsequent processing to be applied to the frequency modulated sub-carriers is limited to frequency division operations, which causes only a single loss of information, but ensures multiple stability, as will be explained later;
The transmitter device shown further comprises three analog-to-digital converters (10, 11, 12) each intended for processing one of the three signals (DR, DB) and (E'y); Each converter (10) to (12) there is the presence of a routing circuit respectively (13,14) and (15) connecting the converter to which it is associated to an output data bus (17, 18) and (19) either directly or via a pest removal device (20, 21) or (22); Given that on each bus the digital signals in binary code produced by the corresponding analog-to-digital converter (10, 11) or (12) are present in a parallel constellation, a converter is generally provided for each of the data buses. analog-to-digital (13) to (15), the parallel-to-serial converters (24) to (26) and the noise elimination devices (20) to (22) are also slaved to the clock; The clock signal conductors for controlling these elements are indicated respectively in (36, 37) and (38), In (39), the general clock (34) supplies the synchronization signals of the signal generators. synchronous clock of subcarrier and carrier (3, 4, 5), The synchronism of these synchronous clock signal generators is thus guaranteed by the fact that the synchronization signals are derived from the same high frequency signal, II is to underline that all the synchronization and reference signals are obtained by dividing the frequency of the clock signal, which guarantees perfect stability of the signals thus obtained and perfect synchronism of frequency and phase of the clock signal generators synchronous (3, 4) and (5) and of the signals, that is to say of their leading edge, and thus of all the operations carried out by the processing system according to the present invention; To ensure the stability of the frequency of the clock oscillator (34), for example to prevent any thermal bypass, this synchronous clock signal generator is mounted in a stabilization loop (not shown) also comprising the signal generators. synchronous clock signals (3, 4) and (5),
The DC voltage supply device, designated by the reference number (40) can be designed to produce extremely stable supply voltages for the synchronous clock signal generators of subcarriers and carrier (3, 4 ) and (5), These voltages are available at the three output terminals (41) of the power supply device
As is schematically indicated in FIG. 38, the means for generating the supply voltages of the generators of synchronous clock signals are advantageously deviated from the high frequency clock signal produced by the general clock (34); The power supply device (40) receives at (42) this clock signal, for example of 100 MHz, In the device (40) this signal is divided by a frequency divider schematically indicated in (43) which produces one. signal, for example 1 MHz;
This is applied to a saturated amplifier (44) operating in all or nen mode and supplied on its side at (45) by the very stable direct voltage produced at (32) by one of the interference elimination devices (20, 21) or (22); A converter (46) transforms the output signal of the amplifier into a direct voltage available at the outputs (41), This voltage is perfectly stable because it is derived from the clock frequency by frequency division, which already guarantees a high degree of stability, and very stable voltage produced by noise eliminators from a binary digit
The amplitude of the output voltage is thus strictly controllable; It should also be noted that the power supply device (40) is galvanically separated from the mains by means of a transformer (not shown)
Referring to Figure 38, it can be seen that the transmitter device comprises at the output terminals (48) to (50), output signals from the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), c 'that is to say sub-carriers modulated by the chrominance signals and the carrier modulated by the luminance signal; Output terminals (51, 52) and (53) are provided from which can be taken the chrominance and luminance signals as produced by the color television camera provided with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone; The System further includes output terminals (55, 56) from which the high frequency clock signal produced by the oscillator (34) and the line and field and half line synchronization signals can be taken; The reference symbols (58) to (60) indicate the output terminals of the data buses (17) to (19) while at the terminals (61) to (63) are available the digital signals in series constellation.
The no error signal is present at the output (64). The terminals (65) and (66) are associated with the power supply device (40) and designate the ground and the power supply potential;
All the aforementioned outputs or at least an essential part of them can be connected to a socket of the multi-pin type connectable to a receiving device such as for example a standard color television set, monitor for visual control or the like; By also providing a socket, for example of the multi-pin type on the input side, a self-contained unit is formed which can be mounted between a color television camera and an appropriate receiver device;
But it would also be possible to insert this device with the camera and the receiving device such as a video tape recorder in the same box to form a kind of telecine, a set of copies of films or any documents;
The operation of the transmitter device emerges immediately from the description which has just been given and from FIG. 38; It is therefore not necessary to describe it, with the exception of the operation of the interference elimination devices; Each of these devices works as follows:
To eliminate interference, the processing unit (27), under the control of the routine stored in the read only memory (30) compares each frame with the previous frame;
These frames are stored respectively in the RAMs (28, 29); Following this comparison operation, all the picture elements which are common to the two fields will be kept; On the other hand, non-identical elements will be eliminated; It should be noted that the two frames are shifted in time by (20) milliseconds; The elements representative of parasites will therefore generally no longer be the same in both a relatively simple appropriate programming,
The processing unit can be adapted to distinguish a difference in the two frames, produced by an object moving in front of the camera, from a deference caused by parasites; Indeed, the moving object retains its general outline, that is to say the image elements which represent it substantially retain their shapes; They only changed places on the two frames; This non-alteration of the general shape of the picture elements and representative of a moving object, from one frame to the next frame, makes it possible to distinguish it from the parasites which are random and therefore in principle always deferent from one frame to the next. 'other; It is easily understood that the interference elimination device can be made even more sophisticated and sensitive to particular parameters by connecting it to an external computer programmed accordingly,
Figure 39 represents an oscillogram of a line corresponding to the pattern of bars of 75% of the amplitude (100% white), In ab and c we respectively show the luminance signal and the chrominance signals by the colors ( from left to right) white, yellow, blue-green, green, purple, red, blue black; It can be seen that each signal is preceded by a synchronization pulse (66) which has a level lower than the minimum value of the signal; This means that the sync ticks can be identified with certainty, which also contributes to perfect synchronism; At b is shown by way of illustration the line synchronization signal whose synchronization ticks correspond to those mentioned above.
Of course, the device as shown in FIG. 38 and as it has just been described can be modified in various ways; Thus the chrominance and luminance signals do not need to be taken at the output of the camera, they can come from any other emitting device; One could also consider applying to the synchronous clock signal generators sub-carriers (3) and (5) not the chrominance signals in their analog version, but in their digital form obtained at the outputs of the converters, analog- (10) to (13) and if necessary after the treatment by the interference elimination devices, In this way, output signals free of random interference would be obtained, It should once again be emphasized that the choice of frequencies sub-carrier should be rait such that all information and derived signals can be transmitted and processed in such a way that they present high definition and are kept in the original state with virtually no deterioration. The system could allow the transmission of digital signals of any appropriate code, for example signals of the "NRZ" type (non-return to zero), such as the signals applied for the transmission system read according to MIKROTELEC technology,
Another embodiment, FIG. 40, in the form of a block diagram of a circuit for converting the video signals available at the output terminals (48, 49) and (50) of the sending device for their transmission in a compatible manner to a device. receiving device (not shown) of logical and / or analog types such as a color television receiver or the like;
Such a circuit (70) comprises a first processing channel A of the chrominance subcarrier (DR) signal available at the output (48) of the transmitter device and consisting of the setting of a divider (71) receiving the signal. chrominance subcarrier signal (DR) and a switching element (72) such as for example an analog switch, The circuit (70) also comprises a second processing path (B) of the subcarrier signal of chrominance (DB) available at the output (50) of the transmitter device and constituted, in an identical manner to the first channel, by the serialization of a divider (73) receiving the chrominance sub-carrier signal (DB) and a switching element (74) such as for example an analog switch,
The outputs of the switching elements (72) and (74) are connected in common to a mixer circuit (75), via an anti-bell circuit (76) or for shaping the sub-carrier which is applied to it to possibly provide additional protection against noise, The mixer circuit (75) makes it possible to develop the composite video signal and for this, the luminance signal demodulated by a discriminator (77) whose input is transmitted to it is transmitted to it. connected to the output of a line memory (78) necessary to ensure in the mixer its correct coincidence in time with the color difference signals, the line memory (78) receiving at its input the available luminance information at the output terminal (49) of the transmitter device, the sequential mixing at half the line frequency of the sub-carriers modulated respectively by the color difference signals (DR) and (DB), including the identification signals; and the line and field and half line synchronization signal train S available at the output terminal (56) of the sending device; The composite video signal thus obtained can then be sent by air to the receiving device or via a connecting cable from the transmitting device to the receiving device,
In order to allow the sequential transmission of the video signals (DR) and (DB) available in parallel to the output terminals (48) and (50) of the transmitting device, a control member (79) such as for example a JK type rocker performs switching to the line frequency of the switching elements (72) and (74) of each of the channels (A) and (B), The output (Q) of the flip-flop (79) is connected to the control input of the switching element (72) while the complimented output (Q) is connected to the control input of the switching element (74); The clock input of the flip-flop (79) receives the line synchronization signals coming from the transmitter device and whose leading falling edge performs, at the line frequency, a change of state at the outputs (Q) and (Q ') of the flip-flop as shown in FIG. 41, It is therefore understood that the switching elements (72) and (74) switch to the line frequency and alternatively transmit the video signal (DR) to the mixer for the duration of a line (closed state of the switch of the switch (72)), then the video signal (DB) for the duration of the following line (closed state of the switch of the switch (74) while that of the switch (72) is open , And so on;
The conversion circuit according to the present invention therefore makes it possible to efficiently ensure the transmission from simultaneous mode to sequential mode of the video signals available at the output of the transmitter device, without loss of information;
It should also be noted that the synchronization peaks (66) shown in FIG. 39 can easily be obtained by a gate member (AND) located in each of the chrominance and luminance channels and detecting the appearance of the synchronization peak. of the line sync signal to then pass the chrominance and luminance signals
A block diagram, in figure 42, shows a multiplexing unit intended to receive, on the one hand, at its inputs (58 ', 59') and (60 '), the digital signals in binary code available on each bus at the output terminals (58, 59) and (60) of the emitting device according to a constellation in parallel, and, on the other hand, at its input terminals (61 ', 62') and (63 '), the signals digital in binary code appearing in a constellation of signals in series at the buses of the output terminals (61, 62) and (63) of the sending device;
The multiplexing unit (80) is slaved by the high frequency clock signal available at the output terminal (55) of the transmitting device and applied to the corresponding terminal (55 '), The line and frame synchronization signals and half-line available at the output terminal (56) of the sending device will also be transmitted through the line shown in figure 42 to the input terminal (56 '), This multiplexing unit (80) in fact allows to multiplex the signals present at the inputs (58 ') to (60') and (61 ') to (63') respectively to the output terminals (81) and (82) so as to apply them to a receiving device such as a digital color television receiver;
According to one of the embodiments, FIG. 43 relates to a mode of transmission of the chrominance and luminance signals appearing at the output of the shooting device (camera) and available at the output terminals (51, 53) and (52) of the transmitter device via optical fibers (90, 91) and (92) of which only the end parts on the reception side have been shown;

* Such optical fibers allow the transmission, without loss of information, of these chrominance and luminance signals, En (90a, 91a) and (92a) are represented the receiver photos-elements of these optical fibers and which are supplied by a DC voltage supply device of the same type as that referenced at (40) in FIG. 38, It goes without saying that the emitting photo-elements located upstream of the optical fibers are also supplied by a DC voltage supply device which can be the power supply device (40) of the transmitter device,
The video signals appearing at the outputs of the receiving photo-elements (90 to (92fil) are applied to the inputs of a matrix (93) intended to produce the color signals of red, green and blue intended to be displayed. matrix unit can be associated with a separator connected for example to the output terminal (56) of the transmitter device and intended to regenerate the frame and line synchronization signal, this separator being referenced in (94) and being of a configuration made according to the first generation MIKROTELEC technologies
It will be understood that using the circuit shown in FIG. 43, it is possible to keep the high definition of the signals available directly at the output of the camera and to obtain a subsequent image of high quality; It should also be noted that the frequency dividers (71) and (73) used in FIG. 40 have a division factor corresponding to the multiplication factor by which the frequencies of chrominance subcarriers are multiplied as explained previously,
According to another variant of the embodiments, the present inventive concepts and the invention are applied to a device for processing television signals, according to FIGS. 44 to 50,
Referring to FIG. 44, there is shown an embodiment of a device for processing chrominance and luminance signals originating, for example, from a shooting device such as a color television camera, l the whole of the processing device and of the imaging device being hereinafter referred to as the emitting device,
In the diagram shown, one recognizes in (1) the camera device such as a color television camera which can be provided with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone and in (2) the device of the three matnces intended to produce at their output the chrominance signals, that is to say of color difference (DR = E'R - Ey ', Ds = E'B - E'y) and the luminance signal (E'y) of the logical and / or analog type;
The transmitter device comprises three generators of synchronous clock signals (3, 4) and (5), advantageously quartz, which are voltage controlled, The synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are intended to produce respectively sub-carrier frequencies for the chrominance signals (DR) and (De), while the synchronous clock signal generator (4) generates the carrier of the luminance signal,
The synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) are adapted to produce sub-carriers having frequencies equal to a multiple of the sub-carriers of 4.406 and 4.25 Mhz or other systems, in particular of the logic type and / or analog; The ratio of the sub-carriers generated by the synchronous clock signal generators (3) and (5) is identical to the ratio of the aforementioned sub-carriers, to ensure the compatibility of the system according to the invention with the systems produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies; Of course, the sub-carriers are frequency modulated by the signals (DR) and (De ')
By the use of chrominance or color subcarriers having a multiple frequency with respect to the subcarriers, the data transmission bandwidth is sufficiently wide to ensure good color definition and to allow the transmission of one or more. several binary words coded for example according to the "NRZ" mode (non-return to zero), applied for example to the information transmission system produced using MIKROTELEC technology; In addition, the subsequent processing applied to such frequency modulated subcarriers will be limited to frequency division operations,
As shown in figure 44, the sending device comprises an encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6),
This essentially comprises a davit (61) allowing the choice of a predetermined top by the actuation, for example of a key or of several keys, a read only memory (62) having the function of transforming the information entered to using the forceps in a digital signal presented for example in parallel to the memory outputs,
These outputs are connected to a group of parallel inputs of a multiplexer (63) which receives at the inputs of a second group, the outputs of a voltage divider (64);
This produces from a clock frequency indicated in (65) either the same frequency at all these outputs or different and specific frequencies at each of these outputs,
The multiplexer micro-module produces at its output a sequence of bursts of signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock ticks of the same frequency or of different frequencies, which corresponds to the digital signal at the output of the read only memory (62 ), This series of signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks is applied to a device (66) which is located in the signal path coming from the camera (1, 2) equipped with a microphone monophonic or stereophonic The function of the device (66) is to inhibit the transmission of at least part of the identification signal intended to control the phase of the electronic switch of a receiving device of logical and / or analog types
The device (66) and the multiplexer are controlled by a member forming the gate (68). This gate has three inputs to which the signals d, c and b shown in FIG. 46 are applied; These signals are produced in the encoder of logical and / or analog types and respectively represent the dual line frequency gate, the frame and line identification location and the identification gate.
At a, FIG. 46 schematically shows the electronic switch control identification signal which replaces at least in part the signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous encryption and / or clock ticks. decryption (encoding / decoding),
It can be seen that the period of presence of the identification signal a is defined by the fact that the signals c and d are at state "1" and the signal at d is at state "0"; By inverting the signal b, we can therefore determine the period of presence of the identification signal a using an AND gate as is done in figure 45
Regarding the operation of the means which have just been described, it should be noted that the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) clock ticks have a frequency outside the range. bandwidth reserved for the identification signal provided in logic and / or analog type receivers,
It is possible to record the signals produced by the camera (1) and (2) which may be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone, for the first time for example on a magnetic tape; But if we wanted to make this first recording a second recording, that is to say a copy, the quality of the latter would be insufficient and would give rise to a poor quality reproduction because during the reproduction from the copy the correct operation of the switch for logical and / or analogue television signals would no longer be ensured, Concerning the frequency of the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks for encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding), these could advantageously have the frequency of the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks produced by the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks of subcarriers and carriers (3, 4) and (5 ) whose frequency is equal to a multiple of the frequency of the sub-carriers of logical and / or analog television signals;
It emerges from the preceding remarks that the insertion of an encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) code formed by bursts of signals obtained by programming from synchronous clock ticks having a frequency outside the band bandwidth of receivers produced according to the first generation of MIKROTELEC technologies, in the sequences of signals supplied by the camera or any other source of color television signals, thwarts any fraudulent recording activity; On the other hand, the presence of the encryption and / or decryption code signals (encoding-decoding) in the sequences of ungine signals and thus on the original recording medium makes it possible to ensure that this recording is an original and not a copy
It should also be noted that this encryption and / or decryption device (coding and decoding) is adapted to allow its connection to an external device; To this end, there is provided an input (69) associated with a processing unit (70) cooperating and acting, where appropriate, with the keyboard (61) and the read only memory (62);
It should also be noted that the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device also makes it possible to write numbers in frames which make it possible to identify them;
According to FIG. 45, the encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) device (6) comprises another member or circuit (71) making it possible to perform an encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) function, such as shows figure 47, which constitutes an oscillogram of the same line which corresponds to the pattern of bars of 75% amplitude for the colors white, yellow, bluish in green, green, purple, red, blue and black (from left on the right), each signal in (A, B) and (C) is preceded by a synchronization signal (72) which drops below the minimum possible levels of each signal, and the organ (71) is adapted to form the synchronization tops (72) of a burst of signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks of a frequency which is outside the pass frequency band of the devices receiving logical television signals and / or analog;
These signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks could be the subcarriers produced by the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 5) at the frequency of a multiple of the subcarrier frequencies and / or carriers of logical and / or analog television signals, the device (71) could be constituted by any suitable circuit which can, for example, perform the function of a gate (AND) with two inputs respectively provided for the reception of a signal gate. synchronization and in (73) bursts of signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks;
In this latter case again, because the signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks of soft encryption decryption (coding and decoding) are outside the bandwidth of the receiving device, the copies made from a first recording would no longer allow a good quality reproduction due to a loss of synchronism increasing rapidly from copy to copy,
The transmitter device shown further comprises three analog-to-digital converters (10, li, 12) each intended for processing one of the three signals (DR, De) and (E'y);
Each converter is connected to the output of one of the three matrices of the television camera which can be fitted with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone, either by means of the device (7) or by means of the encryption devices <RTI and luminance in digital form, In this case, the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6) would control the inhibition of the converters during the corresponding time intervals, i.e. would cause the free passage of the parts of sequence occupied by this code, through the converters
To ensure perfect synchronism of the operation of the various elements of the transmitter device, the latter comprises a generator of synchronous quartz clock signals (34) constituting a generator of high frequency signals, for example of the order of 100 MHz, this synchronous clock signal generator performs the function of a general clock, as shown in figure 44, the line and frame and half-line synchronization signals available in (35) are derived from the general clock ; The analog-to-digital converters (13) to (15), the parallel series converters (24) to (26) and the noise elimination devices (20) to (22) are also slaved to the clock, The signal conductors clock for the control of these elements are indicated respectively in (36, 37) and (38), In (39), the general clock (34) supplies the synchronization signals of the sub-synchronous clock signal generators. -carriers and carrier (3, 4, 5);
The synchronism of these synchronous clock signal generators is thus guaranteed by the fact that the synchronization signals are derived from the same high frequency signal, It should be emphasized that all the synchronization and reference signals are obtained by dividing the clock signal frequency, which guarantees perfect stability of the signals thus obtained and perfect synchronization of frequency and phase of the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5), and of the signals, c ' that is to say from their front front. and so of all the operations carried out by the processing system according to the present invention, To ensure the stability of the clock frequency (34), for example to prevent any thermal bypass, this synchronous clock signal generator is mounted in a stabilization loop (not shown), also comprising the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4) and (5),
The DC voltage supply device, designated by the reference numeral (40) can also be designed to produce extremely stable supply voltages for the synchronous clock signal generators of subcarriers and carriers (3, 4) and (5) These voltages are available at the three output terminals (41) of the power supply device
As is schematically indicated in FIG. 44, the means for generating the supply voltages of the generators of synchronous clock signals are advantageously derived from the high frequency clock signal produced by the general clock (34); The power supply device (40) receives at (42) this clock signal is for example 100 MHz; In the device (40) this signal is divided by a frequency divider schematically indicated in (43) which produces a signal of for example 1 MHz
This is applied to a saturated amplifier (44) operating in an all-or-nothing mode. and supplied on its side by the very stable direct voltage produced at (32) by one of the interference elimination devices (20, 21) or (22), a converter (45) transforms the output signal of the amplifier in a direct voltage available at the outputs (41), This voltage is perfectly stable because it is derived from the clock frequency by frequency division, which already guarantees a high degree of stability and very stable voltage produced by noise elimination devices from a binary digit
The amplitude of the output voltage is thus strictly controllable; It should also be noted that the power supply device (40) is galvanically separated from the mains by means of a transformer (not shown)
Referring to Figure 44, it can be seen that the processing device comprises at the output terminals (48) to (50) output signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock ticks (3, 4) and ( 5), that is to say sub-carriers modulated by the chrominance signals and of the carrier modulated by the luminance signal; Output terminals (51, 50) and (52) are provided from which the chrominance and luminance signals as produced by the color television camera can be taken. The system further comprises output terminals (55, 56) from which the high frequency clock signal produced by the synchronous clock signal generator (34) and the line and field and half line synchronization signals can be taken; Reference symbols (58) to (60) indicate the output terminals of the data buses (17) to (19) while at terminals (61) to (63) are available the digital signals in constellation and / in series , The no error signal is present at the output (64), The terminals (65) and (66) are associated with the power supply device (40) and designate the ground and the power supply potential
All of the aforementioned outputs or at least an essential part thereof may be connected to a socket of the multi-pin type connectable to a receiving device such as for example a standard color television set, monitor for visual inspection and the like, also providing a socket, for example of the multi-pin type on the input side, the system can constitute a stand-alone unit capable of being mounted between a color television camera and an appropriate receiving device. can be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone and the receiving device such as a VCR in the same box to form a kind of telecine, a set of film copies or any documents
The operation of the transmitter device emerges immediately from the description which has just been given and from FIG. 44; It is therefore not necessary to describe it, with the exception of the operation of the interference elimination devices; Each of these devices works as follows'
To eliminate interference, the processing unit (27), under the control of the routine stored in the read only memory, compares each frame with the previous frame. These frames are stored respectively in the RAMs (28, 29), A la following this comparison operation, all the picture elements which are common to the two frames will be kept
On the other hand, non-identical elements will be eliminated; It should be noted that the two frames are shifted in time by 20 milli-seconds; The elements representative of interference will therefore generally no longer be the same in the two frames, By a relatively simple appropriate programming, The processing unit can be adapted to distinguish a difference in the two frames, produced by an object which moves in front of the camera, a difference caused by noise
Indeed, the moving object retains its general outline, that is to say the image elements which represent it substantially retain their shapes, they have only changed place on the two frames,
This non-alteration of the general shape of the picture elements is representative of a moving object, from one frame to the next frame and makes it possible to distinguish parasites which are random and therefore in principle always different from frame to frame. the other; It is easily understood that the interference elimination device can be made even more sophisticated and sensitive to particular parameters by connecting it to an external computer programmed accordingly;
Of course, the transmitter device as shown in FIG. 44 and as it has just been described can be modified in various ways; Thus the chrominance and luminance signals do not need to be taken at the output of the camera; They can come from any other device such as a video tape recorder, one could also consider applying to the generators of the sub-carriers (3) and (5) not the chrominance signals in their analog version, but in their digital form. obtained at the outputs of the analog-digital converters (10) to (13) and if necessary after the treatment by the interference elimination devices; In this way, output signals free of random interference would be obtained; It should once again be emphasized that the choice of sub-carrier frequencies should be made in such a way that all the information and derived signals can be transmitted and processed in such a way that they present a high definition and, are kept in the network. original condition with virtually no deterioration
The system could allow the transmission of digital signals of any appropriate code, for example "NRZ" type signals (non-return to zero), such as the signals applied for systems produced using MIKROTELEC technology,
Fig. 48 shows an embodiment in block diagram form of a circuit for converting the video signals available at the output terminals (48, 49) and (50) of the sending device for their compatible transmission to a receiving device. (not shown) of logical and / or analog types such as a color television receiver or the like
Such a circuit (70) comprises a first processing path (A) of the chrominance subcarrier signal (DR) available at the output (48) of the emitting device and consisting of the setting of a divider (71). receiving the chrominance subcarrier (DR) signal and from a switching element (72) such as for example an analog switch; The circuit (70) also comprises a second processing channel (B) of the chrominance subcarrier signal (DR) available at the output (50) of the emitting device and consisting, in an identical manner to the first channel, by setting as a splitter (73) receiving the chrominance subcarrier signal (DB) and of a switching element (74) such as for example an analog switch;
The outputs of the switching elements (72) and (74) are connected to a mixer circuit (75) via an anti-bell circuit (76) or for shaping the sub-carrier applied to it. to possibly provide additional protection against noise, it should be noted that the outputs of elements (72) and (74) are connected to circuit (76) via an OR logic gate, the mixer circuit (75) makes it possible to develop the composite video signal and for this, the luminance signal demodulated by a discriminator (77) is transmitted to it, the input of which is connected to the output of a line memory (78) necessary to ensure in the mixer its correct coincidence in time with the color difference signals, the line memory (78) receiving at its input the luminance information available at the output terminal (49) of the emitting device; the sequential mixing at half the line frequency of the sub-carriers modulated respectively by the color difference signals (DR) and (DB), including the identification signals; and the line and field and half line synchronization signal train S available at the output terminal (56) of the sending device; The composite video signal thus obtained can then be sent by air to the receiver device or via a connecting cable from the transmitter device to the receiver device;
In order to allow the sequential transmission of the video signals (DR) and (DB) available in parallel to the output terminals (48) and (50) of the transmitting device, a control member (79) such as for example a JK type rocker performs switching to the line frequency of the switching elements (72) and (74) of each of the channels (A) and (B), The Q output of the flip-flop (79) is connected to the control input of the switching element (72) while the complemented output Q 'is connected to the control input of the switching element (74), the clock input of the flip-flop (79) receives the line synchronization signals from the transmitter device and whose leading falling edge performs, at the line frequency, a change of state at the outputs Q and Q 'of the flip-flop as shown in FIG. 47, it is therefore understood that the switching elements (72) and ( 74) switch to the line frequency and alternately transmit the video signal (DR) to the mixer during the duration of a line (closed state of the switch of the switch (72), then the video signal (DB) for the duration of the following line (closed state of the switch of the switch (74) while that of the switch ( 72)) is open), and so on
The conversion circuit according to the present invention therefore makes it possible to efficiently ensure the transmission from simultaneous mode to sequential mode of the video signals available at the output of the transmitter device and without loss of information.
FIG. 49 represents an embodiment of the recording device according to the invention of the video signals present in the conversion circuit of FIG. 48;
This recording device comprises three recording channels (C, D) and (E) receiving respectively and simultaneously the chrominance signal (DR), the chrominance signal (DB) and the luminance signal (E'Y), The chrominance signals (DR) and (DB) are taken either at the output of the gate or (terminal (76a) of figure 48, or directly at the outputs of the switching elements (72) and (74)
(TERMINALS (72a, 74a), while the luminance signal is taken from the input of the line memory (78)
(Output terminal (78a)); The connection between the input terminals of the recording channels (C, D) and (E) of the
recording device and the output terminals from which the signals are taken can be realized
by means of a multiple-pin pnse cable at each of its ends,
The recording channels are each formed by the serial link of an amplifier (81)
receiving the corresponding video signal from a clipping means (82) of the output signal of the amplifier and
a means of pre-emphasis (83) of the high frequencies, The signals in frequency modulation of
the luminance and chrominance available at the outputs of the pre-emphasis means (83) are
then mixed in the mixing circuit or mixer circuit (84) in a certain proportion, a
current amplifier (not shown) being connected to the output of the mixer and transmitting the signals
video to the coils of at least one recording member (85) such as a magnetic video head
via a rotary transformer (TR)
According to existing systems a single video head can be used for recording a complete frame on a single track of a magnetic medium such as a magnetic tape, or else two diametrically opposed magnetic heads are necessary, one recording. a full frame on a video track while the other head writes another frame on the Next track; It is also possible to record the video signals on a magnetic disk according to methods carried out according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation and outside the scope of the invention,
The video signals available at the output of the mixer circuit, instead of being recorded on a magnetic medium, can be recorded on a video disc and they are sent for this to an optical modulator of laser radiation, the modulator acting on a slave lens. located above the video disc produced using MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation,
The means (81, 83) used in each of the recording channels are synchronized by line and field synchronization signals such as those available at the output terminal (56) of the sending device and applied to the input terminal (56 '), and are optionally slaved by a same high frequency clock signal at (55') such as for example that available at the output terminal (55) of the emitting device;
Line and field synchronization signals are also used to provide the necessary servo-control for the mechanical system of the recording device, namely the capstan and video head motors in rotary head VCRs or equipment motors. mobile and disk in the case of a videodisc recording device
It goes without saying that the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) signals such as inserted into the video signals as already explained previously are also recorded on the recording medium through the three recording channels.
By the recording device according to the invention, it is possible to monitor the recording of video signals on the medium by viewing these signals on a control monitor (not shown) receiving the composite signals available at the output of the mixer circuit (75 ) of Figure 48; Of course, the device of figure 49 is incorporated in the recording apparatus such as the video tape recorder or the videodisc apparatus and the set of elements (78, 77, 76) and (75) of figure 48 can also be incorporated into the recording apparatus so as to benefit from therefrom a composite video signal output socket for the monitoring monitor
The recording device of FIG. 49 may be associated with an automatic or manual selection device (not shown) of at least one of the recording channels (C, D) or (E), such a device can act for example on switches of the analog type connected to the output of the pre-emphasis means (83) and preventing the transmission of at least one of the signals present at the inputs of each of the amplifying means (81), the possible use of a single recording channel by the selection device, for example channel C, allows the storage of documents thanks to the high definition of the image, the red component of the video information then only being recorded,
The digital signals appearing according to a serine constellation respectively at the terminals (61, 62) and (63) of the transmitter device can be recorded directly and / or separately on a recording medium after having optionally processed them through their recording channels. comprising in series an amplifying means, a clipping means and a pre-emphasis means as for the recording channels of FIG. 49,
These video signals in digital form are recorded separately on three different tracks of a recording medium which can be either of the magnetic type or of the optical type; The recording techniques on several tracks carried out according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation do not need to be described; It goes without saying that the encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) signals present in the digital signals are also recorded on the medium;
FIG. 50 represents in block diagram form a device (90) for processing video signals in digital form appearing in a constellation in parallel at the output terminals (58, 59) and (60) of the transmitter device,
As shown in this figure 50, these signals present at the input terminals (58 ", 59") and (60 ") are converted into analog form by the digital-to-analog converters (91, 92) and (93); video-analog available are taken at the output of these converters at the terminals (91a, 93a) and are recorded directly and separately on three different tracks of the recording medium of the magnetic or optical type, these signals also comprising the encryption signals and / or decryption (encoding / decoding),
The outputs of the digital-to-analog converters (91, 93) are respectively connected to the inputs of the synchronous clock signal generators (94, 96), for example quartz and which are voltage controlled; The synchronous clock signal generators (94) and (95) are intended to produce respectively carrier frequencies for the chrominance signals (DR) and (DB) at the output of the digital-to-analog converters (91) and (92), while that the synchronous clock signal generator (96) generates the carrier of the luminance signal available at the output of the digital-to-analog converter (96); The synchronous clock signal generators can be adapted to produce sub-carriers having frequencies equal to a multiple of the 4, 406 and 4.25 MHz sub-carriers of said logic and / or analog television signal processing system; Of course, the ratio of the sub-carriers generated by the clock signal generators synchronous (94) and (95) must be identical to the ratio of the aforementioned sub-carriers, As already explained previously, the use of chrominance sub-carriers having a multiple frequency with respect to the sub-carriers es makes it possible to ensure a good definition of the colors during a subsequent reproduction of the signals recorded on a television receiver, in color;
In addition, the video signals sent to the device (90) are free of noise since they have been processed by the noise eliminators (20, 22) of the sending device, which further guarantees high quality of these signals; It should be noted that instead of taking the video signals (DR, De) and (E'r) from the output of the color television camera, it is possible to take those pre-recorded on a medium such as a magnetic tape of a video cassette or a videodisk, to subject them to the treatment of elimination of interference by the circuits (20, 22) and to re-record them after correction and inscription in the video signals of the encryption and / or decryption code (coding /decoding); This processing operation has the advantage of improving the quality of pre-recorded signals comprising interference,
In order to be recorded in the same way as the video signals available at the output terminals (48, 50) of the transmitting device, the video signals at the output of the synchronous clock signal generators (94) and (95) are either applied directly to the inputs of the switching elements (72) and (74) of figure 48, or applied to the inputs of the dividers (71) and (73) if the sub-carriers are multiplied, the luminance signal available at the output of the generator of synchronous clock signals (96) being applied directly to the input of the recording channel (E) of Figure 49. Of course, the synchronous clock signal generators (94, 96) are set to by the same high frequency clock signal such as that available at the output (55) of the transmitter device and also receive the line and frame synchronization signals;
The voltages available at the output terminals (32) of the sending device are also used to reference the synchronous clock signal generators (94, 96) so that they oscillate at a precise frequency (f0) and always return to this frequency after modulation;
The way in which the video signals available at the different groups of output terminals are routed (48, 49, 50); (61, 62, 63), (58, 59, 60) to the devices of Figures 48, 49 and 50 and from these devices to the recording devices and possibly to the receiving device, can be made from a control unit for example with a micro-module or a microcomputer integrated or not
It should also be noted that the no error signal available at the outputs (64) can be exploited in a central unit which can optionally stop the operation of the whole of the recording device when at least one error in the signals digital is detected
The present inventive concepts and invention therefore generally allow the recording of good quality and with high definition of chrominance and luminance subcarrier signals appearing simultaneously at the outputs of a video signal processing device. from any source such as a color television camera which may be fitted with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone or a reproduction device (VCR, videodisc device), as shown in the plates drawings 28 to 31 and in Figures 44 to 50;
The invention will be better understood, and other objects, characteristics, details and advantages thereof will emerge more clearly from the explanatory description in FIG. 51 in the drawing board No. 32 with reference to the schematic drawings given by way of reference. of examples illustrating the embodiments of the invention which relate in particular to the audiovisual devices described by their names in the abstract of the drawing, taken together or separately and that it also applies to a device which allows two-way transmissions. directional in the modulator direction by being a current amplifier and in the demodulator direction by being a voltage amplifier, comprising variable capacitance semiconductors making it possible to explore all the ranges of frequencies that can reach several tens of giga-hertz controlled by a direct voltage from an automatic or manual source which is returned by the single coaxial cable and intended to supply the semiconductors to variable capacitance and amplifiers and preamplifiers located on the roof near the antenna or fixed to it, allowing them to be tuned to the same frequency as the devices playing the role of demodulator and located inside housing, used mainly in the audio-visual field and others in the frequency ranges produced with integrated components and miniaturized to the highest level by photo-mechanics and said components are mounted on the surface according to the technologies
MIKROTELEC, working in the absence of resonance tuning like bidirectional "wide band" amplifiers, equipped with variable capacity semiconductor devices allowing automatic or manual setting by micro-modules or microcomputers on any channel in the aforementioned ranges, in "narrow band" having direct voltage or frequency control inputs intended for automatic adjustment of tuning, comprising micro-circuits for controlling transmitted frequencies allowing control by the local oscillator of a standard television set switched on, transformers of this frequency into voltage, intended to supply and tune the semiconductors with vanable capacitance, thus making it possible to tune automatically to it, after a reset of the micro-module comprising frequency-voltage converter units intended for automatic tracking of the frequency transmitted by this television set or other, provided with preselected units tors of any of any of the channels in the above frequency ranges, comprising DC voltage generators which may correspond to the voltage level of the variable capacitance semiconductors of any of the stations, having DC voltage generators which generate exactly the voltage and include the discriminators and regulators for adjusting this voltage, thus making it possible to pass all the information codes in the form of logical and / or analog television signals, comprising a standard antenna plug and a single-stranded cable allowing thus to connect the television set to this modulator member which has an independent power supply and which is equipped with a line scanning frequency detector, a shaping device for dlstnbution of this signals obtained from the clocks synchronous to the scans of lines allowing the storages and / or </ R combination of the organs of this invention which have miniaturi circuits sés to the point of having a footprint reduced to a few cubic millimeters, in said frequency ranges; the device works in the absence of resonance tuning, like a bidirectional "wide band" amplifier, it comprises semiconductor devices with variable capacitance allowing according to the invention to be automatically or manually calibrated as well as the settings by sound commands in any channel of the frequency ranges; said device comprises the means and the automatic control members of semiconductors with variable capacitance by any frequency or a direct voltage injected at the control inputs thereof; it is fitted with circuits for detecting radiated frequencies or its harmonics that can be used by a standard television set powered up; it comprises members allowing it to use the frequencies radiated by the emitters or any other devices giving it the means to tune to their own frequency, by means of the aforementioned micro-modules; it comprises variable capacitance semiconductors allowing it to self-adjust to one of the frequencies radiated by the television or other audiovisual devices, which will be selected and transformed into direct voltage intended to control other variable capacitance semiconductors; it comprises the converter units, frequency-voltage, necessary for the automatic tracking of the frequency radiated by the television provided with a modulator-demodulator, it is equipped with preselector units allowing the system according to the inventive concepts and the invention to be preset to any even or odd channel within the above frequency ranges; said system is equipped with DC voltage generators making it possible to successively explore all the stations in the above-mentioned frequency ranges
Basic software for the commands of the functions stored in the memories of the associated programs and / or integrated in the micro-modules equipped with generators, reproducers / correctors of the television signals corresponding to the commands and controls of the electronic circuits of the channels
Green, Red and Blue allowing reproductions and / or generations of extremely stable black levels as well as controls and commands of the television signals corresponding to the infra-black parts of the television scanning screen programmable and / or pre-programmed and set. implemented before any display of the images visible on the screen of a color television receiver and / or other television scanning screens intended to be controlled by means of the logic and / or analog signals processed and transmitted by said micro-modules or microcomputers applied to each of the channels and circuits of Green, Red and Blue colors configured with the other elements composing the television scans screens controlled by a clock synchronous with the scans of the lines and transmitted by each multi-pin SCART socket, itself even connected to said micro-modules provided with basic programs and / or software applicable mainly to 64 / 36th quotient 1.77 screens 777 .. and on screens 40 / 3rd quotient 1.33333 ..

Claims (13)

1.. Sets made up of television signal receiving stations and external devices connected by targets equipped with multi-pin SCART sockets to television receivers, characterized by the facts that according to one of the variants of the embodiments of the sets consisting of TV sets and / or other Tv, HDTV and / or TVTHD screens with memories associated with audiovisual devices fitted with TVCOM wave transmitters and / or receivers and with Peritélèvision systems in MIKROTELEC technologies intended for universal UNICOM communications; the present sets are remarkable, because of the complexities of the MikroTélec technologies applicable in particular in all advanced fields and usable in all places of leisure, habitat and also in land, sea and air vehicles and in what they carry on the variants of the embodiments taken as examples and cited in the provisions described which allow a person skilled in the art to understand and achieve the solutions to the problems encountered by the users, when the television receiver has to be produced (Very High Definition - TVTHD) in colors equipped with Mikrotelec Wave Transceivers (EROM) preprogrammed and / or programmable with remote control functions; equipped with multi-pin SCART sockets reread with the audio-visual devices themselves fitted with Transmittera. Mikrotelec Wave Receivers (EROM) and also equipped with multi-pin SCART sockets allowing to lightning the problems observed when the user has the network of targeted television and satellite television networks, telephone networks, terrestrial telecommunications networks, telecommunications networks By satellites and others: when each user can have in hand his small shoemaker (EROM) Wave transceiver Mikrotelec constituting a remote control equipped with a small TVTHD screen also allowing telephone and / or videophone functions with effective color images and other functions; given the growing number of television signal set-top boxes, satellite television receiver boxes or cable television receiver boxes and terrestrial pay-TV networks and other audiovisual devices, which the user is confronted with real problems which can therefore be solved by one of the methods. in particular of applications of MIKROTELEC technologies of the latest generations, implemented in these embodiments according to the provisions described for audiovisual devices equipped with micro-modules or microcomputers which will also make it possible to easily explore all the possibilities available on all television networks therefore all standards and on all other networks accessible to the users of each SERVER SET UNIVERSAL "" UNISERVER "and" UNITVCOM "Transmitters-Receivers-of-waves-Multisources made up of said audio-visual devices together with a television set make it possible to train in particular the Peritélevision systems, designed and produced according to" MIKROTELEC "technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and destocking, and from other memories usable with video-visual devices linked together, locally. by targets and multi-pin SCART and, remotely, by all lo traditional or other transmission networks and that in one of the preferred embodiments of each set consisting of color television receivers and other audiovisual devices equipped with micro. modules linked together by multi-pin SCART sockets accessible from the outside and multi-axial cable also mu or multi-pin sockets at each of its ends, said audiovisual devices thus equipped and defined make it possible to provide a certain number of solutions and advantages provided for according to new technologies MIKROTELEC of the latest generations concerning television receivers designated by (1) and / or other audiovisual devices fitted with multi-pin SCART sockets (4) into which the multi-pin SCART socket (5) carried by the ends of the target can be inserted multicoaxial which can be @elle by the complementary multi-pin SCART sockets (4) to any external device (9), the television receiver (1) is also equipped with a coaxial base (E) allowing the connection O an antenna (19 ) which comprises an external member (10) which is connected by a single coaxial cable to the television receiver (1) by a coaxial plug (F) and that the external member (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna ( 19) is electrically supplied from the television receiver (1) which is galvanically isolated from the mains by its power transformer and from the socket (2) and that the "earthing pin (T) of the socket(2) and its "earth link" (T) located in the mains lead, fitted with a multi-pin power socket which cooperates with an EDF mains socket) fitted with a filter carried by the television receiver (1 ) allowing to stop the interferences and the various parasitas coming from the electrical network, while the stave and the "earthing" pin (T) of this EDF network mains socket) are connected to the frame of the television receiver (1) and constitute the general mass which communicates to the main mass of the coaxial base (E) ensuring a good contact of musse to the coaxial plugs (F) carried by the single coaxial quail and communicating by the coaxial sockets complementary to the mass main of the external organ (10) and consequently of the antenna (19) which is at the ground so that together is put "to the earth (T) and constitutes a" arrester "by the intermediary of the 'antenna (19) and said single coaxial cable whose braid or ribbon a metal allows the electric discharge to flow, in the event that said antenna is struck by lightning and all ks external organs (for example): (9,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18 , 21,22 and others which can be connected by multi-axial cables with multi-pin SCART sockets at their ends, to the telephone set (12) and to the deniodulator module (13) so that if the external telecommunication cable brings any positive potential or negative (lightning) or other, it can be emulated by the main mass to the general mass of the television receiver (1) and by the "earth" pin (T) of the socket (2) which can be connected to the general mass and / or to the main mass in the event that said assemblies constitute audiovisual devices would be listed (without the venlcules of land, river, sea and air transpots comprising their sources of electric power supply available on multi-pin power sockets equipped with pins and contacts ensuring the connection of the general ground consituée by the metal frame of each of the transport vehicles, while the antenna (19) when it is on board one of said transport vehicles, can be dynamically controlled and maintained. oriented towards any geostationary satellite transmitting the television signals picked up by said antenna (10) ct t by the sound receiver-sensor with the low noise factor O amplifiers and at least a local oscillator at fixed frequency making it possible to establish with respect to the high-frequency received (Iîyprequence), any intermediate frequency containing all basic television signals, coded or non-coded, logical and / or analog radio-broadcasting or telecommunication relating to the production of high-definition images observed on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1) and or printed on paper by the printer (18) or on any media (meteorological cards or other ') as well as the commentary information eUor of "audio" signals corresponding to programs broadcast in several languages, simultaneously and which can be selected from the remote control unit (20) and the desired language will be called up by at least one of the keys of this box which includes other keys allowing the selection of polarities of the waves received by the antenna (I (19) directs towards a geostationary satellite transmitting on any polarity and allowing to actuate the motor integrated in the sensor-receiver -hyper-frequency. located as close as possible to the antenna (19) and to control the electronic module which ensures by a motor the positioning towards any point on the geostationary circle from east to west (X) or inversely as well as the positioning motor in elevation, either from North to South (Y), moreover the television receiver station (1) is equipped with at least one wave transceiver which can be used for several their uses. such as a wave receiver-transmitter to transmit or receive several frequencies simultaneously, it can transmit basic television signals corresponding to the "audio" information, in monophonic @@ in stereophonic, in several simultaneously, so that several viewers will be able to see the same program on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1) and listen to your pitch selected by each of them, by means of an individual wave receiver equipped with a language selector, which can be arranged for example, in a stereophonic earpiece held in the ear Evou Integrated into the remote control box (20) with a producer or. miniature sound reproducer; the television receiver (1) and / or other audiovisual devices fitted with multi-pin SCART sockets (4) being connected by the connection t low loss of external device (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna (19 is carried out by the single coaxial cable with coaxial pilses on at least one of its ends that can be plugged into the coaxial base carried by the television receiver (i) and / or into the coaxial base carried by the external member (9) , and / or any of the external members (9,10,11,12, 13,14,15,16, 17,18,21,22 and others), either directly or indirectly by a flexible coaxial extension equipped with complementary coaxial sockets at each of its ends in the event that the single coaxial screen @@@ with a wall socket when it arrives near the television receiver (1) 2. Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately or in combination with claim 1, or with any one of the parts of said claim 1, characterized in that in the sets consisting of TV sets and / or other Tv screens, HDTV and 'or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with TVCOM wave transmitters or receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems provided for the component (10) is connected by a single coaxial cable to the television receiver (1) and / or to the external member (9) containing a demodulator and possibly a modulator, which is connected to the television receiver (1) by a multicoaxial cable provided with a multi-pin SCART socket (5) at each of its ends and which can be plugged into the multi-pin socket of the television (4) carried by the television receiver (1); the connection between the television receiver (1) and the external device (10) implanted as close as possible to the antenna (19) is provided by a single coaxial cable which transmits all the signals for controlling the orientation of the antenna (19) and the information from television and telecommunications broadcasts or other transmission networks; The external device (10) is installed as close as possible to the antenna (19) and comprises all the modules ensuring the positioning functions and all the memorization and assignment circuits of the chosen orbital position and that can be controlled from using the remote control box (20), through the transceiver (21) and the single coaxial cable; The external organ (9) can include all the modules ensuring the functions of the external organ (10); the sequential power switches which are integrated into the external unit (10) allow the positioning motors to be supplied and rotated, according to the signals transmitted by the single coaxial cable in the order given from the buttons on the control box. remote control (20); the remote control unit (20) comprises keys, which allow the selection of the polarities of the waves received by the antenna (19) oriented towards a geostationary satellite, one of which enables the motor integrated in the sensor-receiver to be activated. hyper-frequency located near the antenna (19) and another also controls the electronic module which ensures by a motor the positioning towards any point on the geostationary map from East to West (X) or vice versa, as well as the positioning motor in elevation, from North to South; the external device (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna (19) is supplied electrically from the television receiver (1) which is galvanically isolated from the mains by its power supply transformer and from the socket (2) which comprises a grounding pin "(T) directly connected to the chaule of the television receiver (t) and constitutes the general rnasae which communicates to the main mass of the coaxial base (E) ensuring a good ground contact to the coaxial plugs (F) complementary to the external organ (I (10), and consequently to the antenna (19) which is earthed so that together is put "to earth" T) and constitutes a "surge arrester "if the antenna (19) is affected by the fntlstr At because all the external organs, for example: (9,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,21,22 and others) which can be relled by multicoaxial cables fitted with multi-pin sockets at their ends, at the telephone set (12) and at the modulator-demosulator (13) so that ue where the external telecommunication cable brings any positive or negative potential (lightning) or other, it can be passed by the main mass the general mass of the television receiver (1) and by the pin of "earthing" (T) of the socket (2): the sensor-receiver (10) of transmissions coming from any geostationary satellite is fitted with an O low noise factor amplifier and at least one O fixed frequency local oscillator allowing to establish with respect to the high-frequency received (hyper-frequency), any intermediate-frequency containing all the basic signals of television broadcasting or telecommunications, coded or not. logic and / or 3n3iogiqueo relating to the production of "high-definition" images observed on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1) and / or printed on papers by the printer (18) or on any media (meteorological maps or others): the external unit (10) is provided with at least one transmitter receiver which can receive, decode and process dos coded, logical or onalogical signals and the. refer to the "video", "audio" or other modules of the television receiver (1) or else record them and memorize them with the synchronous clock on an external recording device (22); the external member (10) is provided with at least one receiver-transmitter-transformer of the signals received at hyper-frequency in order to decode them, process them and send them back in the form of corresponding signals to the "intermediate-frequency" and / or in "high-frequency" signals or an intermediate frequency divided by two, to the television receiver (1) by a single coaxial cable and / or to the external device (8) and / or to an external recording device (22) ; and that according to another variant of the realizations of a UNISERVER UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY and UNINCOM Emitters-Receivers-Wave-Multisources. made up of audiovisual devices designed and produced according to MOKROTELEC technologies, doubtful of memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices connected inter-flow, locally, by copies and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks, in one of the embodiments, relate to the generators of audio-video signals and more particularly an audiovisual signal decoder encoder otl or encrypted and / or unencrypted, encoded and / or non-encoded, analogue and / or logical television signals, which includes the link interfaces and the impedance adapters supplied by the signals connected video sources comprising the synchronization signer regenerator and a signal modulation identifier television, a bare mlcro-ordlnataur micromodule circuit supplied by a time base obtained from the signals from the synchronous clock ticks nu scanning of lines and from which loo signal inputs regenerated and / or obtained. From the synchronous clock ticks, a first modulator / demodulator, the inputs of which are respectively connected to an output, are respectively connected to the circuits of the connection interfaces as well as to the extractor of synchronization signals and to the modulation identifier. of the identifier and to an output of the micromodule or microcomputer, the outputs of which being connected to the link interface and to the impedance adapters of each output, the microcomputer or microcomputer comprise means for programming functions; the assembly formed of coder-decoder, encryptor, provided in particular for t pay television, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the modulation / demodulation signal, the input of which is connected to an output the micromodule or integrated microcomputer or not, the output of which is connected to a first input of a second modulator-demodulator, of which a second input is connected through the intanseos dc link and dca impôdanoes adapters to the power input in audiovisual signals, the output of the modulator being connected through a filter to an output adapter of the audiovisual signal; according to another variant of the embodiments. an encoder-decoder, encoder-decryptor of television signals or audiovisual signals, is in particular provided for pay television as well as a digitizer of television signals; also the realization of programmable line analyzers, and the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor especially intended for pay television includes a link interface with input power adapter supplied by a source video signal connected to a synchronization signal extractor ot å a signal modulation identifier, a micro-module or microcomputer circuit Integrated or not powered by the generator of the signals obtained from the synchronous clock and from a synchronization time base and whose two inputs are respectively connected at the outputs of the circuits of the link interfaces comprising the extractor of synchronization signals and at the modulation identifier a first modulator-demodulator whose two inputs are respectively connected to an output of the identifier and to an output of the microphone circuit -module or microcomputer Integrated or not, its output being connected to a link interface with the im adapter pedance, the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not comprising means for programming functions; the encoder-decoder, encryptor. decryptor in particular intended for television or other programs broadcast with secure toll means generated from the aforementioned micro-modules, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the modulation-demodulation signal, the input of which is connected <RTI ID decryptors in particular of digital, (logical) and / or analog television signals, modulations-demodulations of audio-visual signals are provided in micro-modules or microcomputers and can be carried out by reversing the basic spectrum around a determined modulation frequency, fixed or modifiable, the frequencies being able to come from a synchronous clock and form a time base or according to another programming mode, in the case of an application associated with a transmission of signals of television and / or audiovisual include the line and / or frame frequency or even a multiple or sub-multiple thereof, the television signals and / or a udiovisual could be digitized by an analog digital converter, allowing From its outputs to have television signals in purely logical (and / or binary) form at its output, modulated-demodulated by mixing the bits, for example, then reconverted by a logic / analog converter into so-called analog signals applicable to audiovisual equipment via multi-pin SCART sockets produced using the latest generation MIKROTELEC technology: this application variant can moreover be applied to audiovisual signals; modulation-demodulation of television and audiovisual signals can be carried out in several ways, depending on the programming of the functions: the samples of these generated logic signals transmitted or received in parallel or in series by the cable links and interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are cited by way of indicative and non-limiting example, neither with regard to their value as allied electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audio-visual equipment comprising micromodules with synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology; one or more video lines are affected by one or more memorizations (including the predetermined, fixed or modifiable return time and display at decryption time this) with respect to the synchronous clock pulse of the line scanning, for example, by a aforesaid programmable encryption micromodule allow the positioning of each starting information which is determined in advance and which the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, in particular of the television signals, will allow positioning at the correct place ot in the correct direction on the screen of the color television receiver; in the event that one or more video lines are returned or Reversed in direction and / or in amplitude Some video lines can be segmented or swapped over several lines or videogram, the image or part of it is swapped with one or more others or even a television image or fraction of an image is swapped with one or more others, the assembly consisting of the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, equipped with micro modules or microcomputers and multi-pin SCART sockets, pre-programmed and / or programmable, produced according to the latest generation MIKROTELEC technology; it should be noted that in the non-visible guard lines of television signals, provision has been made for the possibility of transition of certain determined or indeterminate information provided for transmitting said information or data by the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular television signals, this data being able to be transmitted in analog signals (digital television) in logic signals, and in the form of signals not immediately visible on the screen of the television receiver that the coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of signals from television, will allow according to the order of user or for example (the orders of broadcast sources of television programs S secure toll and to display in visible images on the screen of the television receiver allowing I. choice and / or commands TV programs or other audiovisual information; a further variant embodiment of a coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals comprise or associated with their computers or micro-modules or integrated microcomputers or not, supplemented by the elements constituting said encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, as well as the basic program example that the 'it is possible to load in said audio-visual device comprising a computer or micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, as well as the elements constituting the analyzer of the television signals and of the aforementioned television scanning lines; the examples described of the samples and of the signals represented in tables, showing the logical levels of electrical voltages generated and / or transmitted by the micro-modules or micro-circuits installed in said audiovisual devices; said signals being able to be read, displayed or observed on the display screen of a logic analyzer or of an oscilloscope at different times of the operation of the logic signal generators present on the interconnections of the MlCRO-computer or MICRO-module known as MICROandTELECommand designated in contract terms MIKROTELEC and on each base circuit @ at the level of the multi-pin SCART sockets (20 Ct 148 pins, forming 188 pins + the mes @@ general or the earth); the presence of said logic signals is noted only by way of example on 148 pins mentioned above and represented by the signs 0 and 1 as shown in the tables with the arrangements described; In samples of These generated logic signals transmitted or received in parallel or in series by the wired links and the interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are cited in the arrangements described by way of indicative example and not -limitative, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with the synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology; the samples of the value of the signals and / or of the binary words described, as arrangements, in hexadecimal, used for programming both remote and local functions of programmable audiovisual devices of the latest generations and comprising their micro modulors or microcomputers or MlCRoefTELlECoût associated, said in contract terms MIKROTELEC, intended for use in housing; encoder-decoder system, encryptor-decoder, in particular of television signals; said system allows efficient operation at low cost on all audio and video signals of logical or analog television signals. but can also be adapted to all standards by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memories (EROM) of the micromodule or integrated microcomputer or not; analyzer system of lines, frames, color television images this system makes it possible to visualize the complete content of a line of a frame of a predetermined television image by means of selectors which also display on the screen of the color television or other receiver station, the advantages of such a variant of the system are numerous: in addition to its low cost in programming and its ease of implementation. no adjustment or connections other than those provided by the multi-pin socket outlet is required for simple use; the possibility of using this system for all the names, by simple programming of the functions integrated in the components mounted on surface known as C.M.S. and / or in the memories of micro-modules or microcomputers produced using MIKROTELEC technology, in particular for definitions greater than 1000 lines, but also for definitions below by another programming mode (MIKROTELEC software); this system is perfectly suited to meet the immediate and future needs of the means for controlling the coding and decoding and / or encryption and decryption of logical and / or analog television signals transmitted to according to the most suitable standards and / or definitions. various, by simple programming of said micro-modules, without reaching an excessive cost, but allowing an efficient analysis of the content of a precise line, of a precise frame or of a precise image obtained from the ticks of the clock synchronous line scans thus allowing such an analysis is compared with the order sent, for example, with a video source comprising the said standard order etc transmitted. by one of the aforementioned means); encoder-decoder system, encryptor-decryptor, in particular of color television signals which pr; nst efficient operation at lower cost on all standard audio and video signals, called 525 and 825 lines, but can also be adapted to all standards, by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memory (EROM) on the micro-module or microcomputer,, encoder-decoder system, encryption-decryptor, in particular of Signals of TV ; this system allows efficient operation at short notice on all audio and video signals of logical or analog televIsIon signals, but can also be adapted to all standards by simple rnodihcatlons of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement the program contained in the memories (FROM) of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not; system for analyzing lines, frames, color television images; this system makes it possible to display the complete content of a line of a frame of a predetermined television image by means of selectors which also display on the screen of the television receiver in color or others; the advantages of such a variant of the system are numerous, in addition to its low cost in programming and its ease of implementation, no adjustment or connections other than those provided by the multi-pin SCART socket is required during simple use ; b possibility of using this system for all standards, by simple programming of the functions integrated in the components mounted on the surface known as C.M.S. and / or in the memories of micro-modules or microcomputers produced using MIKROTELEC technology, in particular for definitions greater than 1000 lines, but also for definitions below by another programming mode (MIKROTELEC software), this system is partaitement adept in meeting the immediate and future needs of means of control, coding and decoding and / or encryption and decryption of logical and "or analog" television signals. transmitted to according to the most diverse standards and / or definitions, by simple programming of said micro-modules, without reaching an excessive cost, not allowing an efficient analysis of the content of a precise line, of a precise frame or of a precise image obtained from the ticks of the synchronous clock to the scans of lines therefore allowing such an analysis in comparison with the order sent, for example, with a video source comprising said standard order etc ... transmitted by one of the aforementioned means), sys tem encoder-decoder, in particular of color television signals allows efficient operation o lower cost on all audio and video signals of nones, called 525 and 625 lines, but can also be adapted to all names by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memory (EROM) of the micro-module or microcomputer. 3. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 and 2, or with any one of the spreads of said claims, characterized in that in the assemblies consisting of TV sets and / or other TV, HDTV and / or TVTHD screens with memories associated with audiovisual devices fitted with TVCOM wave transmitters and / or receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems designed for UNICOM and that the transceiver (2t) carried by the television receiver (1) or by any external device playing the role of a second television signal receiver to which the single coaxial one can be connected to the base (E) and which allows the transmission of all multiplexed signals; the external device (9) can include an independent power supply from another socket (2) galvanically isolated from the mains and making it possible to perform the same functions as the socket (2) of the television receiver (1), the external component (9) also comprises at least one multi-pin socket for television (4) allowing the power supply of at least one second external component, according to the same rules as the multi-pole socket for television (4) of the receiver puula for television (1); the external component (9) is not integrated into the television receiver (1), it is connected to it by a multicoaxial target provided with a multi-pin SCART socket (5) which cooperates with the multi-pin SCART socket ( 4) carried by the television receiver (1) in which it can be plugged; the external member (10) comprises at least one hyper-frequency sensor-receiver with its polarization motor, as well as the positioning motor ensuring the pointing towards any satellite on the geostationary circle from east to west QQ or conversely, and the positioning motor in elevation, that is, from Noid to South (Y); the television receiver station (1) is that of at least one band transceiver which can be called upon for several uses, as well as a wave receiver for transmitting or receiving several frequencies simultaneously; it can transmit basic television signals corresponding to the "audio" information in monophonic or stereophonic, in several languages simultaneously, so that several viewers can watch the same program but play the language selected by each of them by means of 'an individual wave receiver equipped with a language selector which can be integrated, for example. in a StereophOnIc earpiece worn by viewers or placed near their ears; the television receiver (1) or any external device can be equipped with as many wave transmitters as they can pick up or receive audio "channels", simultaneously carrying different languages on monophonic and / or sterocphonic which will be selected by the selector integrated in the stereo receiver carried by any user: external unit (9), contains an interface which returns clock signals from the start of the line, transmitted in the basic signals of television cfl frequency- intermediate If starting from the external device (10) and / or 9 starting from the "video" modules of the television receiver (1), b a frequency of lb KHL 625, the number of which is before 64 microseconds corresponds to the synchronous line scanning clock, for example of a cathode-ray tube or other screens and to a synchronous clock generator or other means which produces synchronous clock signals at a multiple frequency, for example. in pairs, equal to 31 KHz 250 Hz, the front edge of which will be used 32 microseconds apart to synchronize the screen or the cathode ray tube of the television receiver (1):: the television receiver (1) comprises circuits automatic recognition of the length of a line. for example 64 microseconds or 32 microseconds and which will therefore have a synchronous clock making it possible to generate the scanning of lines, for example: at the frequency of 31 KHZ 250 etc ... whose multiples can be of any higher value chosen allowing a fixedness and definition of superior quality images, genres through the intermediary of video micro-modules, displayed on the screen of the television receiver (1) or the other type of scanning television screen in logical signals ( digital) allowing the restitution from the memory and the display of the so-called digital television whose signal values are reproducible in the infinite sense of alteration from the memory made up of metallic washers vitrified with the electronic circuits associated with the micro- control modules of the mechanical systems for accessing the information previously stored on said vitrified washers by the same system which performed the recording nt of said television signals or other signals and / or information; the generated line scan frequency. from the signals obtained from a synchronous clock at the frequency compatible with the traditional television standard can be approximately 15.6 kilohertz and can be generated optionally of a lower multiple value, in other words; the division of said line scanning frequency making it possible to reduce the bit rate of the digital signals (w digital for a possible storage of the television signals in the memories of low capacity and consequently to generate television images of mediocre quality, at the limit acceptable for the possible user of o types of so-called computer images; the television receiver (1) includes a clock reproducer synchronous to the line scans which produces clock signals at multiple frequency or by another means, for example 15 KHZ 625 (clock periods), one obtains a synchronous clock frequency of 10 MHZ 125, which corresponds to 1296 half clock periods and therefore to 1296 data elements of the basic television signals and makes it possible to produce an image of very good definition, using the synchronous clock, received from the television receiver (1) which itself receives a broadcast by sound antenna (19) and by its high-frequency and intermediate-frequency modules, available from the multi-pin SCART socket (4) in which the multi-pin SCART socket (5) is plugged in, connected by a multicoaxial cable to a second socket multi-pin SCART (5) and a multi-pin plug for $ SCART (4) carried by the external device (9) which decodes, memorizes and restores all the useful information contained in a television program, practically devoid of moiré, flicker and various parasites; in the case where the reception of signals from a geostationary satellite is obtained from the antenna 19 and the external device (10) at an intermediate frequency higher than the intermediate frequency (15) of the station television receiver (1), it is possible to save the clock signals from the start of the line making it possible to generate a synchronous clock mulupie of the line frequency, for example; of 20 MHZ 250 KHZ in order to be able to store and restore basic television information signals at a rate twice as high, which makes it possible to obtain very high definition images ", corresponding to 2592 half clock periods and Consequently to 2592 elements of information per television line stored in the memory of an external organ (9) or another in 64 microseconds and restored by a synchronous clock at the line frequency, multiple of soft in a duration of two successive identical lines of 32 microseconds comprising identical information and so on up to 1250 lines per successive complete image composed of two frames of 625 lines, eUor another playback process by reading "combinatorial point-image" from the memory 9 so as to obtain a satisfactory fixity of the picture on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1); the multi-pin SCART socket (4) has pins for the electric power supply. electrical connection of the external component (9) and of the external component (1n) from the power supply of the <RTI station from the multi-pin SCART socket (4); The external unit (10) can include several local converters for the intermediate frequencies that can be switched on or off by the sequential switches, controlled from the remote control unit (20) via a transceiver. (21) and single coaxial cable; b remote control unit (20) is provided with means making it possible, by operating at least one of its buttons, to obtain any of the channels, stations or programs, and to memorize them and to be able to recall them later, @nit, in including the channel number regardless of the position of the satellite transmitting the channel concerned, or by first calling the satellite and then dialing the number of the selected channel located on it; The external unit (10) receives by b single coaxial cable the Iranunis signals from the remote control box (20) from the wave transceiver (21) carried by the television receiver (1) and / or by the external organ (9, ...), the external organ (10) executes with the aid of its preprogrammed modules, automatically order thus received; 4. - Enwmbles consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 3, or with any one of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the sets consisting of TV sets and / or other TV, HDTV and / or HDTV screens with memories stored in audiovisual devices equipped with eU transmitters or TVCOM wave receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems provided for UNICOM and that the external device (9) can be integrated into the television receiver (1); in this way, the multi-pin SCART socket (4) carried by the television receiver (1) is released, allowing by these means to connect via the multi-pin SCART sockets (5) carried by the ends of the multicoaxial cable, a second device exterior (9) so as to be able to use two different programs and / or the same one, simultaneously on the screen (3) during the mixing (inlay) of the transmissions, received by the antenna (19) and the external device ( 10), from any geostationary satellite and / or the terrestrial transmitter in order to be able to display the corresponding images by pressing the relevant keys of the remote control box (20); by these means, there is observed on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1) a main image of very good definition occupying the screen surface, while the images coming from the external member (9) are reduced by b high-speed reading performed at the rate of the synchronous clock at the line frequency, in the form of a mix appearing in at least part of the screen (3) in the form of a window cut out in the main image ; the complementary multi-pin SCART socket (5) can be plugged into the multi-pin SCART socket (4) of the external unit (11), receiving information from a telephone set (12), which itself receives information via a modulator-demodulator from a cable network whose head end is controlled by a computer (14), allowing the monk to establish an interactive and two-way television link between the separate viewers ; plugging the multi-pin SCART plug (5) into the multi-pin SCART socket (4) carried by the television receiver (1) possibly enables the external component (11) to be supplied from the power supply from the television receiver (1), itself galvanically isolated from the mains and from the socket (2), by an isolation transformer the multi-pin SCART sockets (4) and (5) are fitted with at least one pin which allows to switch off and / or switch on, by means of the sequential switches controlled from the remote control unit (20), any high-frequency or intermediate-frequency module of the television receiver (1) and / or of any external device connected by a multicoaxial cable equipped with multi-pin sockets, each of its ends, one of which is plugged into the multi-pin SCART socket (4) of the television receiver (1) allowing it to be transformed this into a visualization console by simply switching on the multi-pin SCART socket (5) in the case of a "videophone" and / or similar, at least any one of the external components (9,10,11, 12,13,14,15, 16,17,18,21,22 and others), can be integrated into the television receiver (1) so that at least one of the external components can be integrated into the '' any of the other external components (9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16, 17,18,21,22 and others), in the case where the limitation of the number of multicoaxial cables fitted with multi-pin plugs on each of their ends is necessary; the external member (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna (19) is provided with at least one modulator-demodulator (13) and at least one computer (14) and / or (17) allowing transmissions bi-directional and interactive basic television signals eVou other additional signals as well as the use of a television receiver (1) equipped with a remote control to store and print information received on the non-visible lines of a emission transmitted in "intermediate frequency" by a single coaxial cable to the television receiver (1) from an antenna oriented towards a geostationary satellite; the television receiver station (1) can include one or more recording pluckers (22) allowing the storage of the basic television signals received, with a view to a later result, according to the commands transmitted by the user from the remote control box (20) via the transceiver (21) carried by the television receiver (1), andlor any external device, (9,10,11,12,13,14,15, 16, 17,18,21,22 and others): the cable is connected to the television receiver (1) by the cooperation of a multi-pin SCART socket t4) carried by the television receiver (1) and these additional sockets (5) worn by the cable, said sockets allow on the one hand, the sending to the external components of signals coming from the television receiver (1) and on the other hand, the sending on the modules of the receiver station of the signals emitted by the external organ and finally, possibly, the power supply of the external organ from the television receiver (1); the multi-pin SCART socket allows the sending to the external unit of signals obtained from: s clock signals of the line-synchronization of the television receiver, said signals being used by the external unit to constitute a synchronous clock with that of the line scan; the complementary multi-pin SCART socket constitutes, associated or not with the external device to which it is connected, at least one switch for at least one module of the television receiver station (1); the multi-pin SCART socket (6) has at least one pin ensuring the transfer of the signals' 1ir1 from the television receiver (1) to any external device, the television receiver (1) is a radio receiver color television, and its multi-pin SCART socket (4) has at least one pin for the transfer to the external device of "basic" signals, coded or not, analog or logic for each of the three colors of the television receiver (1 ); the general ground of the television receiver (1) is connected to the main ground of the complementary multi-pin SCART socket (5); the main mass of the complementary multi-pin SCART socket (4) consists of the socket of said socket; at least one module of the television receiver (1) is switched off permanently; the external unit sends information to the video module of the television receiver station (1) and the connection via the multi-pin SCART socket constitutes a permanent switch which puts the "high-frequency" and "intermediate-frequency" modules of the station on circuit television receiver (1); the switching off of at least one module of the television receiver (1) is sequential; the external component receives Information from the broadcasts picked up by the television receiver (1) during the scans of lines which do not correspond to images visible on the screen (3), the external component providing video signals during the time relating to the scanning of the lines visible on the screen (3), the switch consisting of the multi-pin SCART socket (5) associated with the complementary multi-pin socket switching off the "high-frequency" and "frequency- modules intermediary "of the television receiver; the external organ comprises in the monk a synchronous clock generator constituting a synchronous clock with the clock of the line synchronization of the television receiver station (1) by multiplying the clock frequency received from the television receiver station (1 ); the external unit receives information by electrically wired connection or by means of a wave receiver; the external unit receives and / or sends information over the teleplex network through the intermediary of a modulator-modulator: the external unit receives information 9 from a set of memories and sends this information to the television (1); in the case where the antenna (19) and the external member (10) are mounted on a support placed in a conventional manner allowing at least a first orientation, towards any satellite, of the antenna (19) which drives for example a potentioneter and / or other means constituting a memory of its position, this memory is used by the external member (10) andlOr any other external member and / or the television receiver (1), as a reference position, from which a possibly automatic memorization of one or more positions of the aatellites can be memorized and which can be recalled, modified, inverted or coupled to any program number, from the remote control unit (20) and the transmitter. wave receiver (21); the television receiver (1) is part of a set made up of audio-visual equipment made up of a television signal receiver and external components connected by cables with multi-pin SCART sockets to the television receiver (1 ), said television receiver (1) and / or other audio equipment fitted with multi-pin SCART sockets (4) into which the multi-pin SCART socket () can be plugged in () carried by the ends of the multicoaxial cable which can be reread by the complementary multi-pin SCART sockets (4) to any external device (9), the television receiver (1) is also equipped with a coaxial base (E) allowing connection to an antenna (19) which includes a device external (10) which is connected by a single coaxial cable to the television receiver (1) by a coaxial plug (r) and the external member (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna (19) is t supplied electrically from the television receiver (1) which is galvanically isolated from the mains by its power supply transformer and from the socket (2) and b "earthing pin (T) from the socket (2) and its "earth link" (T) located in the mains lead, equipped with a multi-pin power socket which cooperates with a mains supply (tDF network) fitted with a filter carried by the television receiver (1) allowing to stop interference and various parasites coming from the electrical network, while the socket and the earthing pin "(T) of this mains socket (network EDF) are connected to the frame of the television receiver (1) and constitute the general mass which communicates to the main mass of the coaxial base (E) ensuring good ground contact with the coaxial plugs (F) carried by the coaxial cable single and communicating by the cumulative coaxial sockets with the main mass of the external organ (10) and consequently of the antenna (19) which is at the mass, so that the whole is put "to the ground "(T) and constitutes a" surge arrester "by means of the antenna (19) and said single coaxial cable whose braid or metallic tape allows the electric discharge to flow in the event that said antenna is struck by lightning st that all external components (for example): (9,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,21,22 and others) which can be connected by multicoaxial cables fitted with multi-pin SCART sockets at their ends, to the telephone set (12) and to the modulator-demodulator (13) so that silo external telecommunication cable brings any positive or negative potential (lightning) or other, It can be passed by the main mass to the general mass of the television receiver (1) and by the "earthing" pin (T ) of the socket (2) which can be connected to the general mass and / or to the main mass in the case where said assemblies made up of audio-visual devices are used in land, river, sea and air transport vehicles comprising their sources power supplies available. on the multi-pin power sockets provided with pins and contacts ensuring the connection of the general mass constituted by the metallic chasis of each of the transport vehicles, while the antenna (19) when it is on board one of said vehicles transport, can be dynamically controlled and maintained, oriented towards any geostationary satellite transmitting the television signals picked up by said antenna (19) and by the sensor-receiver associated with the low noise tactor amplifiers and at least one local generator fixed-frequency synchronous clock making it possible to establish, in relation to the received high-frequency (hyper-frequency), any intermediate-frequency containing all the basic television, radio-broadcasting or telecommunication signals, coded or not coded , logic and / or analog relating to the production of high definition images observed on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1) and / or imprint imated on papers by the printer via or any media (weather maps or others) as well as the commentary information and / or "audio" signals corresponding to dittusôs programs in several languages, simultaneously and which can be selected from remote control box (20) and the desired language will be called by at least one of the keys of this box which includes other keys allowing the selection of the polarity of the waves received by the antenna (19) oriented towards a geostationary satellite transmitting on any polarity and allows to actuate the motor integrated in the sensor-receiver-hyper-frequency, located as close as possible to the antenna (19) and to control the electronic modulated which ensures by a motor the positioning towards any point on b geostationary circle of rest to the West (X) or vice versa as well as the positioning motor in elevation, i.e. from North to South (Y), in addition the television receiver (1) is equipped with at least one wave transmitter receiver which can be called upon for several uses, such as a wave receiver-transmitter to transmit or receive several frequencies simultaneously. it can transmit basic television signals corresponding to "audio" information in monophonic or stereophonic, in several languages simultaneously, so that several viewers can see the same program on the screen (3) of the television receiver ( 1) and listen to the language selected by each of them, by means of an individual wave receiver dole of a language sector, which can be placed, for example, in a stereophonic receiver held in the ear and / or integrated in the remote control box (20) with a miniature sound producer or reproducer; the television receiver (1) and / or other audiovisual equipment fitted with multi-pin SCART sockets (4) being connected by 14 low-loss connection to an external component (10) placed as close as possible to the antenna (19 is made by the single dated coaxial cable of coaxial sockets on at least one of its ends which can be plugged into the coding base carried by the television receiver (1) and / or into the coaxial base carried by the component external (9), and / or any of the external organs (9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16, 17,18,21,22 and others), either, directly or indirectly by a flexible coaxial extension cable fitted with a complementary coaxial socket at each of its ends in the case where the single coaxial cable has a wall socket À son ahivbs * near the television receiver (1); 5. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 4, or with any one of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the assemblies constituting television receivers and / or other TV, HDTV and / or HDTV screens with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with TVCOM transmitters and / or wave receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems designed for UNICOM, with the elements mentioned in the variant embodiments referring to the descriptions and illustrations of Figures 6 to 11 which have a color television signal processing system, in particular of the logic or analog type, comprising a transmitter device, such as a color television camera which can be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone, signals of sub-poneuse bone cnromlnance and luminance signal to a receiving device such as a n color television receiver, a control monitor or the like, said receiving device comprising an encoder-decoder, encryption-decryptor of the information video signals received and of the television signals IrrÀ'vus for pay-TV; said encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of the television signals provided for pay-TV, comprises the first and the second of the tuned circuits (80, 90) each receiving a chrominance subcarrier signal. the first tuned circuit (80) being connected to a discriminator (81) producing the color difference signal E, RE, Y) while the second tuned circuit (90) is connected to another discriminator (91) producing the color difference signal. color difference (E's-E'y), and a third tuned circuit (100) receiving the luminance information signal (E'y) connected to a discriminator (101) providing the DC component of the luminance signal; the output signals of the first, second and third discriminators being applied to a matrixing wax (84,97,94) to provide the color signals (E'R EV) and (E's), the three discriminators being synchronized to each line start on the same clock signal: the aforementioned clock signal is derived from the clock (110) biliated to the outputs of the line and frame time bases (120) and (130), to which are respectively applied the line and frame synchronization signers the aforementioned clock signal is a high frequency signal derived from the general clock (341 of the sending device; the line and frame synchronization signals are each supplied by a separator (140) whose input terminal is connected to the output terminal of the transmitter device in which are available the line and frame synchronization signals, said system comprises a decoding circuit (200) of the code written in the encryption and / or decryption signals (encoding / d ecoding) inserted into the sequences of information video signals supplied by the transmitting device, and relib to the picture tube in order to visualize the meaning of the code of the encryption and / or decryption signal (encoding / decoding); the aforementioned decoding circuit (200) comprises a bell circuit (201) receiving the information video signals. means (202) for reconstituting the information relating to the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) code inserted in the information sequence and connected to a read only memory (203) converting the signals which are therein into digital form applied. and application means (204,205,206) connected to the read only memory and the outputs of which are respectively connected to the red, van and blue electrodes of the picture tube; the aforementioned reconstruction means comprises a demultiplexer (202) controlled by a detection means such as a logic gate (207) of the period of appearance of the encryption and / or decryption information (encoding / decoding); the 64 microsecond line scanning application means used by the main television standards NTSC - PAI - SECAM .kt others which are at conventional frequencies ranging from 15.6 kilohertz to 15.8 kilohertz; thus for these three television standards, these scan-lines frequencies are always the same within 100 hertz; tee the aforementioned means given the present concept invention and invention make it possible to eliminate the tears and deformations in the horizontal direction seen on a TV screen, harmful for these three main television standards when viewing or displaying on the screen thin vertical lines and colored are apparent and have the same defects in the eyes of the user; these three main television standards use a line return time corresponding approximately to 5 to 10 microseconds. taken over the total duration of each successive line which has a duration close to 64 microseconds; the present embodiments make it possible to construct an assembly forming a RECEIVER and TRANSMITTER and UNIVERSAL SERVER, made up of MIKROTELEC audiovisual devices of the last generation., equipped with memories in vitrified metal washers with instant access and or similar memories with transmitters- MIKROTELEC-Multisource-receivers (EROM) connected, locally, by multi-pin television sockets and remotely by all television signal transmission networks, networks transmitting both. "very high definition", "high definition" television images. "medium definition" and "low definition" with all the teletext audio-visual information, as well as the signals coming from the telecommunication networks transmitting the internet, and Teletel / Minitel provided for communications at world level by the aforesaid audio-visual devices designed in doc compatibility MIKROTELEC technologies making it possible to transmit in particular at higher rates, the information, the images and the signals obtained from the synchronous clock ticks on any frequency: by the micro-modules one. such. frequency can etc regenerated from a synchronous throat generator contained in the micro-module allowing storage in memories and / or restitutions from said memories enlratnées by impulse electro.magnetic motors equipped with electronic controls, movements and / or rotations controlled by said micro-modules, in the form of logic (digital) signals converted by means of the converters of the analog signals into careful logic from dco television signals coming from the transmitters of all the terminals; Said logic signals make it possible to regenerate the images in any format and in a desired number of lines obtained by programming the aforementioned micro-modules, which can be used on a televislon baby screen and / or by other storage means in electronic memory or in memory. by printing a stream or beams from a reading or writing transceiver of said memories in vitrified metal discs or others; by MICRO-modules with programs for correcting tears and deformations in the horizontal direction seen on a TV screen, harmful for these three famous television standards, when viewing or displaying on the screen thin vertical lines and colored which are apparent and have the same defects that may be observed by users Said standards, use a line return time corresponding substantially to 5 to 10 microseconds, over the total duration of a line which is around 64 microseconds; The correction of these faults can be carried out line by line and frame by frame: The multiplication of lines by image is obtained by successive readings of the memory Using the clock synchronous with the scanning of lines; the present disturbances for receiving broadcasts from various sources, as well as sending broadcasts, orders and. diffused orders, for example, for wired resonux. television networks or terrestrial networks and reeds of pay television and "or telecommunications by geostationary satellites, by integrating the electronic MICRO-module of reception and transmission. which allows the processing of audiovisual signals in an external organ ( 10) located as close as possible to the funnel (19), for example on the back of it, which can be oriented in azimuth and in elevation using the programmable MICRO-modules for powering the motors that you can rotate in the desired direction, according to the state of the sequential switches, carried by these MICRO-control modules and those of the motor power supply, according to the signals of the order transmitted by the single coaxial cable to from the remote control unit (20) and via the television receiver (1) and / or the transceiver (21), described in the patents; françois published @@ 26.11.1082 @@@@ @ @ n 2 401 680, here on March 23, 1990 under n 2020000, permitting the transmission of signals in a bi-directional manner as well as the display signals of all the parameters on the screen (3), and / or in one of the fractions of the complete scan of the screen (3) when said screen is a screen d boloyago television and includes line refectors and frame returns and a MICRO-computer or MICRO-controller allowing the controls of the scanning using the synchronous clock, and other parameters such as for example, the sound level, the video level by which one also refines the pointing with precision in azimuth and / or in elevation by the supply of the motors dosed to the path of the control modules and also the display on the screen (3) of the programs, back channels, of the various curves or graphs as well as the exact positions of the antenna (19) etc. .; that according to another variant of the embodiments of these inventive concepts, the external component (10) is connected by a single coaxial cable directly to the television receiver (1) and / or to the external component (9) containing at least one television signal demodulator and possibly one or more dividing signal modulators which is connected to the television receiver station (1) by a multicoaxial cable fitted with a multi-pin Periterevision socket (5) at each of its ends to be jigged into the multi-pin SCART socket (4) carried by the television receiver (1); external member (10) located near the television antenna is electrically supplied by the single coaxial cable from one or the other television signal receiver and comprises its micro-modules, microcomputer or microcontroller with all the antenna control circuits (19) which are provided for the reception and transmission of television signals and other audiovisual signals, on the one hand, said micro-modules or microcomputer and micro-controller with the circuits of positioning and orientation, the memorization and position assignment circuits and, on the other hand, the micro-modules or microcomputer and microcontroller with all the reception and memorization circuits of the channels from the box remote control (20) as well as those of the transformation of the signals received in "hyper-frequency" in signals "high-frequency" and intermediate frequency "(15), transmitted by a single coaxial cable to the television receiver station (1) ocl at x other receiver-transmitters of television signals, and / or possibly to the external unit (9) which may include all the modules ensuring the functions of the external unit (10) as well as an independent power supply from other " mains socket "(2): in the case of another proven alternative embodiment, where the external component (9) is not integrated into the television receiver (1), it is connected to it by a multicoaxial cable fitted with a multi-pin SCART socket (5), which cooperates with the multi-pin SCART socket (4) carried by the television receiver station (1) into which it can be plugged; the external device (9) comprises an integrated power supply, a remote control and pet include an autonomous electrical power supply from the socket (2) (mains), by applying the elements and circuits provided in particular to power the receiving station of television (1) itself which makes it possible to supply the external component (10) which can also be provided with an integrated power supply ot remote control circuits in the event that the single coaxial cable is connected to it: one of the variants is to use television signal receivers which can also receive, decode and process coded signals or logical or analog ciphers and send them back through the link interface associated with each multi-pin SCART socket on the audio or other video modules. the television receiver (1) fitted with micro-modules or micro-computers (called micro) so that one can observe on screen (3) television images in better definition or in high definition or even very high definition television images that can be recorded or memorized with the synchron horoge on an external device (22) (recorder equipped with vitrified metal washers allowing instant access to any image stored on said audiovisual recording device) or video tape recorder (also referred to as audiovisual receiver of television signals, also equipped with micro modules with interface links allow the elimination of redundancies, (storage and transmission of identical or double signals) in television signals as well as the suppression of interference before the use of said signals in memory, allowing on the one hand the storage and on the other hand the reproduction as well as the editing of the image sequences by the Si video micro-modules from the aforementioned television signals which can subsequently be replayed and reproduced later on the screen (3), as they are in operation ion of the logic state of the sequential switches made up of the electronic circuits contained in said micro-modules or video-programmed microcomputers or in the event of window information in the scanning of the main screen or in the window already formed, this is that is to say in case of mixing (inlay), reduced in a small window by the reading of the video information stored in the memory of the external organ (22) Using a high-frequency clock, synchronous with the line frequency of the television video signals, received or generated locally, which makes it possible to eliminate moiré, distortion and flicker of "high-definition television" or "very high-definition television" images as well reconstituted where eneorc one back buta of a variant is achieved by placing the external member (10), "receiver-transmitter-modulator frequency changer", no longer near the television receiver (1), but as close as possible to the antenna (19) a ssuring the rôooptîon of. emissions coming from any satellite so as not to subject the signals received in "hyper-frequency", a significant attenuation caused by the coaxial cable as they were transmitted directly, in a traditional way, to the demodulator placed nearby a television receiver (1); in another variant of the embodiments, the single cable ensuring on the one hand the transmission of remote control signals comprising all the functions and instructions of a station for receiving satellite television broadcasts, from a transceiver ( 21), described in the French patent published on 26.11.82 under no.2401.589, placed either on or in the television receiver (1) and / or in any other external device and the transmission of remote control signals towards the external member (10) and antenna t19), as well as the synchronous clock signals, possibly by re the same single coaxial cable and on the other hand. sending the power supply to the external device (10) and consequently to the antenna (19) which is provided from the television receiver (1) or from the external device (9) and passes through always by the same coaxial cable provided for individual or collective installation, possibly using the already existing cable, and thus avoiding the difficulty of exchanging cables; the present audiovisual devices therefore have as their object a new industrial product which constitutes a tornè assembly of a television receiver (1) and external components connected by cables provided with multi-pin plugs. the television receiver (1}, characterized in that the television receiver (1) carries at least one multi-pin peritelevision socket (4) in which is plugged a multi-pin socket for the television (5) carried by the the ends of the multicoaxlal cable which is connected by a complementary multi-pin SCART socket (4) to the external device (9), the television receiver (1) is also equipped with a coaxial base (E) allowing connection to an antenna (19) which comprises an external member (10) which is connected by a single coaxial cable to the television receiver (1) by a coaxial plug (F) and which the external member (10) places as close as possible to the antenna (19) is supplied electrically from the television receiver (1) which is galvanically isolated from the mains by its power supply transformer and from the socket (2) and the "earth" pin ( T) from the wall socket of the electrical network which is connected by a tubular conductor placed at a satisfactory depth forming the end of the connection of the general mass (called "earth connection" cooperating with the plug (2) and its earth connection "(T) located in the power cord, provided with a plug multi-pin which cooperates with an EDF network mains socket) equipped with a filter carried by the television receiver (1) making it possible to stop interference and various parasites coming from the electrical network, while b socket and the " earthing "(T) of this EDF network mains socket) are connected to the chaula of the television receiver (1) and constitute your general earth which communicates to b masa. main do the coaxial socket (E) ensuring good ground contact with the coaldal plugs (F) carried by the single coaxial cable and communicating through the complementary coaxial sockets to the main mass of the external member (10) and consequently of the antenna (19) which is 9 the mass (4) so that the assembly is put "to the earth O and constitutes a" surge arrester "if the antenna (19) is struck by lightning and all the external components (for example): (9,11, 12,13,14,15,18,17,16,21, 22 and others) which can be connected by multicoaxial cables fitted with multi-pin plugs at their ends, to the substation telephone (12) and the modulator-demodulator (13) so that s the external telecommunication cable brings any positive or negative potential (lightning) or other, it can be passed by the main mass to the general mass of the pn.tA television receiver (1) and by the "earth" pin (T) of the socket (2) provided for the power supply. television set, while the sensor-receiver of transmissions from any geostationary satellite is equipped with a low noise factor amplifier and at least one local fixed frequency synchronous clock signal generator which is can switch on or off by sequential switches. from the remote control box (20) which also allows the functions; of the telephone and the videophone through the transceiver (21) and the single coaxial cable allowing to establish with respect to the high-frequency roçue (hyper-frequency), any Intermediate frequency containing all the signals of television, broadcasting or telecommunications base, encrypted or not (encrypted). and'or decrypted), logic and / or analog relating to the production of high definition television images and others observed on the screen (3) of the television receiver (1) and printed using the commands by micro-modules or video microcomputers, controlled by the synchronous clock in quasi-photographic quality on paper or transparencies, by the printer (18) or printed on any media (weather maps or other) as well as the commentary information and "or Zaudio signals" corresponding to programs broadcast in several languages, simultaneously and which can be selected from the remote control unit (20) and the desired language will be called by one of the keys of this unit which includes other keys allowing the selection of the polarity of the waves received by the antenna (19) oriented towards a geostationary satellite transmitting on any polarity and pormottant to actuate the motor integrated in the body ex (10) equipped with a hyper-frequency receiver-sensor, located as close as possible to the antenna (19) and to control the electronic module which ensures by a motor the positioning of any point on the geostationary circle of East to West 9 () or vice versa as well as the elevation positioning motor, either from North to South (Y), by the way the television receiver (i), according to one of the variants, is equipped at least one wave transmitter-receiver which can be called upon for several uses as well as a wave-receiver-transmitter for transmitting or receiving several frequencies simultaneously; this one can emit basic television signals corresponding to the "audio" information in monophonic or stereophonic, in several languages simultaneously, so that several viewers will be able to see the same program on the screen (3) of the receiver station of television (1) but listen to the language selected by each of them by means of an individual rumble receiver equipped with a language selector, which can be arranged for example. in a headset and / or in a stereophonic earpiece; 7. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 6, or with any one of the parts of said claims, characterized in that the assembly consists of color television receivers and / or other TV screens, HDTV and / or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with transmitters and / or receivers of waves TVCOM and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART system planned for UNICOM, said audiovisual devices include and allow the use of one or more multi-pin and complementary sockets, as well as multi-axial connection cables allowing the transmission of signals to external devices. and the television receiver (1), simultaneously or sequentially, controlled by electronic switches, known as "sequential switches" (slow or fast switching), allowing mixing (inlay) as well as the use of cut-outs equipped with connecting cables which allow the transmission of television signals, coming from an antenna equipped with a transceiver which receives the signals in hyperfrequency and which transforms and transmits Hf (high-frequency) and / or IF (frequency-) signals intermediary) which contain all the "basic information" of the television, from a geostationary satellite towards which it is directed by the intermediary of a remote control box which is part of the assembly with the external organ and which controls the antenna orientation, azimuth and elevation positioning in relation to the geostationary circle located around 38,000 km above the Equator) and to the site the user, which also allows the selection of distinct channels and their storage by assignment to an orbital position, corresponding to any chosen satellite; this position is translated into a complementary value associated with the external organ and cooperating dvee the multi-pin socket of the television receiver station (1) not using the possibility of power supply from the television receiver station (1); likewise, where the external organ is an organ for storing information, the spindles. the complementary socket, which are associated with those of the multi-pin socket which correspond to the sending of signals to the video module of the television receiver (1), will not be used; This a preferred embodiment, the signals sent by the television receiver station (1) to the external device comprise signals obtained from the clock ticks of the line synchronization of the television receiver station (1), said signals being used by an external device to constitute a clock synchronous with that of the line scanning, the complementary socket constitutes, associated or not with the external device to which it is connected, at least one switch for at least one module of the television receiver (1), the multi-pin socket includes at least one pin ensuring the transfer of video signals from the television receiver (1) to the external component, in the case where the television receiver (1) is a "station color receiver ", the multi-thread socket has at least one pin for coded or uncoded, analog or logic signals relating to the production of each of the three basic colors of the receiver set television (1), the general mass of the television receiver (1) is connected to the main mass of the complementary socket, the main mass of the complementary socket is formed by the irregular pentagon socket of said multi-pin SCART socket; in the event that the complementary socket and / or the associated external device makes it possible to control, by logic signals, the sequential switches for certain micro-modules associated with the circuits installed in the video modules of the television receiver (1), setting off circuit of said modules can be permanent or sequential, al the external device sends information to the video module of the television receiver (1), the connection via the multi-pin socket can control the permanent switches by means of logic signals, switching off and in circuit the "high-frequency" and "intermediate-frequency" modules of the television receiver (1), which avoids, for the image obtained, the reproduction of the parasites coming from the receptions of the transmissions of the television signals, in particular of high-frequency and / or hyper-frequency, in the case of mixing images or videograms (inlays of; windows) in the windows of the main screen or in the on the contrary, the external organ receives information from the programs picked up by the television receiver (1) during the reception of information and the scans of lines which do not correspond to images visible on the screen, the external organ converts loo logic signals' 0çu3 in basic red, green and blue television signals, using synchronous clocks and storage and / or restitution memories, installed in the micro-modules and by a generator, making it possible to regenerate the signals corresponding to the points and / or to the image elements and in video signals on each of said scan lines of the screen, during the time relating to the scans of the lines on which the image elements and the information are regenerated in order to be made visible , in the positive logic and / or analog values from the sub-zero level displayed on said 6 screen, therefore 9 from the black level corresponding to the logic state (sig logic nal) 0, while the logic state of the synchronization of the first element of said lines is regenerated and represented by the logic state (logic signal) -; the switches controlled using logic signals by the multi-pin SCART socket associated with the complementary multi-pin SCART socket switch off and / or on, in particular, the "high-frequency" and / or "hyper-frequency" modules and "intermediate-frequency" of the television receiver (1), only for one. fractions of the period of a complete scan of the screen, in which windows can be displayed constitute the mixes of the images from the most diverse origins as well as other display of information; the external device can advantageously be an interface which comprises at least one generator this synchronous clock signals which constitutes a clock synchronous with the clock of the line synchronization of the television receiver (1) by multiplying the frequency of the tops clock received from the television receiver (1), itself connected to the antenna (19) oriented towards a television signal transmitter; the high-frequency clock thus obtained makes it possible to generate video figures corresponding to very high-definition images generated from logical television signals, the external device connected to the complementary socket can receive information, either by wired electrical connection , or by the intermediary of a wave receiver when the external member comprises a wave receiver, said receiver can be associated with a transmitter-box operated by a user; is a remote control receiver-receiver can receive, store and transmit a large series of commands and information in the form of signals transmitted locally by waves from remote control circuits made using MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation : these personalized remote control boxes for the formed assembly, described in the patent published on November 26, 1982 under the n ° 2 401 589 allow the invention of one or more simultaneous and / or deferred use and / or deferred, by a single box remote control allowing the setting on noise and'or off-circuit by the sequential switches, of any module located in the receiver X television set (1) andtou in any external device (9,10,11,12,13, 14,15,16,17,18,21,22 and others): the external unit can receive and / or send information on the telephone network and / or the cable network via a modeler-demodulator; ; the external unit can thus receive information from a set of memories supplied by various devices and can send this information to the cathode ray tube of the television receiver (1) and / or to any display screen which can thus constitucr a display console forming a computer torminal; according to another variant of the embodiments of the "UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY" "UNISERVER" and "UNITVCOM" Transmitters-Receivers-Ondres-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the Peritélevision systems, designed and produced according ZMIKROTELEC "technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with connected audiovisual devices between them, locally, by targets and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks as well as the color television signal processing system, in a device for receiving such signals such as as for example a television receiver, control monitor or the like; where one of the variants of the embodiments relates to a system for processing color television signals, in particular of the logic or analog type, applied to a receiving device such as a color television receiver, a control monitor or the like, this system comprising means for generating sub-carriers for the chrominance and carrier signals of the luminance signal; the systems produced according to the MIKROTELEC technologies of the first generation, intended for the processing of chrominance and luminance signals, of the logic or analog type, are founded; on the use of two carriers of color respectively 4.406 and 4.25 MHz which alternately transmit the DR chrominance dignitaries of one row and the Da chrominance signals of the following row; The sub-carriers are frequency modulated; To this end, the chrominance signals are applied to a modulator stage, by means of an electronic switch; Before being mixed with the luminance and synchronization signals, the chrominance signals are applied to a band limit filter, reducing the mowing noise, of the anti-olocho curve type, then the signals are transmitted to the receiving device, for example using a cable; the receiver device comprises an encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular television signals provided for pay-TV, necessarily equipped with bell filters, a bifurcation between a delayed flight with a line duration and a 'direct channel, and with a permutator driven by a flip-flop synchronized by the line synchronization signals to direct the chrominance information received on a sub-carrier channel of the information DR and a sub-carrier channel of the information Da, and a gatekeeper closing the sub-carrier channels in the absence of color difference signals from the identification lines and correcting an off-timed flip-flop operation; matrix and video circuits reconstitute from the composite video signal Ey 'and dfiS color difference signals DR DR = (ER'-EY') and Ct, w (ER'-EY ') supplied by the encoder-decoder , encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals intended for pay televisions, the three color signals E @ 'E'R and E'v necessary ca modulation at the picture tube for @@ suitable color definition and allows transmissions of 'one or more binary words coded for example according to the "N.R1" mode (no return to zero); in these systems, the chrominance signals are subjected to a relatively large number of operations; thus, the line memories used in the encoder-decoder, cryptaur-decryptor in particular of the television signals provided for pay-TV, cause information losses and a reduction in the vertical definition, in the chrominance, because each intorrnation not transmitted go for every other line; these variant embodiments make it possible to remedy the aforementioned drawbacks relating to color television signal processing systems, in particular of the logic or analog type, comprising a lead device, such as a color television camera which can be equipped with a monophonic or stereophonic microphone, of chrominance subcarrier signals and of a luminance signal to a receiving device such as a color television receiver, a control monitor or the like, the receiving device comprising an encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular television signals provided for pay television, video signals received; the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, of the receiving device being characterized in that it comprises first and second tuned circuits each receiving a chrominance subcarrier signal, the first tuned circuit being connected to a discriminator producing the signal of color difference (ER'-EY ') while the second tuned circuit is connected to another discriminator proaulsing the color difference signal (e'rrE'v), and a third tuned circuit receiving the luminance information signal EY 'el connected to a discriminator supplying the DC component of the luminance signal, the output signals of the first, second and third discriminateulb being applied to a matrixing circuit to supply the color signals E'n, E'v and, the three discriminators being synchronized at each start of the line on the same clock signal; another characteristic of the variant embodiments relates to the clock signal which is derived from the clock receiving the output signals from the line and frame time bases of the control circuit of the picture tube; another characteristic of the variant embodiments relates to the clock signal which is the high frequency signal derived from the general clock of the transmitter device provided according to yet another variant of the realiUiii of "UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLY" and UNITVCOM Transmitters-Receivers-d ' Multisource-waves made up of audiovisual devices designed and produced according to MIKROTELEC technologies, equipped with memories for storing and / or restitutlons of information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and destocking, and "or from other memories usable with audio-visual devices connected to each other, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all traditional or other transmission networks and relate to audio-video signal generators and more particularly an encoder. decoder of encoded and / or unencrypted audiovisual signals and / or television signals, coded and / or uncoded, analog and / or logic, which is characterized by the fact that it includes the link interfaces and the impedance adapters supplied by the connected source video signals comprising the synchronization signal regenerator and an identifier modulation of television signals, a micro-module or microcomputer circuit powered by a time ban obtained from the signals from the synchronous clock ticks of the line-synchronization and from which the inputs of the regenerated signals QU obtained from synchronous clock ticks are respectively connected to the circuits of the link interfaces as well as to the synchronlUticn signal extractor and to the modulation identifier, a first modulator / demodulator whose inputs are respectively connected to an output of the identifier and to a kind of micro-module or mTcro-computer whose outputs are connected to the interface of llaisons and to the impedance adapters of each ue output, the micro-modules or microcomputer component of the means for programming the functions; or the set formed of the encoder-decoder. encryptor-decryptor. provided in particular for pay television, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the modulation / modulation signal, the input of which is connected to an output of the integrated or non-integrated micrornodule or microcomputer, the output of which is connected to a first input of a second modulator-demodulator, a second input of which is connected through the interfaces of links and impedance adapters. to the input for supplying audio-visual signals, the output of the modulator being connected through a filter 9 to an audio-visual signal output adapter; a variant of the embodiments provides for a coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor of television signals or aes audiovisual signals, in particular provided for pay television as well as a digitalisaur of television signals At dos analyzers of programmable lines: the coder. decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular intended for pay-TV includes a link interface with the impedance adapter supplied by a connected source video signal * a synchronization signal extractor and to a signal modulation identifier, a micro circuit -module or microcomputer integrated or not supplied by the generator of the signals obtained from the synchronous clock and a synchronization time base and whose two inputs are respectively connected to the outputs of the circuits of the interfaces of connections comprising l 'extractor of synchronization signals and to the modulation identifier, a first modulator-demodulator whose two inputs are respectively connected to an output of the identifier and to an output of the circuit of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, 3a output being connected to a link interface with the impedance adapter, the micro module or integrated microcomputer or not comprising d means of programming functions; the encoder-decoder. encryptor-decryptor in particular intended for television or other programs broadcast with the secure toll means generated from the aforementioned micro-modules, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the modulation-demodulation signal, of which the 'input is connected to a loudness of the micro-module or microcomputer circuil integrated or not, is whose output is connected to a first input of a second modulator-demodulator of which a second input is connected O through a connection interface with the impedance adapter to the input for supplying audio signals, the output of the modulator being connected through a filter to an audio signal output adapter; the realization of zero encoder-decoders, encryptors-decryptors in particular of digital, (logical) and / or analog television signals; the modulations-demodulations of the audiovisual signals are provided in the micro-modules or microcomputers and can be carried out. by rearranging the base spectrum around a determined modulation frequency, fixed or modifiable, the frequencies that can be issued from a synchronized boringe and form a time base or according to another programming mode, in the case of an application associated with a transmission of television and / or audiovisual signals comprising the line and / or frame frequency or else a multiple or sub-multiple thereof; the television and / or audiovisual signals could be by an analog-to-digital converter, allowing from its outputs to have television signals in purely logical (and / or binary) form at its output modulated-demodulated by mixing the bits, for example, then reconverted by a logic / analog converter into so-called analog signals applicable to audiovisual devices via multi-pin SCART sockets made according to 3rd generation MIKROTELEC technology, Patent n 2401589, this variant embodiment being able to be applied moreover audiovisual signals; the modulation-demodulation of television or audiovisual signals can be carried out in several ways, depending on the programming of the functions of the samples of these logic signals. gônôré '"é @@@@ or received in parallel or in series by the wired links and the interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are dtês by way of indicative and non-limiting example, nor in this respect. which concerns their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology: it is provided that one or more video lines are affected by one or more memorizations (of which the restitution and display time to decryption is predetermined, fixed or modifiable) with respect to the synchronous clock signal of the line scanning, and Oc, by cxcmplc, by a aforesaid programmable encryption-decryption micro-module allowing the positioning of each starting information which is determined in advance and that the encoder-decoder, encryption-decryptor r, in particular of television signals, will make it possible to position in the right place and in the right direction on the screen of the television receiver the screen of the television receiver that the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals , will allow according to the order of the user or for example More orders of broadcast sources dos secure pay-TV programs and be displayed in visible images on the screen of the television receiver allowing the choice and / or the commands of the TV programs or other audiovisual information where still another veriente of resaUon of a decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals comprising or associated with their computer or integrated or not integrated micro-modules or microcomputers, supplemented by the elements constituting said encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, as well as the example of a basic program that can be loaded into said audiovisual device com carrying a computer or micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, as well as the elements. component analyzer of television signals and pr * Cltees television scanning lines; the examples of samples and signals represented by levels of electrical voltages generated and / or transmitted by the micro-modules and / or micro-circuits implanted in said audiovisual devices; said signals being able to be read, displayed or observed on the display screen of a logic analyzer or an oscilloscope at different times of the operation of the logic signal generators present on the interconnections of the MICRO-computer or MICRO-module called MICROandTELEControl designated in contract terms MIKROTELEC and at each basic circuit at the level of the multi-pin SCART jacks (20 and 148 pins, forming 168 pins + the general earth link contacts or the so-called "earth" link which is connected in depth and close to telephone and electrical networks close to each habitat protected against lightning or other overvoltages, said lisisons or earthing are established by one or more tubular conductors through which said protection networks are maintained and restored to a satisfactory ndudbn state; the presence of them logic signals is recorded only by way of example on 148 pins cited above St represented by the signs O and 1 as shown in the tables of the description; the samples; of These generated logic signals placed or received in parallel or in series by cable links and interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are mentioned in the description titled e indicative and non-limiting example, neither in terms of concept their value as electrical or binary signals, nor in terms of their temporal position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with synchronous clock designed technology MIKROTELEC the samples of the value of the signals and or of the binary words described in hexadecimal used for programming functions remotely only locally from programmable audiovisual devices of the latest generations and comprising their associated micro modules or microcomputers or MICRO and TELF control, known as MlKROTELEC contract terms, intended for residential use; the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor system, in particular of television signals; this system allows efficient operation at a lower cost on all audio and video signals of logical or analog television signals, but can also be adapted to all standards by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement the program contained in the memories (EROM) of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not; the system for analyzing lines, frames and color television images; 0e system makes it possible to display the complete content of a line of a frame of a predetermined television image by means of selectors which also display on the screen of the television receiver in color or others; The advantages of such a variant of the system are numerous in addition to its low cost in programming and its ease of implementation, no adjustment of the connections other than those provided by the multi-pin SCART socket is required during simple use; The possibility of using this system for all standards, by simply programming the punctures integrated in the components mounted on the surface known as CMS, and / or in the memories of micro-modules or microcomputers produced using MIKROTELEC technology, in particular for definitions greater than 1000 lines, but also for definitions lower by another programming mode (MIKROTELEC software); this system is perfectly suited To meet the Immediate and future needs for means of control of coding and decoding and / or encryption and decryption of logical and / or analog television signals transmitted to according to the most diverse standards and / or definitions, by simple programming of said micro-modules, without reaching an excessive cost, but allowing an efficient analysis of the content of a precise line, of a precise frame or of a precise image obtained from the ticks of the clock synchronous with the scans of lines therefore allowing such an analysis in comparison with the order transmitted, for example, with a video source important said standard order etc ,,. transmitted by one of. means mentioned above); the encoder-decoder system, encryptor-decryptor, in particular for color television signals, this system allows efficient operation At a lower cost on all standard audio and video signals, called 525 and 625 lines, but can also be adapted to all the standards by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memory (EROM) of the microdule or microcomputer. * 6. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 d S, or with any part of said claims, characterized by the fact that in the assemblies constituting TV sets and / or other screens TV. HDTV and / u̲ TVTHD with memories associated with the audio-visual equipment provided with transmitter; and / or TVCOM wave receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology television systems provided for UNICOM. with the elements mentioned in variants 12 to 14 and including vehicles intended for shooting and mobile video, reportage and control vans (mobile studios) and others, mobile, land, sea or air, as well as the devices and methods provided for producing high density electrical energy accumulators, with the possibility of instant recharging in a minimum of time, intended for propulsion, traction, braking, for example; motor vehicles in the maritime or aeronautical sector, or public works machine tools, mainly intended for supplying mobile or portable audiovisual devices, comprising a motor for driving storage devices or other memories not requiring no motor and / or to power vehicles intended for I. shooting and mobile video, reportage vans and others, mobile, land, sea or air; the manufacture of high density electric energy accumulators: remarkable products in particular by the following characteristics taken separately or in combinations and giving rise to a system intended to be combined with electric traction vehicles, with a view to supplying them with energy and sufficient power for their propulsion or in order to recover energy and sufficient power for their propulsions, to recover kinetic energy at the time of deceleration and at the time of braking by its speed maintenance member ", allowing it to recover at maximum this kinetic energy, even if the displacement of the vehicle is less than 3 ms', to convert it into the desired energy, for example hydrogen-oxygen or to charge it directly in the form of electrical energy in its conservation organs with a view to use in the next cycle, starting, moving and checking by its control units allowing it to harmonize successive operations ives whose setting in series or in parallel with the windings composing the motive of these vehicles, approximation and removal of the automatic air gap allowing it constant loads in relation with the doceleration of the mass @ i @ étique and and the commands of "maintenance speed "which multiply the speed of rotation of the rotor during the cycle when the engine becomes generator and when the power supply to this engine is cut by the vehicle operating commands which switches electronically by its semiconductors and all or nothing , to the electronic control devices of the negative current and the positive current, intended to supply the hydrogen-oxygen converters which are routed and pressurized automatically in their respective compartment having distribution and supply members for the fuel cells or to the hydrogen-oxygen explosion engines and will thus allow their use for the propulsion of. different devices, marine, land or other which will give the possibilities to all the organs of this system to operate in a sequential or continuous manner by harmonizing the following cycles by passing the currents coming from the source of origin of kinetic energy of the vehicle itself having electronic switching devices allowing it to be routed to ball or micro-sphere accumulators or to the preparation of these: positive or negative or having the means to be routed to stations or the factories producing these microbeads, 51 the source of the energy comes from another natural or artificial source: a device which includes members of dense structure enabling it to withstand current loads of several tens of thousands of 'amps in a short time, For a reduced volume ,; for example 1 d @@ 3: said device is equipped with members made of light metals covered with protection composed of a metal which is not corrosive to the electrolyte, allowing it to withstand high loads in the form of electrical energy at the charge and discharge, maximum 1000 watt hours per kilogram; the organ that transforms kinetic energy into electrical energy is provided with permanent magnets or other exciters; the fact that the weight of this accumulator is included in the weight of traditional accumulators for the same amount of charging or discharging current, by the combinations of its structure with a large electro-chemical attack surface and that the structure of the electrodes consists of one or more bundles of wires of ferromagnetic material or not; the arborescent bundle has a large number of ramifications which can be founded and directed in all directions, to obtain a maximum of useful surface and that the number of wires in the bundle can be more or less important and the fact that the diameter of the wire can be round, square, triangular, rectangular or flat; said wires are protected against the corrosion caused in the element of the accumulator, batches of the various charges and discharges; the fact that these electrodes are in no way insulating with respect to the active material of the accumulator such that this electrode is placed in a cartridge, insulating or metallic, composed of a sufficiently thin fabric so as not to let the balls escape or the wires, but allowing the circulation of the electrolyte and that the fabric composing the cartridge is magnetic or non-magnetic, the active material is composed of microbeads whose core is metallic or with a permanent magnet, said balls can be produced rapidly and in large quantity and can be prepared in advance and stored, while keeping their load; these balls peuvcnt be distributed "by weight", in standard exchange the balls discharged against charged balls These balls, either negative or positive, can be welded, agglomerated between them, while retaining a large surface of pai-ge for @ electrolyte; the balls can be independent, except for the contact of their active material and the electrolyte; said balls have a pol. North and a South Pole, in the case where they have a permanent magnet core and that all these balls can be rotated 180 by application of an electromagnetic field sometimes North, sometimes South, at the time of the charge or possibly To the momentary discharge, by means of the electrode, arborescent or of another form considering that, more the. beads are small in a given volume, the greater the superfine of the electro-chemical field of the active material; said beads may be spread on one or two sides of a metallic fabric in one or more layers and agglomerated therewith; said metallic fabric can be used. accordion pleated to increase electrode surface area; the electrodes can be designed in metallic tape, in plates, perforated or not, protected by an anti-corrosive metal against attack by the electrolyts, at the time of charging or discharging; the device is equipped with members for performing successive and perfect transmutations of ions and electrons from the increased proximity of the electrodes and the low internal resistance and each cartridge is composed of an electrode and balls; said cartridges can be flat, round, cylindrical or other geometric shapes; device providing that it is possible to wind (in the manner of a capacitor) two bands of metallic fabric tape with their balls, with for separation a dielectric fabric arranged above and below to avoid contact between the two electrodes; the whole assembly allows the electrolyte to circulate and this assembly represents two electrodes, therefore a complete element; the welding is carried out over the entire length of the tape with a perforated metal cover, for each of the electrodes and ld manufacturing by oe, process is very robust, given that its frame is metallic and the welds homogeneous holes; the aforementioned balls can undergo deformation, be lengthened, flattened; the shape does not matter: said negative and positive balls can be charged by an electric current coming from a converter which comprises the members and the means to receive the supply of the negative or positive current from multiple sources, of which the current generated when the motor of the motor vehicle becomes current generator at the time of the recovery of this kinetic energy by maintaining speed n or others; said generator is provided with coils which are placed electronically, at least once in parallel; it is fitted with other windings capable of supplying sufficient current at a constant voltage by placing them in parallel or in series by means of an electronic switch; said generator still supplies a very strong current, thanks to the maintenance of speed "and to the reduction of the air gap between the rotor and the ter lor; device which provides that the tank which receives the cartridges and the electrolyte is preferably designed in light material, if possible transparent, resistant to shocks and tolerating stresses to deformation in the event of a change in temperature; said tank has a reserve compartment which receives the excess electrolyte and the release of pressurized vapors through a valve which is located at the top of the separation; on the other hand, another valve in the separation b, placed lower, will be used when the evaporation is sufficiently compressed and will allow the electrolyte to be returned to the element channel, to from which they are all supplied to maintain an equal level thereof; said tank is equipped with an automatic locking by "One circle with inter-electrode connections in series or in parallel and an internal winding outer or outer cover is put for each electrode cap; said cover has two pipes for pouring balls (positive and negative) which will serve until complete filling, each element, when filling the elements, the negative balls are poured into the negative channel and the positive balls into the positive channel ; filling can be provided by service stations as it currently exists for gas stations exchange stations can stock up on loaded balls in standard exchange by weight. the change of cartridges or the filling of balls can be complete in about the same time as it takes to refuel; each of the electrodes will receive a cap also electromagnetic on which will be a coil which will have the object of creating an electro-magnetic field sufficient to attract the micro-balls of each of the elements which are composed of electromagnetic iron of the filter and of active material around; the electrode at the time of charging behaves like an electromagnet and attracts all of the balls or micro-spheres or the like on itself and thus ensures a very compact assembly of these: the elecitrode comprises a taiîsoeeu da rite electro-magnetic Or magnetic good conductors of electricity, similar to the diameter of the output of that, welded and held in place to receive the interconnection cap by which current can be applied to the coils of the cap or to the coils of electrodes; the coils can be supplied with periodic or aperiodic current; the current flow in the electrodes is superficial; the provocation of chemical attack is rapid on an important electro-chemical field: a device which has the organs and the means to make the inter-electrode resistance very low, allowing it to provide and ae receive gre- current. intensity; all elements can be pressurized; device which provides for the obliteration of a hydrogen-oxygen accumulator by converting energy of kinetic-electrical origin into hydrogen and oxygen and which can be generated approximately every 5 kilowatt hours: - 1 cubic meter of hydrogen 0.5 cubic meters of oxygen: and that we can compress several certain M3 of these two gases, in compact volumes (tanks specially designed to receive hydrogen and oxygen under pressure; device which has the necessary organs to transform at the time of recovery of kinetic energy into electrical energy, approximately 96% of the energy released and stored in this accumulator; said accumulator has a hydrogen tank and a storage tank oxygen supplying the respective electrodes and having two orifices: hydrogen towards the negative electrode, oxygen towards the positive electrode; each reservoir has in its lower part, a supply inlet through a piston system equipped with valves in the movable part thereof; the parts of the cylinder going towards the inlet of each of the reservoirs have, in their tube, a valve which opens under the pressure caused by the thrust of the compression effected by the piston; device which provides for an external electronic control. controls this operation for both pistons or other forms of pumps; the lower part of each of the cylinders is in the form of a hood above each of the electrodes concerned; the positive hood is intended to receive oxygen bubbles; This negative hood is intended for receiving composed of four diodes and a capacitor (optional). auto-reverse; the risk of bad connection is completely eliminated with the means of automatically passing the negative or positive current in the predetermined direction, by its switching member; a low capacity accumulator can be used as a buffer which is electronically disconnected as soon as the external power supply is present; The purpose of this accumulator is to prepare the two electrodes thermally and to promote the acceleration of water decomposition; the reservoir of the water to be decomposed must be large enough so that the expansion which will take place at the time of strong electricity supply from the kinetic energy transformer or the like, cannot cause deterioration; the hydrogen and oxygen tanks maintained at the predetermined pressure are equipped with one or more additional valves which will be used in case of excess rural or other, and which will lead the latter to an exposure chamber; which tom fractionated and controlled voluntarily to give birth to water, if the temperature is not too high, otherwise it is water vapor, which can be dissipated in the air without producing pollution or recovered all or part in I. oxygen-hydrogen generator tank; The pipes have valves which can be controlled externally by mechanical, electronic or other controls; the accumulator has at least one reservoir for hydrogen and at least one reservoir for oxygen; these reservoirs have different valves or other orifices through which the motors or other transformers are served, for example; the fuel cell or other converter systems, which can use H-0 as fuel; all these hydrogen-oxygen slavings can be controlled externally electronically, mechanically or by other means capable of promoting a correct routing of these fuels; device which e the means to dope or purify hydrogen and oxygen by other compounds before a. route them to the converters and that can be fed through its injection system an explosive engine running on hydrogen-oxygen; the current generated by the hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell is intended to supply the electric traction or propulsion motors; when the power supply or other electric current consuming system is removed, the arrival of the hydrogen-oxygen is immediately cut off by the automatic control; when the power supply to the electric motor is removed, the kinetic energy is converted into electrical energy and is routed to the electrodes of the hydrolysis tank (hydrogen-oxygen generator); all; These operations are carried out electronically or automatically, with possible control possible by the intervention of the operator; the system makes it possible to partially or completely avoid the transport of hydrogen-oxygen to the service stations, because they can be generated or produced. on site and that any quantity of electric current can be transformed immediately into hydrogen oxygen, if one has: - enough water or other liquids, - electrodes suitable for this operation, - two tanks capable of receiving and accumulating hydrogen and oxygen under pressure, given that to make hydrogen non-dangerous, it can be perfectly mixed with simple bodies;, magnetic or not, in the tank which consists of a non-magnetic material; for example: copper, aluminum or other and that these simple magnetic bodies will be captured and / or attracted at the outlet of the tank, so that the hydrogen becomes pure again, by plates or devices with permanent electromagnets, (low energy consumption) and are routed to the chambers of the cyclinder intended to mix and charge the hydrogen tank via its piston; said simple, non-magnetic bodies but larger than hydrogen, are extracted by centrifuging or other solution and are conveyed to the chambers of the cylinder intended for mixing and charging the reservoir with hydrogen by means of its piston; 8. - Sets made up of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 7, or with any one of the parts of said claims characterized in that in the costitues sets of TV sets and / or other notches TV, HDTV and 'or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with eVor receiver transmitters; of TVCOM waves and with SCART on technology systems. MIKROTELEC intended for UNICCU, with the mounts cited as an example in the variants in 5, comprising a video preamplification device for a color television receiver intended to supply, in response to a video signal coming from a detection stage and carrier of information Color Image, a luminance signal amplified in an adjustable ratio and a separate chrominance subcarrier signal; it comprises, from an input terminal receiving said detected video signal, on the one hand a signal path comprising in succession an amplifier * adjustable amplification stage of the so-called self-dephasing push-pull type driven by said video signal detected through a passband correction network and adapted to deliver on a first output an amplified signal homologous to said detected signal and on a second output an integrated signal proportional to the average excursion of said amplified signal, a separator stage with an input receiving said amplified signal and two separate signal outputs. a first output being connected to a line memory produced according to MIKROTELEC technologies, the output of which is assigned to a luminance signal and the second output being connected to an anti-reaona circuit. At the subcarrier frequency and assigned To a chrominance subcarrier signal, a resonant circuit or trap receiving said delayed luminance signal and adapted to stop the components of said luminance signal at the subcarrier frequency in response to A subpertcuse presence signal, and a buffer stage, downstream of said trap, adapted to reproduce said luminance signal on a low impedance, and on the other hand a gain control channel comprising a memory sampler adapted to keep a sample of said detected video signal, said sample being taken in response to a short pulse occurring at a time determines the line periodicity, and a gain control amplifier outputting a control voltage gain as a function of said stored sample; said amplifier stage with adjustable amplification comprises two similar transistors whose emitters are connected and collected through a common resistance to an adjustable voltage source, a first of the two transistors receiving on its base said detected video signal and delivering, through its connector, said signal integrated developed on a resistor-capacitor integrator network, while the second transistor receiving on its base a base bias voltage common to the two transistors delivers through its collector said amplified signal developed on a resistor; said adjustable voltage source is constituted by a resistance adjustable by programming and decoupled by a capacitor and through which the source of the emitter currents of two transistors passes; said separator stage is constituted by a transistor receiving on its base said amplified signal, its emitter being connected to ground by a resistor on which said luminance signal develops, while r; the collector receives a supply voltage through a anti-resonant circuit known as doche on which develops said subcarrier signal; said trap door is connected to ground through a switching diode, said diode establishing a short circuit in response to a positive signal of the presence of a subcarrier; said memory sampler comprises a transistor mounted as a switch with a blocked state in saturation state between said input terminal St a memory capacitor, said switch transistor passing from blocked state To saturation state Sn response O a brief pulse derived by differentiation the trailing edge of a rectangular line sync signal; the module consists of electronic components resting on an insulating support, connected by conductors cut out of a metal excavation plated on said insulating support, comprises "'' r 'device according to one of the aforementioned variant. said erasure comprising a transistor supplied at a collector voltage of at least 100 volts and receiving on its base through an adder circuit separate signals for the line turn and the frame return; 9. - Assemblies made up of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 8, or with any one of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the con titubes sets of TV sets and / or other TV, HDTV and / or TVTHD screens with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with TVCOM wave transmitters and receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems provided for UNICOM, with the elements mentioned in the variants in 16. concerning a multifunction diverter which comprises all the components of a traditional television set: a shielding-radiator-cooler of the video amplifier-converter elements and of the regulation of the power supply and mechanical supports. of these and deflection coils with their ferrite, a power supply (input-secteuer), horizontal coils, vertical coils, a generator of synchronous clock signals, a horizontal amplifier, a generator of medium voltage EHV and focusing which includes output voltage regulation and generation (converter), vertical scanning amplifier and synchronous clock signal generator (picture frame). LinA image supplied From the horizontal deflection coils supplied through the conversion regulator which comprises an amplifier and video preamplifier, supplied by the voltage converter generator, from the horizontal scanning frequency (signals obtained from the clocks synchronous to the scans of lines allowing the storages and 'or the restitutions, by the memories, of the points and / or of the image elements on the successive lines of the television scanning screens, of which the against these temporal positions of the said points and / or elements is obtained by the clock tops synchronous with line scans); in the same high-level erase circuit, amplifier and servo-control of the cathoscope; automatic convergence supplied from vertical or horizontal deflection coils, automatic and manual regulation of framing, linearity, amplitude according to the X and Y coordinates; a surface control and control member (framing and framing) on the entire screen of the cathode ray tube; a set of microcircuits weighing less than 100 grams which constitute the color television receiver with its frequency change, according to the most diverse standards, for the emission of luminance and chrominance signals converted into different names, notably PAL , SECAM NTSC or other systems: a VCR socket. camera, board games in color or in black At white. as well as any other video information, output of a generator symbol or other peri-computer and interface converter, coupled potentiometers for the control of sound and its tone, light and contrast (the color contrast is already carried out automatically by the differential amplifier existing in the microcircuits), color and tone, the potentiometer coupled to a common cursor in mechanical form. but it is electrically dissociated and @ comprises a graduated rectangle on its twists in x y with a plate engraved with four lines forming a cross in the center, the latter has a small lever. and, from this one, one can carry out four traces, that is to say: North, South, East, West, IF we look straight ahead and considering that the top is b North; in the case of linear potentiometers, b rectangularity may vary; the externally graduated box constitutes the rigid support for one of the potentiometers, while the small plate with the handcuff. and its four proportionality indicator lines are integral with the second potentiometer which is perpendicular or almost according to the form of rectangularity of the reading face xy, and which can change one with respect to the other, If the aesthetic aspect requires it ; re-use of this potentiometer is not limited to television but can be applied to advanced techniques; a fixing collar, tightening of shielding and radiators, supports of n 1 and n 2; purity magnets, and framing, low voltage re-power input media, cathode ray tube video information (filament, cathode, grid 1, 2 and 3 (focus, concentration), an external power cord, a coaxial (antenna socket), a device which consists in using the ears of the cathode ray tube, for the fixing of various elements, demagnetization coils which are fixed on the ears of the cathode ray tube, (for the tubes with grids or g masks Vertical or horizontal slits) and ron can add four rods or four springs to hold the shielding-support-cooler) of this deflector, to the holes which are near each of the ears, at the four corners of the cathode-ray tube or screen a control socket for framing and off-framing from the outside, shock chokes, for HF transition stopping, G1 preset potentiometers. G2 and G3; - G1: polarization of the tube, injection of the erasure on the three respective channels and of the light control; - G2: Green and blue switch for the purity setting; - G3: concentration and focus; the first extremtlX is connected to the potential of 0 kilovolts; the second end this connected to the potentiometers of G2 and the end of each of the potentiometers of G2 is respectively connected to the potentiometers of G1 red, G2 green, G3 blue, the other ends of the potentiometers of G1 are connected to ground; the cursor of the 1st potentiometer of G5 (focusing electrode is connected to this, the second series of the cursors of the polentiometers dne "G2" is connected to them electrodes G2 (RGB). the cursor of each of the potentiometers of the third series to the electrodes G1 through a resistor (RGB), the device provides a ground ring around all the electrodes at predetermined distances, which will act as a disruptor during undesirable overvoltages; said device making it possible to add to the automatic switching system of the 'power supply, the possibility of adjusting the pre-sulfurization of the tube, to obtain the appearance of the image in a period of between 30 seconds and a fraction of a second: the instantaneity of the pre-heating o the aim of preserving the cathode by preventing tearing which occurs during ramv (i Immediate or faster THT which is of the order of 25 kilovites on the last anode of the cathode ray tube and the other electrodes accelerated ratrices fed by different voltages, the elimination of the relative inertia, with respect to the temperature of the Clament of the tube and the accelerating electrodes. is satisfactory; In case of prolonged absence. it is advisable to remove the preheating, a self-shielded printed circuit supporting certain micro-circuits, the east and west horizontal and north and south vertical sweep windings, and all the other secondary windings of transformer-auto-transformer and converter, part of transformer-converter with its low voltage and high voltage coils. 10, - Sets consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 9, or with any one of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the sets consisting of TV sets and / or other TV, HDTV and / or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with TVCOM wave transmitters and / or receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems provided for UNICOM, elements cited as an example from 17 to 20, relate to Impedances monoplane structure reagents comprising a metallic deposit on a support presented in the form of a flat metallic strip of rectangular section, the design of which presents a periodic succession of patterns; said pattern is a slot; said pattern is V-shaped; said pattern is an isosceles trapezoid; said pattern is an approximate sinusoid; the coupling circuit comprises a support on which are arranged two impedances of monoplane structure in the form of a flat metal strip of rectangular section, the design of which presents a periodic succession of patterns; the two impedances can (be arranged on the same face of the support; the two impedances can be arranged on those opposite faces of the support; the pattern of the impedances is an orôneau, a V, a trapezique or an approximate sinusoid; a variant of the embodiments of the MIKROTELEC technologies, perspective view of a realized inductor, and, seen in plan, a realized transformer by means of two inductors as well as the realization of transformers according to various variants and also the inductors (or chokes) also realized with this process; this inductance is produced by depositing on a flat support (17) a metal deposit designated by the general reference 2, the support is made of ceramic, glass, ferrite or any other suitable material as is known in the art of miniaturized circuits; the metal deposit (the thickness of which has been greatly exaggerated compared to that of the support to facilitate the realization M understanding the drawing) is preferably made of a molybdenum alloy; alternatively, any other alloy or metal can be used; the deposit includes a repeated pattern; the motof is a niche, and five niches (11, 12, 13, 14) and (15) where have been represented; the ends of the inductor consist of blocks (16) and (17) to which are connected the other elements, not shown, of an electronic circuit of which the inductor (2) forms part; the repetitive shape chosen, linked to the planar shape of the inductance, has two fundamental advantages: - the direction of the electric current passing through the ductance is constant whatever the phase of its supply voltage; this feature makes it possible to avoid any error in the direction of connection of an inductor in a circuit, as d can happen when the inductor is conventionally constituted by a winding; the inductance is perfectly symmetrical, which makes it possible to achieve simply by adding a semiconductor of the transistor type, phase inversion and voltage amplification, or phase conservation and current amplification; - the capacities that this inductance presents with respect to its environment (mass, other components) is perfectly defined and calculable; it is advantageous for the flanks (18) of the crenellations to be quite flat and perpendicular to the support (1); the inductance value depends on the number n of square waves, nivesu of layers constituting the inductors; Even though the crenellated shape is the most advantageous, it can sometimes be interesting, simply when the space available on the support is reduced, to use another pattern such as those shown in 18 and 19, for example, and which allows b realization, in particular of a transformer formed of two inductors (21 (21a) and (22a) whose pattern is a VA or the pattern is a trapezoid Isosceles; the two inductors (21b) and (22b) interpenetrate so that their various segments remain parallel; as well as the realization of a transformer in which the inductors (21c) and (22c) are approximate sinusoids the windings, inductors, transformers, line-windings and autotransformers thus produced can be reopuverée of an insulator or of glass and one will choose a material transparent to the wavelengths of which Adhesives in particular their used to oralize the adjustments of values which may be * essential; a metallization or a shielding can be carried out on the glass; For example, the glass can be meshed so as to make a Farad cage; in an alternative embodiment, a transformer can zero realized by means of two inductaneoc or crenellations, but eyelashes-es on either side of the support and / or do the insulating layer integrated in said support, as shown at 20; the two inductors (31) and (32) are arranged on either side of the support (1), the permittivity of which is chosen so as to obtain the desired coupling; the devices and methods also apply to the production of circuits with perfectly repetitive industrial manufacturing waveguides; to this effect, several impedances are placed in series, and an upper shielding and a lower shielding are surrounded, which can be produced even in the support of said circuits provided for a wide range of frequencies; one or more openings or windows in the shielding make it possible to collect the processed signals' all other; 11. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims j 9 1 D @ or with any of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the sets consisting of TV sets and / or other screens W, HDTV and / or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices fitted with TVCOM transmitters and receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems provided for UNICOM, with the elements cited as an example in the variants of 21 to 22 provided for the "UNIVERSAL SERVER ASSEMBLIES" "UNISERVER" and "UNITVCOM" Transmitters-Receivers-Wave-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices together with a television set make it possible to form in particular the television systems, designed and produced according to "MIKROTELEC" technologies, equipped with memories for storing Evou information restitutions from Vitrified metal washers. allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or From other memories usable with audiovisual devices linked together, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, remotely, by all transmission networks traditional or other is provided for the processing of logic and / or analog signals applied separately and / or with a manufacturing process of Producers or sound reproducers, in plastic injection molded or cornprassion and'or other materials; the membranes are formed from paper and glued to metal carcasses, which makes centering very difficult and the membranes wear out quickly; the processing of logic and / or analog signals applied separately and / or with a manufacturing process of sound producers or sound reproducers X, in plastic material molded by injection or compression and other materials of a wide variety of power and frequency by electromagnetic vibrations generated by an inductance, called the voice coil, carried by the support of said welded or bonded coil integral with the membrane, the main element of said sound producer; the membrane itself welded and / or integral with the rigid edge indicated at the bridge (1) and in the case of a circular membrane at point (0), including the. centers are scheduled to return Ledit. voice coil and its support: iM processing of logic or analog signals applied separately and / or with the present process for manufacturing sound producers or sound reproducers, in plastic material molded by injection or compression and 'or other materials, which can be produced with their membrane for the power and reproduced frequencies, the most diverse, generated by said membrane driven by mechanical vibrations of the plastic membrane Ô predetermined rigidity bm of the contribution molding At its rigid and fixed edge, while at the center of the b membrane , At the location of the voice coil is (are) welded the arm or arms of which the other end of the arm supporting the voice coil and its support is driven the electromotive force generated in the space of the housing of the coil constitute the 'air gap, located between the iron (4) and the permanent magnet (3); said voice coil constitutes the inductance with an impedance (Z) on the electrical diagram at point (5); the orders and controls of musical sound productions and / or other products are provided by the logic and / or analog signals transmitted in particular in series and / or Zentuellemont in parallel in the form of multiplexing of the various signals From micro-modules or microcomputers pre-programmed and / or programmable; the support (2) of the producer or sound reproducer may also be made of plastic or metal and it may be slightly flexible or covered with a soft material allowing suspension and / or elimination of parasitic vibrations harmful to the proper functioning of the producers or sound reproducers; the manufacturing process A Plastic Material of Sound Producer or Sound Reproducer. of any power or frequency by electromagnetic or mechanical vibrations (the frigidity of the plastic material determines the acoustic frequencies, the diameter and the thicknesses determine the powers); the advantages are, the acceleration of the production of the Producers eVou of sound reproducers a, in plastic material, molded by injection and / or compression (or possibly another material) allowing productions or reproductions of high fidelity musical or a choice of stiffness of the membrane by mixing stabilizer in the plastic material which has been predetermined before molding, in particular of the membrane and the elements welded or attached, either by a secure and durable bonding or by welding as well as the advantages obvious provided by automatic centering during the assembly of sound producers and reproducers; membrane with the rigid edge (1) with the symbol N.P. completed by the electrical scheme of the device of the impedance Z f of analog inputs as well as L s = multiplexed logic inputs of the analog converter of said impedance Z made up of moving coils; a Z Producers and / or sound reproducers, in plastic, injection molded and / or compression (or possibly another material) pertaining to productions or reproductions of high musical fidelity or a choice of rigidity of the membrane by mixing stabilizer in the plastic material having been predetermined before molding, in particular of the membrane and of the welded or attached elements. either by a safe and durable bonding or by welding as well as the obvious advantages provided by automatic centering during the assembly of producers and sound reproducers, the plate or metal support at point (2) with the vents of the producer and / or sound reproducer with magnet permanent and iron forming the space called air gap and the chamber or housing of the voice coil forming the space for the movements of said voice coil constituting the impedance and 'inductance drives the electromotive force in said air gap and also constitutes the evacuation thermal by the. Front and rear openings of said housing of the voice coil associated with its support welded to said membrane of the producer and / or sound reproducer controlled either by analog signals or by logical (binary) signals multiplexed and transmitted by the coaxial cable and multiplied by the demultiplexer associated with the logic / analog converter fixed directly on the support (2) and connected at least to one terminal of said voice coil constituting the inductance and the impedance Z, generating the electromotive force of said sound producer and reproducer; the said reproducing or sound reproducing apparatus, from the logic signals on the one hand and on the other hand, S from the analog signals in the event that it is directly connected to an analog audiophonic amplifier; and according to another variant in small form or in miniature, the method allows the production of monophonic microphones, which can be used separately and / or the production of coupled and stereophonic microphones; said audiophonic devices can be used in all cases where a sound system must be provided. and particularly when it comes to producing a precise frequency probe, also for radio and television, high-fidelity, telephony and audiovisual and usable in all kinds of industries and that they are part of a set up; t2.- Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately otzou in combination with claims 1 to 11, or with any of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the assemblies constituting W .t'or other TV screens, HDTV or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with TVCOM transmitters and / or receivers and with SCART systems in MIKROTELEC technologies provided for UNICOM, with the elements cited as an example in the variants from 23 to 26 including your means to process color television signals. in particular of the logiqwr or analog type, with a view to their transmission to a receiving device, in particular a recording device, such as a magnetic tape or the like and which can be inserted encryption and / or decryption signals (encoding / decoding ) in the information part of the chrominance (DR) and and <De) and luminance Y signals to be transmitted to the recording device, which is not intended for display during reproduction and because replacing in the information to be transmitted at least part of the identification signal intended to ensure the ionctlonnement tsoll; l of the switching switch of the chrominance signals (DR) and (DR) in the recording device, logical or analog color television signals, by a signal having a frequency outside the bandwidth provided in the recording device, so that a second recording is made from the first recording results in poor quality reproduction; the aforementioned encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) signals constitute a code allowing identification of the first recording as an original recording; process which provides in each sequence of chrominance signals and luminance signal, a synchronization signal and composes this signal of a burst signals obtained by programming From synchronous clock signals having a frequency in the center of the band pass frequency of the corresponding signal channels. "in the recaptor device. so that the synchronism of the synchronization and luminance signals is no longer ensured in a second recording constituting a copy of a first recording and in the reproductions made from these copy records; said system for implementing the method comprises an encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6) suitable for inserting encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) signals into the part information To be transmitted to the recording device, which is not intended for visualization during reproduction; the encryption device and / or dec Encryption (encoding / decoding) (6) comprises an input means (619 and a read only memory (62), a means (63, 64) adapted to generate a series of burst signals obtained by the programming from the signals of synchronous clock Ô from the code and a coincidence means such as a logic circuit (72) for the insertion of the signal bursts obtained by programming from the synchronous encryption and / or decryption (coding / decoding) signals in the information sequence; the means for generating the signal bursts' obtained by programming Ô from the synchronous clock signals comprises a multiplexer (63) of which a group of inputs @ is connected to the outputs of the read only memory (82) and a frequency divider (64 ) whose outputs are connected to a second group of inputs of the multiplexer, the frequency divider producing at all its outputs ld the same frequency or different frequencies: the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6) can Otré me S a signal source of the external code; the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6) (8) is adapted to allow the insertion of a code OR the insertion in at least one frame of an identification code of the frame; said system comprises an encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) code which may be a code for verifying the recording of an original and not of a copy; said system comprises means for producing at the start of the chrominance and luminance signals of each line a synchronization signal the level of which is lower than the minimum value of the chrominance and luminance signals and in that the encryption device and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) (6) comprises means for replacing the synchronization signals with a burst of signals obtained by programming from the synchronous clock signals of encryption and / or encryption (encoding / decoding); said system comprises analog-to-digital converters (10-12) mounted downstream of the encryption and / or decryption (encoding / decoding) device (6), where appropriate, supplemented by devices for eliminating interference k0 -22) and errors; said system comprises generators of synchronous clock signals generators (3, 4, 6) of chrominance and luminance sub-carriers having sequences constituting multiples of color difference sub-carriers of blue and red of the standards of television and in that the signals obtained for the programming from the synchronous clock signals of encryption and decryption (encoding / decoding) advantageously present the frequency of these sub-carriers which can be demodulated by the respective discriminators and the signals (RY ) and (BY) obtained can be applied to the green difference current modulator is maintained at a substantially invariable voltage; said network of resistors comprises a first resistance of value R between ground and emitter of the green difference current modulating transistor, a second resistor of value 1.9 R between the emitters of the green and red difference current modulating transistors, a third resistor of value 4.7 R between the emitters of the green and blue difference current modulator transistors. a programmable resistor between 0.7 and 1.7 Et being placed between the emitter of the blue difference current modulator @ ansistor and ground; the collectors of said color difference current modulator transistors are supplied with a luminance voltage through an individual recharging resistor, said voltages of color components whose values are established and generated according to MIKROTELEC technology located within the limits of table n -1 page 13 / US and can be taken from the collectors of said signal modulator transistors, color components. Green, Red and Blue respectively for values also located within the limits of table n 2 on page 137 ter, a triplet of level amplifiers aligned by sampling in which each amplifier is constituted by a first voltage amplifier transistor driven on its base and through a capacitor by a second splitter transistor mounted as an emitter follower and receiving on its basis a respective voltage of color component. a third transistor with its emitter connected to the base of said first transistor and its collector connected to a common capacitor charged to a reference voltage being placed in a state of saturation temporarily in response to a positive pulse received on its base and generated after the rear edge of an impulse of synchronization lion. obtained from clock signals synchronous with Ilones scans; said reference voltage is an adjusted fraction of the high voltage supplied to the collector of said first transistor of each triplet amplifier through a load resistor; 14. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with revendIcations 1 å 13. or with any one of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the sets consisting of stations W and 'or others TV, WHD eticu TVTHD screens with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with emmelleurs and / or TVCOM wave receivers, and with SCART systems in MIKROTELEC technologies provided for UNICOM with the elements cited as examples in the variants from 27 to 30 comprising the devices for decoding chrominance information in the system of logical and / or analog color television signals comprising, from an input ant-resonant circuit, called check mark, of chrominance sub-carriers a bifurcation between a delayed vals of a line duration and a direct flight, a permutator controlled by a flip-flop synchronized in half period by the line and acute synchronization signals Alternately symmetrically using the forward channel and the delayed channel on a blue subcarrier channel and a red subcarrier channel, each of the colored subcarrier channels comprising an adjustable amplitude limiter and a modulation extractor delivering a respective so-called color difference signal, a gatekeeper closing the sub-carrier channels in the absence of suitable color difference signals coming from so-called identification lines and correcting a v-against-time operation of said flip-flop, a control circuit matrixing reconstituting a difference signal of green from said difference signals of blue and red, a mixing triplet receiving a common luminance signal and the dIts difference signals dli wuleui distinct youl forming signals of color components, </ RTI delivering negative pulses in response to the positive peaks of the output signal of said second amplifier, said negative pulses being on the one hand e sent through a diode to said flip-flop so that this flip-flop is in a determined state on reception of these negative pulses, and on the other hand detected so that the potential of a control line is positive for at least a period of time weft; said control line is connected to said third amplifier by a capacitor, and to the cathode of a diode whose anode is grounded through a manually operated switch; said positive potential of said control line biases the base of a chrominance subcarrier amplifier transistor at said bifurcation, and the bases of a pair of driver transistors of the modulation extractor circuits; each of said Court4iscuit members is formed by the emitter-collector space of an NPN transistor with the collector at ground and the base at a positive voltage with respect to ground, the opening of the shortcircuit member being obtained by canceling said positive base voltage; said positive base voltage cancellation is controlled by a transistor in response to the positive potential of said control line, expanded line sync signals being superimposed on the potential of the control line; in a receiver comprising a luminance weighted voltage source, and amplitude limiters with two mls semiconductors on opposite sides of a common point, with an opening amplitude between a fixed threshold and a threshold adjustable determined by the polarization of said common point, the polarization of said common point is related to said weighted luminance voltage with superposition of a frame erasure signal in a direction canceling said aperture amplitude; a matrixing circuit consisting of three difference current modulator transistors of blue, red and green respectively and of a network of resistors connecting the emitters of said modulator transistors with a branch common to the three currents of dilGerenca, the current modulator transistors of blue and red dirence being aKaqubs on the base by the diSbrence voltages of respective colors from said modulation extractors, while the base of the green difference current modulator transistor is maintained at a substantially constant voltage; ; said network of resistors comprises a first resistor of value R between ground and emitter of the green difference current modulator transistor, a second resistor of value 1.5 R between the emitters of the green and red difference current modulator transistors, a third resistor of value 4.7 R between the emitters of the green and blue difference current modulator transistors, a programmable reuintance between 0.7 and 1.7 R being placed between the emitter of the blue difference current modulator transistor and mass; the collectors of said color difference current modulator transistors are supplied with a luminance voltage through an individual load resistor. said voltages of color components, the values of which are established and generated according to the technology MIKROTELEC located within the limits of table n 1 page 137 bis and can be taken from the collectors of said modulator transistors of the signals, of color components, respectively Green, Red and Blue for values located within the blem t limits of table n 2 page 137 ter, a triplet of level aligned amplifiers by sampling in which each amplifier is constituted by a first voltage amplifier transistor driven on the base and through a capacitor by a second splitter transistor mounted as a sulver emitter and receiving on its base a respective voltage of us color component. a third transistor with its emitter connected to the base of said first transistor and its collector connected to a common capacitor charged at a reference voltage being put into a state of saturation temporarily in response to one. Positive impulse received on its base and generated after the rear flank. a line synchronization pulse obtained from the clock signals synchronous with the line scans; said reference voltage is an adjusted fraction of the high voltage supplied to the collector of said first transistor of each triplet amplifier through a load resistor; 13. - Together. consisting of audiovisual devices, pn's separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 12, or with any of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the sets constituting TV sets and / or TV screens HDTV and / or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices fitted with TVCOM wave transmitters and / or receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems provided for UNiCOM with the elements cited as an example in variants from 31 to 32 including the monitoring system. processing of running television signals, in particular of the logical and / or analog type in view of their application to a receiving device such as a color television receiver. an analog OR video recorder, comprising means for generating subcarriers for the chrominance and b carrier signals of the luminance signal; the generating means of the chrominance sub-carriers and of the luminance carrier comprise three synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4, 5) of which at least the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 5) of the chrominance carriers are suitable to produce frequencies representing a multiple of the conventional chrominance subcarrier frequencies of the logic and analog television signal system, to widen the width of the information transmission band advantageously to a value also allowing the transmission of binary words. the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4.b) being synchronized to a same high frequency clock signal; said system comprises a synchronous clock signal generator generator (34) of high-frequency signals forming a general clock and producing said clock signal and in that the line, frame and half-line synchronization signals and synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4 and 5) as well as the reference signals of the system are derived from the clock signal by frequency division; it includes for each chrominance signal (DR, DB) and the luminance signal (E'Y) an analog-to-digital converter (10, 11, 12) with which is associated a noise elimination device (20 21. 22) by comparison of two successive frames, in order to eliminate the noise and noise, the clock signals for converters and noise eliminators being derived from the high frequency produced by the synchronous clock signal generator (34); the chrominance information intended to frequency modulate the sub-carriers produced by the aforementioned synchronous clock signal generators (3. 5) are formed by it chrominance signals conveitis into digital signals, produced by the analog-to-digital converters (10 , 11, 13), if necessary after elimination of parasites; the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4, 5) of the chrominance subcarriers and of the luminance carrier are fed by synchronous clock signal generators. voltage, temperature and frequency controlled; the DC supply voltages of the system are derived from the general clock (34) by means of a device (40) comprising a frequency divider (43) of the clock signal and a frequency-voltage converter ( 44); the aforementioned device (40) further comprises between the frequency divider (43) and the converter (48) an amplifier saturated in all or nothing mode, supplied by a very stable voltage formed from a binary digit by a converter digital-analog (31) advantageously contained in a noise elimination device (20, 21 or (22) preferably provided with a processing unit (27); said system comprises output terminals (48) to (50 ) from which are available the signals produced by the synchronous clock signal generators (3, 4, 5), advantageously output terminals (51) to (53) from which the chrominance signals (DR, DB) and luminance (E'Y) advantageously terminals (58, 59, 60) for the chrominance (DR, (DB) and luminance (E'Y) signals in digital form and preferably output terminals (55, 58 ) respectively for the high frequency clock signal produced by the clock signal generator ge synchronous dormant clock (34) and the line, frame and half-line synchronization signals; the output terminals are connected to a multi-pin SCART socket to a receiving device such as a video tape recorder, color television set or monitor fitted according to the latest generation MIKROTELEC technologies, for visual control; the system is produced in the form of a stand-alone unit connectable by multi-pin SCART sockets accessible from the outside to a color television camera which can be fitted with a stereophonic microphone and a receiver device; the system constitutes with the color television cameras (1, 2) and a receiving device such as a video tape recorder, a unit capable of forming a kind of telecine, set of copies of film or of any document or the like: and that Von provides at the start of each line for luminance and chrominance signals (DR. D8) a synchronization signal (66) which has a level lower than the minimum possible value of the signal; 15. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 14, or with any one of the said claims, characterized in that in the assemblies consisting of TV sets and / or other TV, HDTV and / or TVTHD screens with memories associated with audiovisual devices fitted with TVCOM emitters and / or receivers, and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems designed for UNICOM with the elements cited as examples in variants from 33 to 36 for large vehicle propulsion engines constituting mobile studios for transmitting audiovisual signals as well as miniature engines with electronic controls allowing, for example, to control the movements of the carrying arms of the sensors and wave transmitters provided to fly over each of the surfaces. the vitrified metal washers constituting the aforementioned instant access memories, and the actual driving of said vitrified metal washers constituting the mobile memory medium; in said motors, the device consists essentially of a movable block (11) comprising in particular a plate or a magnetic bar (12) capable of performing a linear movement inside one or more coils (13) and (14) placed side by side in alignment; the axes of the coil cases being coincident with the longitudinal axis (15) of the bar (12); the movable block (11) is capable of moving along the axis (15) in a reciprocating movement, as will be seen below; a fixed positioning magnet (16) surmounts the two coils (13) and (14) so as to define a stable rest position for the movable block (11); the genesis structure of the motor is that of a two-phase motor (two coils) with common magnetic cores forming a moving block; the addition of a connecting rod-crank system, not shown, to said movable block (11) to obtain a rotary movement, the whole of a supply circuit (17) in phase-shifted direct current pulses of the coils (13) and (14); for example, for the case of a two-phase motor, this circuit can be reduced to a synchronous clock generator supplying to the outputs (S1) and (52) respective series of continuous current pulses offset from each other ; cco series of offset pulses are applied through the respective double conductors (18) and (19) to the two coils (13) and (14); the movable member of the motor is driven by an alternating linear movement making it possible, for example, to control the movements of the back arms of the sensors and wave emitters provided to fly over each of the surfaces of the vitrified metal washers constitute the aforementioned instant access memories; each amplifier transistor of the synchronous clock generator constitutes with its associated resistive and capacitive elements a pulse generator for the corresponding coil (13) or (14), the phase shift between the two series of pulses available at the outputs (S1) and (S2) being provided automatically by the predetermined operation of the synchronous clock generator; the movable block (11) which, at rest, is maintained in a predetermined stable position, thanks to the ACtiO of the positioning magnet (16), is moved successively to the right and then to the left of its equilibrium position under reaction coils (13) and (14) supplied sequentially by the circuit (17); the electrical energy necessary for the operation of the circuit (17) can come either from an accumulator battery or else from a circuit for rectifying and filtering the alternating current supplied by the sector; the circuit forming the synchronous clock generator (17) whose outputs (S1) and (S2) provide series of shifted pulses to the coils (13) and (14); the capacitors (23) and (24) are connected in parallel on the coils (13) and (14), respectively; the values of the capacitors (23. 24). those of the inductances of the respective coils (13. 14) and the value of the pulse frequency generated leef, the synchronous clock generator (17) are chosen so that your circuits LC (13, 23) and (14, 24) thus defined are tuned to said frequency of the pulses coming from the synchronous clock generator which is in fact the frequency of the periodic pulse signals available at the outputs (91) and (92) programmable in level and duration; the available torque is greatly increased as well as the efficiency; the means for generating the shifted pulses (the circuit (17)) are returned to a simple synchronous clock generator; it is quite obvious that for an engine comprising a greater number of batteries, the uzorespondant electronic circuit will have to be appreciably different; such a circuit will include in particular a corresponding number of direct current pulse generators and additional electronic means for adjusting the value of the phase shift between the various series of lmoulsions intended to light up the corresponding coils of the system forming the inductor; in all cases, the frequency of these different generators will be the same and the L-C circuits formed from said coils will be tuned to this frequency; commando electronic circuits of this nature can be made in a large number of ways in this technique; when the motor is operating with tuned LC circuits, for each of its stator windings, it is undesirable to vary the frequency of the supply pulses to obtain a speed variation, since the resonance conditions would thus be destroyed: consequently, additional means can be provided associated with the aforementioned pulse generator to vary the cyclic amplitude of the pulse current to the direct current pulses applied to the coils of the stator: in this way, a precise speed variation can be obtained; another embodiment of an electric motor constructed according to the principles applied to the case of a rotary motion motor; this device comprises a rotor in the form of a solid disc (25) movable in rotation about the axis (28) carried by rollers integral with two lateral uprights (27) and (28); on each of the faces of the rotor (25) is encrusted a series (29, 30) respectively, of rectangular magnets (319, the series (30) of magnets (31) is arranged circumferentially at regular intervals on the surface of the rotor ( 25) and a system (32) of four coils (33) forming an inductor is arranged opposite these magnets so that the cores (34) of the coils (33) constituting the poles of the motor are arranged circumferentially facing the path (35). ) of the magnets (31) of the system (30); the series (29) has its magnets (31) arranged circumferentially at regular intervals on the other surface of the rotor (25) while another system (36) of four coils (33) forming a round inductor is arranged facing the magnets of the series (29) so that the cores (34) of the coils of the system (36) are also disposed circumferentially facing the rotary path of the corresponding magnets; the motor is supplied from a pulse generator circuit of c DC current (17a) similar to the predetermined circuit (17) described, this circuit (17a) supplying two series of out-of-phase current pulses, it is necessary that the coils of the two inductors be connected to constitute a two-phase motor; ; the coils of the system (33) are connected in pairs or in parallel; it is obvious, however, that a four-phase motor could be formed from the same structure by changing the supply circuit (17a): each coil then being supplied by its own series of current pulses; structure of the device shown is symmetrical; two systems forming inductors (32) and (36) being arranged on each side of the rotor (25) on which are arranged two series of magnets; it is obvious, however, that correct operation of the motor will be ensured with only one of these inductor systems (32) or (36) arranged opposite the face of the rotor bearing the corresponding magnets; the structure shown is however advantageous for several reasons; it is in fact easy to envisage simple switching means for coupling the boblnes; for example, the two systems (32) and (36) can be connected in parallel. which ensures a double power as well in the event that the motor device is used. (that is to say in conjunction with the pulse generator noise (17 & only in the case where the same device is used as a current generator, when the shaft (26) is rotated by another motor ; The windings can also be connected so that one of the systems operates normally as an inductor and causes the rotation of the rotor (25) while the other system is used to generate current: in the case of operation as a motor, it is possible to plan to angularly offset the poles (34) of the coils (33) of one of the inductor systems with respect to the other, which facilitates starting: all these characteristics can be applied both to a Plan air gap and to a cylindrical motor: a particularly important application to retarders, braking systems or the like should also be mentioned; In fact, the assembly formed by the two systems of coils (32) and ((36) and by Is rotor (25) can very well to be used in slow motion issuer, for example for a truck, there is provision to connect to the bomeo coils (33) a jcu of load resistors or even to connect these coils to the vehicle battery recharging Circuji; the shaft (26) for its part being mechanically coupled to the crankshaft or the gearbox of the vehicle; another important feature linked to the structure of the rotor (25); the relatively thick disc forming this rotor consists of synthetic resins reinforced preferably with glass fibers or the like; the magnets (31) are housed in the thickness of this disc so that the resin which coats them that it comprises means for sequentially supplying the coils of said gatekeeper system with direct current pulses applied to said coils in a predetermined succession . the constant polarity of said pulses making it possible to avoid de-powering the mobile unit; the aforementioned supply means comprise respective pulse generators for supplying said coils, of the same frequency but with shifted phases, and that respective capacitors are associated with each of these generators to thunder with the corresponding coils of said stator fwmant system circuits. L-C tuned 9 to said frequency; the device further comprises electronic means for cyclically varying the amplitude of said pulses, the object of which is to obtain a variation in the speed of said motor; said moving magnetic block comprises a magnetic bar and that said system of coils comprises at least two coils aligned along the lonaltudinal axis of said bar inside which the latter can perform an alternating linear movement, said coils being connected to generators respective pulses; it comprises at least one fixed positioning magnet making it possible to define a stable rest position of said movable block; said movable block liked this oompooo onsonti-lloment bun rotor form of disc carrying uui Mu at least one of its faces a series of magnets arranged circumferentially at regular intervals and that a system of coils forming an inductor is arranged opposite said face and comprises a corresponding number of coils whose cores constitute the poles of said error and are disposed circumferentially facing the path of said magnets of said rotor; said rotor is made of a synthetic resin disc embedding said magnets so as to provide a coating of these behinds, said resin disc preferably being terminated by glass fibers or the like; said rotor comprises two series of magnets on each of the faces of said since-shaped rotor, as well as two corresponding identical coil systems. arranged on each side of said rotor facing said faces and that it further comprises switching means for coupling said coils either for the operation in parallel of the two coil systems as a motor or as a generator, or for the operation of the one of the systems as a motor and the other as a generator; the heads of the coils of the two aforementioned systems arranged on each side of said rolor are angularly offset, to facilitate starting in the motor mode of operation; the aforementioned coil system is associated, by means of an appropriate switching circuit, with a set of load pulling resistors and / or with the recharging circuit of a battery, for the operation of said device as a retarder or as a braking member when the the aforementioned moving magnet block is driven by another motor; 10. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 15, or with any one of the parts of said claims. characterized by the fact that in the assemblies made up of TV sets and / or other screens w, HDTV and / or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices fitted with TVCOM wave transmitters and / or receivers and with MIKROTFI FC technologies peritelevision systems . provided for UNICOM with the elements cited as an example in the variants in 37, composed of systems for processing signals from a shooting device of a color television camera, in particular logic and / or analog signals, with a view to their application to a receiving device, such as a recording device or calculator which comprises for each chrominance siyrial (DR, DB) and the luminance signal (E'y) an analog-to-digital converter (10, 11, 12) associated with a noise suppression device (20, 21. 22). to eliminate noise and background noise; each: interference suppression device (20, 21, 22) comprises two memories (28, 29) for the storage of two successive frames and a processing unit (27) adapted to perform preferably according to a routine stored in a memory (30) a comparison of the two successive frames stored in the memories (28, 29) and the elimination of unidentified elements representative of interference; the degree of sophistication and the processing criteria of the interference suppression devices are variable by connecting these devices to an external computer; to each analog-to-digital converter (10, 11, 12) aand associated a serial parallel converter (24, 26, 26) intended to convert the digital signals cn codo binary available in parallel to the outputs of the analog-to-digital converters, into a constellation of serial signals; said device comprises a generator (34) of high frequency synchronous clock signals adapted to form a general clock and all the line and field synchronization signals and the clock signals applied to the converter, (10, 11, 12; 24, 26, 26) and the noise suppressor (20, 21, 22) are derived from said high frequency clock signal by frequency division; the interference suppression devices (20, 21, 22) comprise digital to analog converter means (23) intended to produce under the control of the processing unit (27) a very stable continuous output voltage from a predetermined binary digit ; ; the interference suppression devices (20, 21, 22) include error correction means on several binary elements, ensuring the presence of a predetermined number of binary states in each signal; the interference suppression devices comprise means generataurs of a signal (at 47) indicating the absence of error in the digital signals and that according to another variant of. achievements of a SERVER SET UNIVERSAL UNISERVER AND UNITVCOM Transmitters-Receivers-Wave-Multisources made up of audiovisual devices designed and produced using MIKROTELEC technologies; equipped with memories for storing and / or restoring information from Vitrified metal washers, allowing instant access and removal from storage, and / or from other memories usable with audiovisual devices linked together, locally, by cables and multi-pin SCART sockets and, at a distance, by all traditional transmission networks or others, in one of the reallsatlons modes, relate to the generators of audio-video signals and more particularly to an audio-visual signal encoder-decoder and / or encrypted and / or unencrypted, encoded and / or non-encoded, analog and / or logical television signals, which includes the link interfaces and the impedance adapters supplied by the connected source video signals comprising the regenerator synchronization signals el to a television signal modulation identifier, a micro-module or microcomputer circuit supplied by a time base obtained by firing of the signals issued from the synchronous clock ticks at the line scanning and whose inputs of the regenerated signals and / or obtained from the synchronous clock ticks are respectively connected to the circuits of the link interfaces as well as to the signal extractor of synchronization and the modulation identifier, a first modulator / demodulator whose inputs are respectively connected * an output of the identifier and to an output of the micro-module or microcomputer whose outputs are connected to the link interface and the imperial adapters of each output. the microcomputer or microcomputer include means for programming functions; the set formed of coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, provided in particular for pay television. behaves. furthermore according to another characteristic. a fitness product. of the modulation / demodulation signal whose input is connected to an output of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not whose output is connected to a first input of a second modulator-demodulator of which a Second input is connected through the connection interfaces and impedance adapters to the audiovisual signal supply input, the output of the modulator being linked through a filter to an audiovisual signal output adapter; according to another variant of the embodiments, a coder-decoder. encryptor-decryptor of television signals or audiovisual signals, is intended in particular for pay TV as well as a digitalizer of television signals; also the realization of programmable line analyzers, and the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular intended for R toll television comprises a link interface with the impedance adapter supplied by a source video signal connected to an extractor of synchronization signals and a signal modulation identifier, a micromodule or microcomputer acknowledgment integrated or not supplied by the generator of the signals obtained from the synchronous clock and from a synchronization time base and of which the two inputs are respectively connected to the outputs of the circuit interfaces of connections comprising the extractor of synchronization signals and to the modulation identifier, a first modulator-demodulator whose two inputs are respectively connected .. to an identifier output and to an output of the circuit board of the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, its output being connected to a link interface with the impedance adapter dance, the micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not comprising means for programming functions; the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular intended for television or other programs broadcast with the secure gS means generated from the aforementioned micromodules, further comprises, according to another characteristic, a circuit for shaping the modulation-demodulation signal, of which reentry is linked to an output of the microphone circuit. module or microcomputer integrated or not, is whose loudness is iled has a first input of a second modulator-demodulator whose second input is connected through a link interface with the impedance adapter at the input d supply of audio signals, the output of the modulator being connected through a filter 9 to an audio signal output adapter; As examples of coder-decoders, decryptors in particular of digital, (logic) and / or analog television signals; the modulations-demodulations of the audiovisual signals are provided in micro-modules or microcomputers and can be carried out by reversing the basic spectrum around a determined modulation frequency, fixed or modifiable, the frequencies being able to come from a clock synchronous and based on a time base or according to another programming mode. in the case of an associated application O a transmission of television and / or audio-visual signals comprising the line and / or frame frequency or even a multiple or sub-multiple thereof; the audiovisual eVou television signals could be digitized by an analog-to-digital converter, making it possible from its outputs to have television signals in purely logical (and / or binary) form at its output. modulated-demodulated by mixing the bits, for example, then reconverted by a logic / analog converter into so-called analog signals applicable to audio-visual devices via the multi-pin SCART sockets produced according to the technology MIKROTELEC of the last generations; this application variant can moreover be applied to audiovisual signals; the modulation-demodulation of television or audiovisual signals can be carried out in several ways, depending on the programming of the functions; the samples of these generated logic signals transmitted or received in parallel or in series by the wired links and the interfaces and "or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are cited by way of indicative and non-limiting example, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their temporal position. said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with the synchronous clock designed according to MIKROTELEC technology ; one or more video lines are affected by one or more memorizations (of which the restitution and display time to decryption is predetermined, fixed or modifiable) with respect to the synchronous clock pulse of the line scanning, and this . for example, by a aforesaid programmable encryption-decryption micro-module allowing the positioning of each starting item of information which is determined has reduced and which the encoder-deco deur, cry'pteur-decryptor, in particular of television signals, will allow positioning in the right place and in the right direction on the screen of the color television receiver station; in the case where one or more video lines are returned or inverted in direction and / or in amplitude and / or certain video lines can be segmented or swapped over several lines or videogram, the image or part of it is swapped with one or more others or again. a television image or fraction of an image is swapped with one or more others. the assembly made up of the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor, equipped with micro-modules or microcomputers and multi-pin Peritelevision, preprograms and / or programmable sockets made according to the latest generation MIKROTELEC technology; It should be noted that in the non-visible guard lines of television signals, provision has been made for the possibility of transmission of certain determined or indeterminate information provided for transmitting said information or data by the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular television signals, this data being able to be transmitted in analog signals (digital television) in logic signals. and in the form of signals that are not immediately visible on the screen of the television receiver that the encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, will allow according to the order of the user or for example (the orders of sources broadcasting programs of secure pay-TV and display in visible images on the screen of the television receiver allowing the choice and "or commands of TV programs or other audiovisual informathns. Another variant embodiment of a coder-decoder, encryptor- decryptor in particular of television signals comprising or associated with their computers or micro-modules or integrated microcomputers or not, supplemented by the elements constituting said encoder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of television signals, as well as the example of a base that can be loaded into said audiovisual device comprising a computer or micro-module or integrated micro-computer uu not, as well as the elements const ituant the analyzer These signals ae television and the aforementioned television scanning lines; the examples described of the bchanüllons and of the signals represented in tables, by logic levels of electrical voltages generated and / or transmitted by the micro-rnodules and / or micro circuits implanted in said audiovisual devices; said signals can be read. displayed or observed on the display screen of a logic analyzer or an oscilloscope at different times during the operation of the logic signal generators present on the interconnections of the MICRO-computer or MICRO-module known as MICROandTELEControl designated in contract terms MIKROTELEC and on each base circuit at the level of the multi-pin SCART sockets (20 and 148 pins. Forming 188 pins + the general mass or the earth); b presence of said logic signals is noted only by way of example on 148 pins mentioned above and represented by the signs 0 and 1 as represented in the tables with the arrangements described; the samples of logical signal cases generated transmitted or received in parallel or in series by the cabled links and the interfaces and / or transmitted by wave transceiver, said signals are cited in the arrangements described as an indicative example and not -limitative, neither with regard to their value as electrical or binary signals, nor with regard to their position, said logic signals can be processed by said audiovisual devices comprising micro-modules with the synchronous clock designed according to the MIKROTELEC technology; the samples of the value of the signals and "or of the binary words described, as hexadecimal arrangements, are used for programming both remote and local functions of programmable audiovisual devices of the latest generations and comprising their micromodules or micro- associated computers or MICROETTELEControl, known as terms contracted with MIKROTELEC, intended for residential use; encoder-decoder system, encryptor in particular of television signals; said system allows efficient operation at a lower cost on all audio and video signals of radio signals. logic or analog television, but can also be adapted to all standards by simple modifications of @ input stage extractor of signals d. synchronization and by replacing the program contained in memories (FROM) of the integrated micro-module or microcomputer or no; line analyzer system, frames, color television images; this system allows visualization of the cont enu complete of a line of a frame of a predetermined television picture by means of selectors which also display on the screen of the television receiver in color or others, the advantages of such a variant of the system are numerous besides its low cost in programming and its ease of implementation, no adjustment or connections other than those provided by the multi-pin SCART socket is required during simple use the possibility of using this system for all standards, by simple programming of the functions integrated in so-called SMD surface-mounted components and / or in the memories of micromodules or microcomputers produced using MIKROTELEC technology, in particular for definitions greater than 1000 lines. but also for Lower definitions by another programming mode (MIKROTELEC software); this system is perfectly adapted to meet the immediate and future needs of the means for controlling the coding and decoding and / or encryption and decryption of logical and / or analog television signals transmitted to according to the most diverse standards and / or definitions. by simple programming of said micro-modules, without reaching an excessive cost, but allowing an efficient analysis of the contents of a line pr advantages of such a variant of the system are numerous, in addition to its low cost in programming and its ease of implementation. no connection adjustment other than those provided for by the television multi-pin socket is required during a simple uaage; the possibility of using this system for all standards, by simply programming the functions integrated in the surface-mounted components known as CMS and / or in the memories of micro-modules or microcomputers produced using MIKROTELEC technology, in particular for definitions greater than 1000 lines. but also for the lower definitions by another programming mode (MIKROTELEC software): this system is perfectly adapted to meet the immediate and future needs of the means of control of coding and decoding and / or of encryption and decryption of television signals logic and "or analog transmitted to according to the most diverse standards and / or definitions, by simple programming of said micro-modules, one reaching an excessive cost, but allowing an efficient analysis of the content of a precise line, of a precise frame or of a precise image obtained from the ticks of the clock synchronous with the line scans thus allowing such an analysis in comparison with the order sent, for example, with a video source comprising said standard order etc ... transmitted by the one of the aforementioned means); encoder-decoder system, encryptor-decryptor, in particular of color television signals allows efficient operation at lower cost on all signals audio and video standards, called 525 and 625 lines, but can be adapted to all standards by simple modifications of the input stage extractor of the synchronization signals and by replacement of the program contained in the memory (EROM) of the microphone -module or microorciinatéur. 17. - Sets consisting of audiovisual devices, prays separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to 16, or with any one of the parts of said claims, characterized by the taist that in the sets constitutes; TV sets and / or other TV screens, HDTV and / or TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices equipped with TVCOM transmitters and / or receivers and with MlKRoTELEC technology SCART systems provided for UNíCOM with the mimicked elements of 35 to 43 composed of systems for processing color television signals, in particular of the logical and / or analog type, comprising a transmitter device connected to the output of a shooting device and a color television camera which may be equipped with a monophonic microphone or stereophonic, and transmitting in parallel to corresponding output terminals a carrier signal frequency modulated by the luminance signal (Ey ') and sub-carriers frequency modulated by the color difference signals (Di and (Ds): and a receiving device such as a color television receiver, analogue control monitor, of the type of logical or analogue television signals s, receiving from the transmitter device a composite video signal for the display of color images and which includes a circuit (70) connected between the transmitter device and the receiver device for the conversion, at line frequency, of the parallel transmission mode into mode of sequential transmission of the chrominance sub-carrier signals (Dn) and (Do), so as to alternatively make the video-signal (DR) pass at the output of the conversion circuit for the duration of a line, then the video signal (Ds) for the duration of a following line, the output of the convension circuit being connected to a mixer circuit (75) receiving the luminance signal and also the synchronization signals to form the video signal composite; the aforementioned conversion circuit (70) comprises two paths (A and B) one (A) for tacitly b tacitly of the chrominance subcarrier signal (Di, the other (B) for the processing of the subcarrier signal. carrier of @@@@ minance (Ds). each of the processing flights comprising a switching element (72); (74) actuated by a controller (79) at the line frequency, the common outputs of the two elements being connected to the aforementioned mixer circuit (75): the aforementioned control unit (79) is a flip-flop whose input receives the line synchronization signals, and whose direct output (Q) is connected to the input control of one of the switching elements (72) while the complemented output (Q ') is connected to the control input of the other switching element (74), the aforementioned rocker (79) is a rocker of the JK type; each of the aforementioned processing flights (A) and (B) comprises in series with each switching element (72); (74) a frequency divider (71, 73) receiving t the corresponding chrominance subcarrier signal whose subcarrier frequency is equal to a multiple of the subcarrier frequency: the two switching elements (72) and (74) mentioned above are analog switches; the luminance signal at the output of the aforementioned emitting device is applied to the aforementioned mixer circuit (75) by means of a series circuit comprising a line memory (78) and a discriminator (77); an anti-bell circuit (78) is connected between the output of the conversion circuit (70) and the mixer circuit (75); the transmitter device also comprises output terminals (51,53,52) for the parallel transmission of the color difference signals (Dn, Ds) and of the luminance signal (E'y), these signals being transmitted to a signal circuit. matrixing (Q3) in the receiving device for the reconstitution of the chrominance signers of red, green and blue via optical fibers (90, 91, 92); the photo-emitting element of each of. optical fibers is supplied by the DC voltage supply device (40) of the transmitter device while the receiver photoelement (90 @, 91a; Each of the fibers is supplied by another DC voltage supply device identical to the device (40); said matrixing circuit (93) is associated with a separator receiving the synchronization signals and providing the tram synchronization signal and in that it comprises a multiplexing unit (80) whose inputs 58 ' , 08 ', 00') are respectively connected to three data buses of the emitting device on each of which digital signals are produced respectively according to a parallel constellation representative of the chrominance signal (DR, D5) and of the luminance signal (EY) , and of which three other inputs (61 ', 62', 63 ') are respectively connected to three data logs of the transmitting device and on each of which are produced respectively digital signals s following a series constellation representative of the chrominance signal (D8, D9) and the luminance signal (E'Y); the multiplexing unit (60) is slaved by a high frequency clock signal coming from the terminal (55) of the transmitting device; Sets consisting of audiovisual equipment, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 to if Or with any of the slopes of said claims, characterized by the fact that in the sets consisting of W sets and / or other TV screens, WHD etîcu TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices fitted with TVCOM wave transmitters and / or receivers and with peritevision systems in MIKROTELEC technologies provided for UNlCOM with the elements mentioned for example in the variants from 44 to 50 include the devices for processing of Logical and / or analogue television sianals from a production device such as a color television camera comprising a moriophonic or stereophonic microphone and a video tape recorder or the like, in particular of the logical and / or analogue type. comprising a transmitter device connected to the output of the production device and transmitting in parallel and simultaneously to corresponding output terminals a carrier signal modulated in frequency by the luminance signal (E'Y) and sub-carriers modulated in frequency by the signals of color difference (DR) and (Dn), the sub-carriers having frequencies equal to a multiple of the sub-carriers; and at least one receiving device such as a device for recording on a medium the output video signals of the device transmitting the television signals with the recording device comprising; in particular three recording channels (C, D) and (E). two (C. D) of the channels receiving luminance subcarrier signals (Dw) and lio respectively) while the third channel (E) receives the luminance information signal (E'v), the output signals three recording channels being applied to a mixing circuit (84) whose output is connected to at least one recording device (85) of the video signals on the medium; each of the aforementioned flights comprises, connected in series, an amplifying means (81), a clipping means (82) and a pre-emphasis means (83) whose operations are synchronized by the line and frame synchronization signals and possibly slaved by the same high frequency clock signal; Between the output terminals (48), (49) of the transmitting device and the two recording channels (C), (D) is arranged a version circuit (70), at the number of lines of the transmission mode parallel in sequential mode of transmission of chrominance subcarrier signals (DR, D @) the conversion circuit having two parallel processing flights (A, B) so as to thus alternately switch to the sort of one det channels the video signal (DR) for the duration of one line, then, at the output of the other channel, the video signal (D @) for the duration of the following line: each of the processing channels (A, B) aforementioned comprises a switching element (72, 74) actuated by a control member (79) at b the line frequency; the aforementioned control unit (79) is a switch whose clock input receives the synchronization signals from Lines, and whose direct output) is connected to the run control input of the switching elements (72) while the complementary output (Q) is connected to the control input of the other switching element (74 ); the aforementioned latch (79) is a latch of the type (J} and (K9; each of the processing channels (A) and (B) aforementioned comprises in series with each switching moment (72, 74) a frequency divider (71, 73) receiving the corresponding chrominance subcarrier signal; the two switching elements (72) and (74) above are analog switches; the outputs of the switching elements (72, 74) of the conversion circuit (70) are multiplexed via an OR gate to a mixer circuit (75) also receiving, on the one hand, via the intermediary of a series circuit comprising a line memory (78) and a discriminator circuit (77) the luminence signal available at the output terminal (49), and, on the other hand, the synchronization signals from the output terminal ( 56) of the transmitting device, the mixer circuit (75) producing a composite video signal for viewing and control at a receiving device such as a monitor or color television receiver of the video signal recorded on the aforesaid recording medium; organ the aforementioned recording device (85) is a rotary magnetic head associated with the recording medium such as a magnetic tape or magnetic disk; the aforementioned recording unit (85) is an optical modulator with Laser radiation associated with the recording medium such as an optical disc; it comprises a device for automatic or manual selection of at least one of the recording channels (C. O) and (E); the chrominance and luminance signals present in digital form. following a series constellation across output (61, 62) and (63) of the sending device are directly and separately recorded on three tracks different magnetic or optical recording ratio; chrominance and luminance signals present in digital form following a constellation in parallel at the output terminals (58), (50) and (80) are applied respectively to three digital-to-analog converters (91, 92) and (93) whose outputs are respectively connected to three recording devices such as rotating magnetic heads or optical modulators of laser radiation for recording on three tracks the signals of chrominance (Dn, Dn) and of luminance (E '@) are different; the three synchronous clock signal generators (94, 95. * 861, for example voltage-controlled, are respectively connected to the output of the three digital converters; analog (91, 92, 93) above, two of the synchronous clock signal generators (94, 95) respectively supplying the subcarrier signal modulated by the chrominance signal (D @) and the subcarrier signal modulated by the chrominance signal (Dn), which are applied to the two recording channels (C, D) mentioned above. the third synchronous clock signal generator (96) rotating the carrier signal modulated by the luminance signal (Ey) to the aforementioned third recording channel (E): the aforementioned synchronous clock signal generators are slaved by a same high frequency clock signal; between the output terminals of the synchronous clock signal generators (94, 96) and the two recording channels (C) and (D) is arranged a conversion circuit (70), ô lo line frequency, of the mode transmission mode p> ir * iIAlê in sequential transmission mode of chrominance subcarrier signals (DR. Dn). the conversion circuit having two parallel processing channels (A, B) so as to thus cause the video signal (DK) to pass alternately to the output of one of the channels for the duration of a line, pie, at the output on the other see the video signal (D5) for the duration of the next line; each of the aforementioned processing channels (A, B) comprises a switching element (72. 74) actuated by a control member (79) at the line frequency; the aforementioned control unit (78) is a switch whose clock input receives the line synchronization signals. and whose direct output (Q) is connected to the control input of one of the switching elements (72) while the complemented output (Q ') is connected to the control input of the other switching element. switching (74); the aforementioned latch (78) is a latch of the (J-K) type; each of the aforementioned processing channels (A) and (B) comprises in series with each switching element (72. 74) a frequency divider (71, 73) receiving the corresponding chrominance subcarrier signal, the sub-carrier frequency of which -carrier is equal to a multiple of the subcarrier frequency; the two switching elements (72) and (74) mentioned above are analog switches; the outputs of the switching elements (72, 74) of the conversion circuit (70) are multiplexed via an OR gate to a mixer circuit (75) also receiving a port, via a series circuit comprising a memory 'the lines (78) and a discriminator circuit (77) the luminance signal available at the output terminal (49) of the emitting device and, on the other hand, the synchronization signals from the terminal (58) of the device transmitter, the mixer circuit (75) producing a composite video signal for display and control to a receiving device such as a color television monitor or receiver of the video signal recorded on the aforesaid recording medium; said system comprises a device for automatic or manual selection of the video signals t recorded on the different groups of output terminals. (48, 49, 50); (5B. 59, 60); (61, 62, 63>; 10. - Assemblies consisting of audiovisual devices, taken separately and / or in combination with claims 1 1 18, or with any one of the parts of said claims, characterized in that in the sets consisting of TV sets and 'or other TV screens, soft HDTV TVTHD with memories associated with audiovisual devices fitted with TVCOM wave transmitters and / or receivers and with MIKROTELEC technology SCART systems provided for UNICOM with the elements cited as an example in the variants in 51 concerning in particular the audiovisual devices described by their names on the abstract of the drawing in page taken together or separately and that it also applies to a device which allows bi-directional transmissions in the modulating direction being a current amplifier and in the demodulator sense by being a voltage amplifier, comprising variable capacitance semiconductors making it possible to explore all the frequency ranges for wind to reach tens of giga-hertz driven by a direct voltage from an automatic or manual source which is returned by the single coaxial one and intended to supply the semiconductors with variable capacity and the amplrncators and preamplifiers located on the roof nearby antenna or attached to it allowing them to be tuned to the same frequency as the devices playing the role of demodulator and located inside the home, used mainly in the audiovisual field and others in the ranges of frequencies produced with integrated components and miniaturized to the highest level by photo-mechanics and said components are mounted on the surface according to MIKROTELEC technologies, work in the absence of tuning to the resonance like largA amplifiers bi-directional tape, equipped with semiconductor devices with variable capacitance automatic or manual setting by micro-modules or microcomputer s on possibilities: it comprises a device for bi-directional transmission of signals in the ranges of frequencies which can be used mainly in the audio-visual field or others; it has highly integrated organs and executed by photomechanics mainly done for the complex execution of organs and by the combination of. bodies which have miniature circuits to the point of having a footprint reduced to a few cubic millimeters, in said frequency ranges; the device works in the absence of resonance tuning, such as a bidirectional "wideband" amplifier; it comprises semiconductor devices with variable capacitance making it possible to be calibrated automatically or manually, thus the wedging by sound orders in any channel or frequency ranges: said device comprises the means and the automatic control devices for semiconductors with variable capacity by any frequency or DC voltage injected into the control inputs thereof; it is fitted with circuits for detecting the radiated frequencies or its harmonics which can be used by a standard television set switched on; it comprises organs allowing it the use of the frequencies radiated by the emitter or any other apparatus giving it the means of tuning to their own frequency, by means of the aforementioned micro-modules: it comprises semi-inductors with variable capacity. allow to auto-ca @@@@ on @@@ frequencies radiated by the television or other audio-visual equipment. which will be selected and transformed into direct voltage intended to control other semiconductors with variable capacitance; it comprises the converter units, frequency-voltage, necessary 9 the automatic tracking of the frequency radiated by the television set provided with a modulator-demodulator; it is equipped with preselector devices for the system to be preset on any even or odd channel in the aforementioned frequency ranges; said system is provided with continuous tenéion generators making it possible to successively explore all the stations in the above-mentioned frequency ranges; the potential level of control of the variable capacitance semiconductors can be stopped or frozen at the corresponding level k one of the stations in the aforementioned frequency ranges, by the preprogrammed control or by the control directed by a user, automatically by said microphones -modules; it comprises a voltage generator delivering exactly the voltage corresponding to the so-called "frozen" level and comprising at its terminals a regulator whose role is to keep this level at a continuous and stable potential; it comprises a frequency-voltage discriminator-converter unit whose function is to compensate for the aforementioned voltage at the terminals of said DC voltage generator stored previously and corresponding to a preselected channel in the aforementioned frequency ranges: it comprises variable capacitance semiconductors which will have for Icnctlon to tune the converter-modulator synchronous clock generator to the detected frequency. in the "narrow-band" mode of use corresponding to any channel in the aforementioned range; of said system becomes current amplifier when the operating mode is modulator, because of the polarized transistors in common base and allowing to transit all kinds of information and signals by electro-magnetic waves and / or by cabled links of all frequencies in the aforementioned frequency ranges. with their modulation products, say: modulation of amplitude, frequencies, phases, duty cycles and codes of the carriers, of the sub-carriers. identifications and test lines with the support of codes for certain execution commands, intended to be injected into the standard television set, through the frequency input and perfectly diagramed and decoded by traditional color television decoders according to conventional standards imposed by logical television signal transmission systems; and / or analog by a simple ultra-high-frequency coaxial cable of a conventional impedance; it is provided with a standard antenna plug or not and a coaxial cable which is equipped with a plug at each of its ends. one of which is plugged into the standard TVC receiver and the other is plugged into the output of the modulator: because of these connections by the cable having a ground braid and a single-stranded center. the circulation of controlled electromagnetic waves is established in two directions and in different frequencies; In the ornamental braid, the positive strand of the single coaxial target connects the receptor to the modulator and enables the peaks coming from the line scan return and the high-tenslon to be sampled through a capacitor or other component. indestructible parasites by specialists. but this time they will be detected, filtered and eliminated there will be only the signals obtained from the line scanning clocks whose time values are shaped by the organs of this laurs system giving a pulse waveform negative or positive similar to line frequency pulses of different standards; of TV; for example; standard 625 lines. most commonly employed, corresponding to pulses of width of 10 microseconds with an interval between the front thereof of B4 microseconds produced at a frequency of 15K826 hertz in 625 lines; ; this frequency thus shaped will be injected on the one hand into the logic circuits which are triggered on said leading edges, positive or negative. on the other hand in the modulator 'and transmitted by the carrier of frequencies generated by that. in the television and / or other audiovisual devices by the same coaxial cable: unlike the frame, this frequency is divided or counted and shaped by the circuits contained in the micro-modules to obtain, for example, a frequency of 50 pulses per second , lasting about 150 microseconds for a time interval between the two pulses of 20 milli-seconds and returned to the modulator with the signals obtained from the clocks synchronous to the line scans allowing the storages and'or the restorations by the memories of the points and / or of the image elements on the successive lines of the television scanning screens. in which the control of the temporal positions of said points and / or elements is obtained by the clock ticks synchronous with the scans of lines modulated by this modulator and reinjected into the television set to be synchronized in horizontal and vertical lines; said audio-visual devices include micro-modules, logic circuits designed to determine the width of the positive or negative pulses at their output, in order to obtain pulses lasting from a few nanoseconds to a few microseconds with an interval which is no longer 64 microseconds but becomes larger, for said line frequencies: this pulse thus transformed is repeated in the interval of 64 microseconds to the desired width by other logic microcircuits representing the organs making it possible to form an indeterminate number of identical pulses until the arrival of the leading edge of the following pulse which resets this member to zero, for example during the rising edge of those the rising edge which has a very long duration. short and represents the reference or the phase comparison between the signals obtained from the clocks synchronous with the scans of lines allowing the storages and / or the restitutions by the mem oires of dots and / or image elements on successive lines of television scanning screens. including the control of the temporal positions of said points and / or element; is obtained by the clock tops synchronous with the scans of clean lines radiated by the transmitter during transmissions from the latter to the television receiver; as a result, in the obnerator, one obtains clocks synchronized by groups of pulses corresponding to the interval between two pulses lines resulting from the regenerators of the pulses reduced in time in the signals obtained from the clocks synchronous with the line scans permitting the storages and / or restitutions by the memories of the points and / or of the elements of images on the successive lines of the television scanning screens, of which the control of the temporal positions of the said points and / or elements is obtained by the tops of 'line-scan synchronous clocks to constitute clocks synchronized to the frequency of audio transmissions intended, in particular for television receivers and / or other audio-visual devices or for the scanning television monitor; these types of synchronous clocks are no longer constructed like traditional clocks and no longer require a quartz oscillator and are simply chopper-multiplier-repeaters of frequencies synchronized by the signals obtained from clocks synchronous with the line scans; the choppers-multipliers-repeaters synchronized with the scans of the lines generate pulses of all temporal values by the micro-modules, without any addition of capacitance or traditional oscillator except the capacitances obtained by the semiconductors and the by @@@@@ du circuit, it has high stability synchronized clock generators which generate the stable frequency and cannot be shifted, in any case, thanks to the automatic catching up by making comparisons and thermal compensations by comperators and compensators, integrated in this same circuit; these micro-modules or micro-circuits are provided with a divider which gives the possibilities of loudnesses of trequence differences sustialties considered as synchronous control clocks thus making it possible to supply computers, micro-modules or integrated microcomputers or not; calculators, computers or other board games, of the generator symbol type or other color video games, requiring a very stable clock, which will be incorporated into the system; it comprises shift registers with application to the logic "o" and or logic "1" on any of these lines which allow the shift to the right and to the left and from the left to the right. from top to bottom and bottom to top. symbol. images. numbers or letters generated by either the computer, or the computer or micro-module or integrated microcomputer or not, or the generator symbol or a sub-assembly thereof. in a frame and to display them on the screen or cathoscope in any endron of said screen or of attached images and to ensure their movement and rotation in all directions with a definition greater than 5 MHz: which was difficult to achieve with analog circuits: it has a flip-flop which is triggered at half the line frequency. which is compatible with the transmission system of logical and / or analog television signals. which makes a positive line and a negative line; with regard to the transmission system for logical and / or logical television signals, this half-frequency will be erased over the whole of the frame except on the front bearing of the so-called frame zero lines "during the first few lines, not exceeding the first ten lines of a frame (divided into positive lines and negative lines); on the positive lines, the device allows the red sub-carrier to be superimposed and on the negative lines the device allows the blue sub-carrier to be superimposed, for example synchronous clock signal generators flashers controlled by the signals obtained from the synchronous clocks with the line scans allowing the storage and / or the restitution by the memories of the points and / or of the image elements on the successive lines of the screens À television scan, in which the control of the temporal positions of said points and'or elements is obtained by the clock ticks oynchronc ,, aux bclny agcs dc lines Because of oea signals obtained from clock synchronous with line scans allowing storage and / or restitution by the memories of points and / or elements on the successive kines of television scanning screens, of which the control the temporal positions of said points and / or elements is obtained by the clock ticks synchronous with the Ugne sweeps. and these negative and positive slots and permitting to matrix in the modulator these frequency modulation products capable of triggering and setting correctly any device equipped with a coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular of the television signals provided for pay TV; on the remainder of the visible lines of each frame, according to this system, it is planned to sequentially superimpose red frequencies or blue frequencies and the bell circuit, the delay line. the permutator and the discriminators of an encoder-decoder. encryptor; iécrypteur in particular division signals provided for pay television will transmit and display perfectly the color corresponding to llqnes and frequencies predetermined by the transmission systems of the logic and / or analog signals; the television system, on each of the lines makes it possible to superimpose on the front pailers of each of the lines, by its synchronous clock signal generators flashers of stable frequencies, some reference signifities of the frequency, for example 4.43 MHz intended to be returned to the modulator for unlocking a television equipped with a coder-decoder, encryptor-decryptor in particular television signals provided for pay television; the (negative) lines will be reversed, Oc which will make it possible to have for doggie the line, an equal zero level, with 15 superimposition of the sub-carrier on the front bearing of each of these reference lines by contribution to 4.43 MHz, sometimes by blue burst and sometimes by red ulva, These last will have a duration, over the rest of the time of the line (64 microseconds) or approximately 54 microseconds, the micro-modules make it possible to superimpose from sub-carrier frequencies shifted in phase and frequency relative. for example: at 4.43 MHz for red and for blue; it includes synchronous clock signal generators with pulse power controls, which can work at multi-frequency, multi-level and are standard or transmission mode transformers. controlled by the logical "1" or the logical inverted "O" of the shift registers so that they generate the desired frequency within the time defined by the inverted "0" and the logical "1" of the shift registers. which will be usable by standard color television decoders Which thus playing draw lines of all colors according to the frequency generated by the synchronous clock signal generators flashers and will thus make it possible to reconstitute images or any other chromatic or chromatic forms, it comprises a micro-circuit having the functions of ensuring the compatible commands of the shift registers, by binary codes or by direct voltages or any other form of variable voltage or not; it will allow this process to make any display or movement of the shapes on the tube with the cathoscope cu standard type or other in color differences: if comprises a member This commands shift registers and separate inputs correspond to functions, displays and of movements, quite distinct, and which are considered as channels, the number of which is indeterminate, which come from a "short distance" receiver with direct waves or with reflected waves, made up of an annex micro-circuit the function of which is to receive in series or in parallel a certain number of channels in any frequency ranges authorized for these types of uses; this "short distance" receiver makes it possible to eliminate the frequency modulator provided as well as certain ancillary circuits and the antenna connection, on condition that it is incorporated into the television, monitor or other audiovisual display device or plugged into a multi-function card comprising all the inputs-outputs necessary for operation and for display or command transmissions, either from the cathoscope directly or by extraction and transmission of the various signals, coming either from the television set or from an Inserted unit therein, either signals coming from a transmitter or from several transmitters with direct or reflected waves, aforesaid having the same channels or distinct channels; said receiver has one or more multi-pin split-level sockets, all of whose pins have a standard interval each having a distinct function in the field of transmitting signals or direct voltages making it possible to change at will the use of the standard color television dc television or black and white, for example by plugging in a sequential transceiver-transmitter-re-transmitter or other of a machine * calculating pocket, VCR, micro-module or microcomputer integrated or not, typewriter keyboard, of functions keypad, of symbol-generator forceps comprises a remote, wireless transceiver, incorporated in the handle or the magazine of the pistol, if ', null and interchangeable whose complexity can be more or less large the number of channels or the number of different commands or operations to be executed; it should be noted that this transceiver can be incorporated in different forms of covering depending on its use: keyboard functions, typewriter or calculator, chess games or others and it comprises a mobile control member according to the; x, y coordinates, synchronized on the line scan radiated by the television receiver, received by the receiver of this transmitter with direct or reflected waves which thus allow dialogue Remotely, wirelessly, with the standard television set because of its receiver À direct waves which is incorporated or plugged into a multi-function card of this one, for all uses ot whatever upstream the complexities of the devices or systems concerned, plugged in or incorporated, whose control is ensured by the direct wave receiver Incorporated in it or by manual controls if the standard television is equipped; it features the command of. modulators-demodulators-converters by i. direct wave receiver which makes them function in demodulation and which makes deliver to the control members of semiconductors with variable capacity, a continuous tendon corresponding to run of the programs transmitted by any standard transmitter ds radio-television and make it possible to send rcnvoycr ' In the same tonsion continues through the standard coaxial cable of the receiving antenna which is usually found on the roof of the house and to feed and control the preamplifiers or amplifiers which will be fixed in a box on it or t proximity and which will therefore be tuned to the same frequency as the ultra-high-frequency or high-frequency demodulator part of the -tor which is located inside the dwelling; the coaxial cable carries the high-frequency or ultra-frequency information and the direct voltage of the controls of the variable capacitance semiconductors located on the roof of the houses or near the antennas and the power supply necessary for the various amplifiers and preamplifiers and the radiated frequency by transmitters of television signals received by aerial; it comprises the inductive or capacitive organs or components, the semiconductors or photos-couplers, at the top and at the bottom, making it possible to differentiate (separate) the high frequency from the direct voltage intended to tune the amplifier or preamplifier of the external antenna with the part of the most diverse frequency tunings, which is usually found inside the house, has the same frequency, following the "narrow-band" tuning mode sweeping all the channels of any one of the frequency ranges, preferably through a single coaxial one; it behaves in the first place. supply of direct voltages to the controls of variable capacitance semiconductors, and secondly, a shunt resistor of one of these direct voltages. making it possible to cnuter that, by a voltage regulator and to stabilize it across the latter by a voltage stabilizer which will limit it to a low voltage, for example; 5 volte. perfectly stable and of sufficient intensity to supply the various amplifiers or other treatments; automatic gain control or automatic frequency control before being routed by the aforementioned coupling in the central strand of the downward coaxial target inside dwellings without being influenced by the parasitic capacitances due to the coaxial cable. when it has a significant length in certain cases; it comprises amplifiers and preamplifiers of the roof antenna and a single coaxial target conveying the frequency gems to the planned part, according to this so-called bi-directional system, operating according to the demodulator and / or modulator mode, but which can be incorporated into a television set intended for the aforementioned uses, this demodulator consisting of a micro-circuit which delivers the complete signals comprising the "composite-video-spectrum" of the logic and / or analog signals, together or separately; information reproduction synchronization signal of each line, the video image points of successive lines, the carriers and the sub-carriers, the identifications of the test lines and the sound (D. @.) and all the other products of modulations which are detected and processed by this micro-circuit and / or micro-module, and can be controlled by a direct wave transceiver, incorporated or plugged into a multi-function plug internal to the audiovisual devices associated with the transmitter wave receiver ('EROM) which can be equipped, in particular with monophonic or stereophonic microphones as well as a color television camera, miniature with miniature focus and which stinks the role of a remote control. without wire connection. a television receiver; it includes a direct or reflected wave receiver with a programmable presetting and preselection system having all the electrical possibilities known as "duty cycle" variations in voltages, currents, frequencies, sawtooth control, against voltage of the amplitude modulation products, phase shift (phase shift phasags). polarization-depolarization and other commonly used electrical functions; it is equipped with a sound reception microphone having the commands and the means of access necessary to the register of vocal comparisons, allowing to execute certain simple commands by the human voice, giving there the possibility of carrying out the setting in motion of the television set by a corresponding vox 9, one of those which are prerecorded in the annexed memories (question-answer sets) given that the receiver part with "o @@ direct calls" can remain on standby or under voltage (very low consumption); it comprises a simple sound spectrum generator unit which is intended mainly for various board games, having control circuits allowing the reproduction of simple sounds, for example; the moans of a simulated victim, hit by the sight impact of the photos transistors after the burst of trigger pressure from the colt or simulated pistol; it cwnpona organs controlling the shift registers which will appear on the images of the reached vidime, the hole of the simulated proioctile, being able to be accompanied by spark; multicolored, on said scanning television screen, if it involves the simulation of a metallic object or, for example, an airplane, car, tank, etc .; it has multi-pin SCART sockets in which the units can be plugged in. of greater importance; sound memories and central units connected by telephone lines, thus allowing audiovisual dialogue and all kinds of "question answered" board games, thus transforming an ordinary television into a versatile television: it is equipped with the necessary organs allowing to identify and translate in numbers or letters any word or any sound, to display it on the television screen and to keep it for a time determined by the user, from the transmitter-receiver of waves which can be equipped, in particular with monophonic or stereophonic mltropnones as well as a color camera. miniature With focus elder; in addition, this set includes dual modulators demodulators-converters of logic and analog signals which are mounted head to tail, ks one functioning as a modulator and here one functioning as a demodulator, to obtain a transcoder and a transformer of television standards on almost time. real; said television receiver (1) carrying a multi-pin SCART socket accessible from the outside; all the variants described and / or illustrated in the examples can be used in part, in subsets, in any combination and do not limit the scopes of the applications, of the inventive concepts and of the inventions cited in the present provisions disclosed and claimed; It is understood that the embodiments of the functions in hardware and / or in software, described above are in no way limiting and may give rise to any desirable modifications without thereby departing from the scope of the present inventive concepts and inventions.